Schedule Cover by jianglifang

VIEWS: 8 PAGES: 80

									                                                             LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 3

                                                                                          On the Front Cover...
            Table of Contents                                                             Students are ready to hit the powder with beautiful
Web Registration Information............................................. 4               views of Lake Tahoe in the background. Our front
Priority Registration Chart .................................................. 6          cover photo features one of LTCC's popular winter
Fees & Refunds ................................................................... 7      courses, Backcountry Snowboarding. For information
Financial Aid ....................................................................... 8   on this class or other popular outdoor courses, see
Student Services & Resources............................................ 13               pages 70-72.
Orientations, Assessments & Challenge Exams ................. 14                          Photo taken by Rosie Hackett, Wilderness Education
Study Abroad International Education .............................. 15                    Coordinator, 541-4660 ext. 463; hackett@ltcc.edu
Lifelong Learning for Older Adults ................................... 15
Online Course Offerings ..............................................16-17
SPECIAL EVENTS .....................................................18-19
                                                                                                     Need Child Care?
Schedule of Courses .....................................................20-73
                                                                                                 Students have top priority at
Final Examination Schedule ......................................... 74                       LTCC's Child Development Center
Legal Information ............................................................. 74        and every attempt is made to accommodate
Academic Policies .............................................................. 75         your needs on a space available basis.
Spanish Information.......................................................... 76                   You must apply early!
Map of Al Tahoe ............................................................... 77
Off-Campus Locations ...................................................... 77               For more information, stop by the CDC
Map of South Tahoe High School ..................................... 78
                                                                                                  or call 541-4660, ext. 288
Map of LTCC Campus .............................Inside Back Cover
College Calendar and Hours ................................. Back Page


               Phone Numbers                                                                             Important Contact
Telephone ....................................... (530) 541-4660                                           Information:
Superintendent/President ................................ ext. 210                               Online Classes Login problems/
Office of Instruction ....................................... ext. 230                                     tech support:
Business Office ................................................ ext. 219                        onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400
Library ............................................................ ext. 232
Media Services ................................................ ext. 234                                Registration questions:
Student Services .............................................. ext. 231                                webreg@ltcc.edu or ext. 211
Financial Aid ................................................... ext. 236
Bookstore ........................................................ ext. 227                           Academic Advising:
Foundation ..................................................... ext. 245                       studentservices@ltcc.edu or ext. 231
Child Development Center ............................. ext. 288
Admissions & Records .................................ext. 211                                               Financial Aid:
   A&R Fax ...................................... (530) 542-1781                                    financialaid@ltcc.edu or ext. 235
Fax .................................................. (530) 541-7852
TTY ................................................ (530) 542-1870                             Family Education Rights and Privacy Act
Web Page .................................. http://www.ltcc.edu                           The Family Education Rights and Privacy Act requires educational
email address ......................................info@ltcc.edu                         institutions to provide students (or their parents, if the students are under
                 Lake Tahoe Community College                                             18 and have provided written consent) access to education records directly
                                                                                          related to the student. The College is also required to obtain the written
         One College Drive, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150                                    consent of the student before releasing personally identifiable information
        This schedule available in alternate format per request.                          other than to specified persons and agencies allowed by law. The act
                                                                                          provides that the college may release certain types of information (directory
                                                                                          information). To withold disclosure of directory information, written
 Para información en español, acerca de                                                   notification must be received in the Admissions & Records Office prior to
clases disponibles, horarios y costos, por                                                the first day of the quarter the student is attending. Please see the LTCC
        favor pase a la página 76.                                                        Catalog for additional information.
                                          LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 4



   Web Registration - WebReg
                           Step-by-step instructions!
 1
       NEW STUDENTS                                                 ALL OTHER STUDENTS
       Apply today.                                                 (Currently enrolled or attended LTCC in the past)
        • To apply online, go to www.ltcc.edu, click on             If you plan to register online, check if an application update is
          Web Services and complete                                 required.
          our online application.                                     • Go to www.ltcc.edu, click on Registration, and
         • Your application must be processed before you                follow the online instructions.
           register. Apply early to avoid delays.                     • You may be asked to update your application. You will be
                                                                         unable to register online until this step is completed.



 2     Contact Student Services.
       (530-541-4660 ext. 231 or Room A100)
         Make an appointment for an assessment,
                                                                    If you plan to register in person, you may update your
                                                                    information at Admissions and Records during registration.
         orientation and counseling.
         (Note: During the application process, some students
         may be exempted from this requirement.)



 3
       Check your registration priority time.
        Look at the Registration Priority Chart on page 6. You may also view the chart online.
        Go to www.ltcc.edu.



 4     THE LAST DAY TO REGISTER IS MONDAY, JANUARY 5. Enroll early for the best selection of courses.
       Please go to our Web site at www.ltcc.edu, click on Registration, for complete registration instructions.
       Online courses: If you are enrolling in an online course, please be aware that you may not be able to login to the course
       Web site until the day after you register or the first day of class, whichever is later.

       Questions?

 ?     FAQ’s and other helpful information are listed on the LTCC website.
       If you need additional assistance, please email us at webreg@ltcc.edu or call 530-541-4660 ext. 211.
       If you prefer to register in person, you are welcome to come to Admissions and Records.
       Please see the priority registration chart for walk-in days and times.



        Make sure you register by
                  January 5
         for full quarter courses.
For the best course selection, please enroll as early as possible. If a course is full, you may check WebReg frequently to see if
      additional space becomes available. Space will automatically open in WebReg if another student drops the course.
                  Remember! You must pay your fees on the same day that you register.
                       Students who do not pay their fees will be disenrolled.
                                                LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 5



     Registration Information
    Students may register online by WebReg or in person at                                           Helpful Registration Tips
Admissions & Records, Room A102. Refer to the priority chart on
                                                                                                    Complete your application ahead
        page 6 for complete registration dates and times.                                           of time! This is very important for
                   AVOID LATE REGISTRATION!                                                         Financial Aid or new students.

                     Register online by January 5                                                   New Students: Make sure you apply
                                                                                                    online, attend an orientation and take
                       (for full quarter classes)                                                   the LTCC assessment test if needed,
                                                                                                    then meet with a counselor to be
                                                                                                    approved to move forward with your
Don't wait to enroll! Register early!                                                               online registration.
Students should always register before the first class meeting. If you do not register, you
may not be allowed to participate in class activities or enroll late. For the best course           Prerequisites: Make sure you
selection, please enroll as early as possible. Do you have concerns about registering now?          check courses for any prerequisite
Let us help you overcome the obstacles.                                                             requirements. If you took a
                                                                                                    prerequisite course at another
                                                                                                    college, you must meet with an LTCC
Money                                                                                               counselor to show proof of meeting
Are you having trouble paying your registration fees? Financial assistance is available for         the prerequisite in order to register
many students. Contact the Financial Aid office in Room A100, ext. 236 for information              for the course. Prerequisites taken at
about grants, loans, work study and other programs.                                                 LTCC will be automatically approved
                                                                                                    when you register.
Schedule Planning
Are you having trouble deciding which classes to take? Meet with a counselor to discuss             Financial Aid: To have your
your goals and figure out which classes you need. Go to Student Services in Room                    fees waived, you must apply and
A100.                                                                                               be determined eligible prior to
                                                                                                    registration. Apply for a fee waiver
                                                                                                    (BOGW) in the Financial Aid Office,
Closed Classes                                                                                      Room A100.
Is the class you need full? Check WebReg often too see if any additional spaces open up
as other students add and drop classes. If no space becomes available, pick up a pink late          Important Note: Clear all outstanding
registration permit from A&R. Take it to the first class meeting and ask the instructor             debts owed to LTCC before
whether they are accepting additional students.                                                     attempting to register.
                                                                                                    High School Students: You may
Office Hours                                                                                        register by Walk-in only beginning
Did you know that you can register for most courses online via WebReg between                       Wednesday, December 10, 2008.
7:00AM and 11:00PM, 7 days a week? Go to www.ltcc.edu. If you prefer to register in
person, visit our office any weekday. During registration periods, the A&R office is open           * Exceptions to WebReg:
extended hours. See the back cover of this schedule for dates and times.                               The following students must
                                                                                                       register in person at the College:
WebReg Support                                                                                       high school students
E-mail your questions to webreg@ltcc.edu or call the Admissions & Records office at ext.             students who are auditing
211 during business hours (see back cover of the schedule).                                          students registering for challenge
                                                                                                       exams
                                                                                                     students appealing a course pre-
Late Registration                                                                                      requisite
If the class you need is closed or you are unable to register until after the first class meeting    non-credit program students
date, you may take a late registration permit to the instructor. Instructors may deny your             (register on-site in class)
request if space is unavailable, you have missed class meetings, or other instructional              special program students (i.e.
reasons apply. WebReg is not available for late registration.                                          Study Abroad, National Ski Patrol,
Remember! You must pay your fees on the same day that you register. Students who do                    Nursing Assistant Training
not pay their fees will be disenrolled.                                                                Program)
                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 6



Registration Priority Chart
You may register during or after your priority registration time. Our hours are:
    WebReg Hours: Open Daily                                  7:00am - 11:00pm           (see priority chart below)

    Walk-in Hours:             Monday-Thursday 8:00am - 7:00pm* (see priority chart below)
         (Room A102)           Friday          8:00am - 5:00pm (see priority chart below)
                  * Please see back cover for special hours during Winter Break (Dec.12 - Jan. 4)


                   You are a:                                      Your priority registration time is:

 DRC Student                                                        Monday, December 1
 EOPS Student
 Qualified Military**

 Attended full-time in Fall 2008 (12 units or more)                 Tuesday, December 2

 Attended part-time in Fall 2008 (less than 12 units)               Wednesday, December 3

 Attended LTCC before,                                              Thursday, December 4
 but not in Fall 2008

 New Student                                                        Friday, December 5
(never attended LTCC before)

 High School Student                                                Walk-in registration only beginning
                                                                    on Wednesday, December 10

**Attention Veterans and members of the Armed Forces: If you are currently on active duty or left active
 duty within the past two years, you may qualify for special priority registration this quarter. Please visit
      the Admissions & Records office or go to the Veterans page of our Web site (www.ltcc.edu)
                                         for more information.

                         Avoid late registration!
       Make sure you register by January 5 for full quarter courses.
  For the best course selection, please enroll as early as possible. If a course is full, you may check WebReg
  frequently to see if additional space becomes available. Space will automatically open in WebReg if another
                                            student drops the course.
            Remember! You must pay your fees on the same day that you register.
                       Students who do not pay their fees will be disenrolled.


                                       Winter Break
    The Admissions & Records office will be closed for the holidays from December 20 through January 4.
   WebReg will be open during the break, so you can still register for classes at www.ltcc.edu. Our help desk
   will not be staffed during this period, but some very limited support will be available by e-mail. If you need
             assistance, please send an e-mail to webreg@ltcc.edu. Have a wonderful winter break!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 7




Enrollment Fees For Credit Classes
                                  Fees & Refunds                                 First Class Meeting Attendance Policy
Enrollment fees are per unit.                                                           Students enrolled in a course who fail to attend the first class meeting
                                                                                 may be dropped from the course by the instructor. Students who will miss
California Residents: $13 per unit                                               the first class meeting must advise the instructor of the absence prior to the
     _______________________________________________                             first class meeting in order to be assured that they will remain enrolled in the
Out-of-State Resident Fees: $ 13 per unit enrollment fee                         class. This does not preclude the fact that students are ultimately responsible
                           + $130 per unit non-resident tuition                  for dropping the class.
                             $143 per unit
     _______________________________________________

Exemption From Non-Resident Tuition
                                                                                                                  Refunds
                                                                                 All refund requests are the responsibility of the student. Refunds
       If you attended a California high school for a minimum of 3 years         may be subject to a waiting period of 15 business day if paid by
and graduated or attained the equivalent to a high school diploma                check.
(e.g., a GED or a high school proficiency exam) from a California high
school, you may qualify for a non-resident tuition exemption. For more                Enrollment, Health and Representation Fee Refunds
information, check with Admissions & Records.                                    Fee Refunds for Canceled Classes
                                                                                 Students are eligible for a full refund if the college cancels a class. Refunds
Student Health & Representation Fees                                             should be requested before the end of the quarter in which the class was
     All students enrolled for classes are required to pay a health fee of $3    canceled.
per quarter for emergency accident insurance. All enrolled students are also
asked to pay $1 per quarter for student representation. (Ed. Code 76060          Enrollment Fee Refunds for Classes Dropped by Students
and 76060.5) Students receiving Financial Aid may be exempt from                 Students may receive a refund if they officially drop a class according to the
health and representation fees; see the Financial Aid Office for details.        following schedule:
                                                                                 •	 No	later	than	Friday	of	the	second	week	for	full	quarter	classes.
Student Discount Sticker Fee
                                                                                 •	 For	 classes	 less	 than	 a	 full	 quarter	 in	 length,	 no	 later	 than	 the	 first	
      The LTCC Associated Student discount sticker may be purchased at
                                                                                    business day at the 10% point in the class. If the first business day after
registration for $10.00. This card entitles you to selected discounts from
                                                                                    the 10% point in the class occurs within the Withdraw (‘W’) period
various merchants in South Lake Tahoe for the entire academic year. Funds
                                                                                    or after the class is over, then the refund must be requested prior to the
raised are used by the Student Council to sponsor student events, activities
                                                                                    start of the class. (Examples are one or two-day classes).
and projects.
                                                                                 Non-resident Tuition
Board of Governors Fee Waiver (BOGW)
                                                                                 Students may receive refunds for non-resident tuition if they officially drop
    For more information, see pages 8-10 of this schedule.
                                                                                 a class according to the following schedule:
Open Enrollment and Non-Discrimination                                           •	 100%	 before	 or	 during	 the	 calendar	 week	 in	 which	 instruction	
      It is the policy of the Lake Tahoe Community College District that,           begins.
unless specifically exempted by statute, every course, course section or class   •	 66.7%	during	the	second	calendar	week	of	Fall,	Winter,	and	Spring	
shall be fully open to enrollment and participation by any person who has           quarters.
been admitted to the College, and who meets such prerequisites as may            •	 33.3%	 during	 the	 third	 calendar	 week	 of	 Fall,	Winter,	 and	 Spring	
be established pursuant to regulations. It is also the policy of Lake Tahoe         quarters.
Community College not to discriminate on the basis of race, sex, physical        •	 No	refunds	will	be	given	after	the	third	calendar	week	of	Fall,	Winter	
handicap, religion, color, creed, national origin, language, or age in any of       and Spring quarters or after the first calendar week of summer
its educational and employment programs. Any questions regarding this               quarter.
policy should be referred to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Student Services.                                                                Other Refunds
                                                                                 Refunds for Art Material Fees - No refunds will be approved
High School Students                                                             after Friday of the second week for 12-week courses. For all other
      High school students wishing to enroll in coursework at Lake               courses, no refunds approved after the 10% point. The instructor
Tahoe Community College are subject to special enrollment procedures.            will prorate the refund according to student's use.
Information regarding those procedures are available in the high school
counseling offices or in the college Student Services department. Check the      Refunds for Field Trips - A student may receive a field trip refund
priority registration chart for high school student registration dates.          if withdrawal is made two weeks prior to the first class meeting.
                                                                                 Beyond this, refunds may be obtained only if the student can be
                                                                                 replaced by another student who completes registration and pays
                                                                                 all fees. This cannot be guaranteed.
                                              LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 8



                                    Financial Aid
                                              Fee Waiver Program
The State of California will waive the enrollment fee for all qualifying students who apply for the Board of Governors Fee Waiver
(BOGFW). This program provides three ways to help students pay the enrollment fee. Students eligible in one of the three following
areas should visit the Financial Aid Office, Room A100, before registering for classes. Applications will normally be processed within
24 hours.
                   BOGW A                                            BOGW B                                   BOGW C
To be eligible you must:                               To be eligible you must:                 To be eligible you must:

• Be a California resident                             • Be a California resident               • Be a California resident

• At the time of enrollment be a CalWORKs/             • Meet Dependency Standards              • Provide your 2008-2009 Student
  TANF recipient or                                                                               Aid Report based on filing the Free
  SSI/SSP or General Assistance/General                • Meet these income standards:             Application for Federal Student
  Relief recipient                                                                                Aid (FAFSA) indicating financial
                                                       • Family size            Total Family      need.
• Provide documentation, such as CalWORKs/                                     2007 Income
  TANF or SSI check. Further documentation
  may include: a copy of correspondence                  1                   $15,315 or less
  from the local office of Public Assistance             2                   $20,535 or less
  which identifies the student or, if applicable,        3                   $25,755 or less
  the family and indicates that a monthly                4                   $30,975 or less
  grant is being awarded for the current or              5                   $36,195 or less
  prior month. This can include a copy of                6                   $41,415 or less
  an Adjustment-to-Benefits letter, Notice of            7                   $46,635 or less
  Action, or Aid Verification Summary that               8                   $51,855 or less
  shows current receipt of CalWORKs/TANF,
  SSI or General Assistance/General Relief and         Add $5,220 for each additional
  the amount of the grant.                             family member



Making your educational dreams come true can be expensive.              Financial aid programs available through LTCC include:
Enrollment fees, tuition and the cost of books and supplies, added      • Federal Pell Grant
to daily expenses, can stretch a normal budget beyond its limits.       • Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
Financial Aid is one way to expand those limits while making an             (FSEOG)
investment in your future.                                              • Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG)
                                                                        • Federal Work Study (FWS)
Lake Tahoe Community College participates in a number of                • Extended Opportunity Program & Services (EOPS) Book
federal and state programs designed to help you if you need                 Voucher, State funded
financial assistance to further your education. If you are pursuing     • Federal Family Education Loan Program (Stafford, PLUS)
a certificate, A.A. Degree or transfer, and have financial need, you    • Scholarships, Locally funded
may be eligible for these programs, in addition to the fee waiver:      • Board of Governors Fee Waiver, State funded

•   Grants – awards you do not have to repay (unless you drop           To apply for any of these programs, please stop by
    all classes before completing 60% of the quarter)                   the Financial Aid Office for forms and complete
•   Federal Work Study – part-time work paid monthly
•   Loans – borrowed funds which must be repaid with interest           information and eligibility requirements. It costs
•   Scholarships – awards usually based on academic                     nothing to apply; don’t count yourself out of
    achievement                                                         financial aid because you think you won’t qualify.
                                                                        Processing may take from 6-8 weeks.
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 9

                                                         California Community Colleges
                            2008-2009 Board of Governors Fee Waiver Application
 This is an application to have your enrollmenT feeS Waived. This fee Waiver is for California residents only. If you need money to help with
 books, supplies, food, rent, transportation and other costs, please complete a FREE APPLICATION FOR FEDERAL STUDENT AID (fafSa) immediately.
 Contact the Financial Aid Office for more information. The fafSa is available at www.fafsa.ed.gov or at the financial aid office.
Note: Students who are exempt from paying nonresident tuition under Education Code Section 68130.5 (AB 540) are NOT California residents.
If you are NOT a California resident, you are not eligible for this fee waiver. Do not complete this application. You may apply for financial aid by
completing the FAFSA.

Name: ______________________________________________________________                        Student ID # _________________________________
            Last                    First                       Middle Initial

Email (if available): ____________________________________________________                  Telephone Number: (_____) ____________________

Home Address: _______________________________________________________                       Date of Birth___________/____________/__________
                   Street                   City                     Zip Code

Has the Admissions or the Registrar’s Office determined that you are a California resident?                                        Yes        No

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CALIFORNIA DOMESTIC PARTNER RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ACT
The California Domestic Partner Rights and Responsibilities Act extends new rights, benefits, responsibilities and obligations to individuals in
domestic partnerships registered with the California Secretary of State under Section 297 of the Family Code. If you are in a Registered Domestic
Partnership (RDP), you will be treated as an Independent married student to determine eligibility for this Enrollment Fee Waiver and will need to
provide income and household information for your domestic partner. If you are a dependent student and your parent is in a Registered Domestic
Partnership, you will be treated the same as a student with married parents and income and household information will be required for the parent’s
domestic partner.
Note: These provisions apply to state funded financial aid ONLY, and not to federal student financial aid.
Are you or your parent in a Registered Domestic Partnership with the California Secretary of State under Section 297 of the Family Code? (Answer
“Yes” if you or your parent are separated from a Registered Domestic Partner but have noT filed a Notice of Termination of Domestic Partnership
with the California Secretary of State’s Office.)                                                                               Yes        No
If you answered “Yes” to the question above treat the Registered Domestic Partner as a spouse. You are required to include your domestic partner’s
income and household information or your parent’s domestic partner’s income and household information in Questions 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
Student Marital Status:       Single        Married    Divorced        Separated    Widowed     Registered Domestic Partnership

DEPENDENCY STATUS
    1. Were you born before January 1, 1985?                                                                                       Yes        No
    2. As of today, are you married or in a Registered Domestic Partnership (RDP)? (Answer “Yes” if you are separated but not divorced or have
       not filed a termination notice to dissolve partnership.)                                                               Yes        No
    3. Do you have children who receive more than half of their support from you, or other dependents who live with you (other than your children
       and spouse/RDP) who receive more than half of their support from you, now and through June 30, 2009?                    Yes        No
    4. Are (a) both your parents deceased, or (b) are you (or were you until age 18) a ward/dependent of the court?                Yes        No
    5. Are you a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces or currently serving on active duty for purposes other than training?            Yes        No
• If you answered “Yes” to any of the questions 1 - 5, you are considered an INDEPENDENT student for enrollment fee waiver purposes
  and must provide income and household information about yourself (and your spouse or RDP if applicable). Skip to Question #8.
• If you answered “No” to all questions 1 - 5, complete the following questions:
    6. If your parent(s) or his/her RDP filed or will file a 2007 U.S. Income Tax Return, were you, or will you be claimed on their tax return as an
       exemption by either or both of your parents?                                                                Will Not File  Yes          No
    7. Do you live with one or both of your parent(s) and/or his/her RDP?                                                          Yes        No
• If you answered “No” to questions 1 - 5 and “Yes” to either question 6 or 7, you must provide income and household information about your
  PARENT(S)/RDP. Please answer questions for a DEPENDENT student in the sections that follow.
• If you answered “No” or “Parent(s) won’t file” to question 6, and “No” to question 7, you are a dependent student for all student aid
  except this enrollment fee waiver. You may answer questions as an INDEPENDENT student on the rest of this application, but please try
  to get your PARENT information and file a FAFSA so you may be considered for other student aid. You cannot get other student aid
  without your parent(s) information.

METHOD A ENROLLMENT FEE WAIVER
    8. Are you (the student ONLY) currently receiving monthly cash assistance for yourself or any dependents from:
       TANF/CalWORKs?                                                                                                              Yes        No
       SSI/SSP (Supplemental Security Income/State Supplemental Program)?                                                          Yes        No
       General Assistance?                                                                                                         Yes        No
    9. If you are a dependent student, are your parent(s)/RDP receiving monthly cash assistance from TANF/CalWORKs or SSI/SSP as a primary
       source of income?                                                                                                       Yes         No
• If you answered “Yes” to question 8 or 9 you are eligible for an ENROLLMENT FEE WAIVER. Sign the Certification at the end of this form.
  You are required to show current proof of benefits. Ask the Financial Aid Office for the FAFSA to be eligible for other financial aid
  opportunities.
                                                               LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 10

METHOD B ENROLLMENT FEE WAIVER
     10. DEPENDENT STUDENT: How many persons are in your parent(s)/RDP household? (Include yourself, your parent(s)/RDP, and anyone
         who lives with your parent(s)/RDP and receives more than 50% of their support from your parents/RDP, now and through
         June 30, 2009.)___________
     11. INDEPENDENT STUDENT: How many persons are in your household? (Include yourself, your spouse/RDP, and anyone who lives with
         you and receives more than 50% of their support from you, now and through June 30, 2009.)____________
     12. 2007 Income Information                                                                                 DEPENDENT STUDENT:                          INDEPENDENT STUDENT:
                                                                                                                   PARENT(S)/RDP                           STUDENT (& SPOUSE’S/RDP)
                                                                                                                      INCOME                                       INCOME
              a.    Adjusted Gross Income (if 2007 U.S. Income Tax Return
                    was filed, enter the amount from Form 1040 Line 37;
                    1040A Line 21; 1040EZ Line 4).                                                                   $______________                                $______________

              b.    All other income (Include ALL money earned in 2007 that
                    is not included in line (a) above (such as TANF benefits,
                    disability, Social Security, child support.)                                                     $______________                                $______________

                    TOTAL Income for 2007 (Sum of a + b)                                                             $______________                                $______________


The Financial Aid Office will review your income and let you know if you qualify for an ENROLLMENT FEE WAIVER under Method B. If you
do not qualify using this simple method, you should file a FAFSA.

  SPECIAL CLASSIFICATIONS ENROLLMENT FEE WAIVERS
     13. Do you have certification from the California Department of Veteran’s Affairs that you are eligible for a dependent’s fee waiver?
         Submit certification.                                                                                                 Yes                                                      No
     14. Do you have certification from the National Guard Adjutant General that you are eligible for a dependent’s fee waiver?
         Submit certification.                                                                                                 Yes                                                      No
     15. Are you eligible as a recipient of the Congressional Medal of Honor or as a child of a recipient?
         Submit documentation from the Department of Veterans Affairs.                                                         Yes                                                      No
     16 Are you eligible as a dependent of a victim of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack?
         Submit documentation from the CA Victim Compensation and Government Claims Board.                                     Yes                                                      No
     15. Are you eligible as a dependent of a deceased law enforcement/fire suppression personnel killed in the line of duty?
         Submit documentation from the public agency employer of record.                                                       Yes                                                      No
  • If you answered “Yes” to any of the questions from 13 - 17, you are eligible for an ENROLLMENT FEE WAIVER and perhaps other
    fee waivers or adjustments. Sign the Certification below. Contact the Financial Aid Office if you have questions.


                                    CERTIFICATION FOR ALL APPLICANTS: READ THIS STATEMENT AND SIGN BELOW

I hereby swear or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that all information on this form is true and complete to the best of my knowledge. If asked by an
authorized official, I agree to provide proof of this information, which may include a copy of my and my spouse/registered domestic partner
and/or my parent’s/registered domestic partner’s 2007 U.S. Income Tax Return(s). I also realize that any false statement or failure to give proof
when asked may be cause for the denial, reduction, withdrawal, and/or repayment of my waiver. I authorize release of information regarding this
application between the college, the college district, and the Chancellor’s Office of the California Community Colleges.


________________________________________________________                                              ________________________________________________________
Applicant’s Signature                              Date                                               Parent’s Signature (Dependent Students Only)        Date

                                                                              California Information Privacy Act
State and federal laws protect an individual’s right to privacy regarding information pertaining to oneself. The California Information Practices Act of 1977 requires the following information
to be provided to financial aid applicants who are asked to supply information about themselves. The principal purpose for requesting information on this form is to determine your eligibility
for financial aid. The Chancellor’s Office policy and the policy of the community college to which you are applying for aid authorize maintenance of this information. Failure to provide such
information will delay and may even prevent your receipt of financial assistance. This form’s information may be transmitted to other state agencies and the federal government if required
by law. Individuals have the right of access to records established from information furnished on this form as it pertains to them.
The officials responsible for maintaining the information contained on this form are the financial aid administrators at the institutions to which you are applying for financial aid. The SSN may
be used to verify your identity under record keeping systems established prior to January 1, 1975. If your college requires you to provide an SSN and you have questions, you should ask
the financial aid officer at your college for further information. The Chancellor’s Office and the California community colleges, in compliance with federal and state laws, do not discriminate
on the basis of race, religion, color, national origin, gender, age, disability, medical condition, sexual orientation, domestic partnership or any other legally protected basis. Inquiries regarding
these policies may be directed to the financial aid office of the college to which you are applying.

                                                                            FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
 BOGFW-A                                 BOGFW-B                   Special Classification                                                       RDP                       Student is not
    TANF/CalWORKS                                                     Veteran               National Guard Dependent                              Student                 eligible
    GA                                                                Medal of Honor        9/11 Dependent                                        Parent
    SSI/SSP                              BOGFW-C                     Dep. of deceased law enforcement/fire personnel

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Certified by: _________________________________________________________________                                                    Date:__________________________________
                                                       LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 11

    Solicitud para la Exención (fee waiver) del Pago de la Matrícula 2008-2009
                                            Mesa Directiva de Colegios Comunitarios de California
Esta es una solicitud para recibir una exención de las cuotas de inscripción. Esta exención (fee waiver) es exclusivamente para residentes de
California. Si necesitas ayuda económica para la compra de libros, útiles escolares, alimentos, pago de renta, transportación y otros gastos, por
favor de llenar la SOLICITUD GRATUITA DE AYUDA FEDERAL PARA ESTUDIANTES (FAFSA por sus siglas en inglés). La FAFSA está disponible
en la red www.fafsa.ed.gov o en la Oficina de la Ayuda Económica. Nota aclaratoria: Los estudiantes que han sido exentos del pago de inscripción
como no residentes de California, según la Cláusula 68130.5 (AB 540) del Código de Educación no se consideran residentes de California para
efectos de esta solicitud. Si tú no eres residente de California, no eres elegible para ser exento del pago de inscripción, por lo tanto, no llenes este
formulario. Usted puede aplicar para ayuda económica llenando la solicitud FAFSA.

Nombre: _____________________________________________________________                                  Número de ID #/SSN __________________________
             Apellido                    Nombre                           Inicial del Segundo Nombre

Correo electrónico (opcional): ____________________________________________                            Número de Teléfono: (______) __________________

Domicilio: ____________________________________________________________                                Fecha de Nacimiento:_________/_________/_______
                    Calle                     Ciudad                              Código Postal


¿Ha determinado la Oficina de Registros y Admisiones que es usted residente de California?                                                         Sí         No

IMPLEMENTACION DEL DECRETO DE CALIFORNIA SOBRE LOS DERECHOS Y RESPONSABILIDADES DE PAREJAS DOMESTICAS
El Acta de California sobre Derechos y Responsabilidades de Parejas Domésticas extiende nuevos derechos, beneficios, responsabilidades y obligaciones a las
personas que forman parte de una Relación Doméstica Registrada con la Secretaría del Estado de California bajo la sección 297 del Código de Familia. Si tú
estas registrado en una relación doméstica bajo Registered Domestic Partnership (RDP por sus siglas en inglés), entonces serás considerado como un estudiante
independiente-casado, a fin de determinar la elegibilidad para esta exención de cuotas de inscripción. Debes proveer información sobre tu familia y de los ingresos de
tu pareja doméstica. Si eres un estudiante dependiente y tu padre/madre está en una relación de RDP, serás considerado como un estudiante con padres casados,
por lo cual también tienes que proveer el ingreso de la pareja doméstica de tu padre/madre.
Nota aclaratoria: Estas cláusulas se aplican sólo a los solicitantes de la ayuda económica estatal y por lo tanto, excluyen a toda ayuda económica federal.
¿Esta Usted (Ud) o su(s) padre/madre viviendo con una pareja registrada como RDP con la Secretaría del Estado de California bajo la cláusula 297
del Código de Familia? (Responde “sí” si su padre/madre están separados de una pareja RDP, SIN HABER PRESENTADO un aviso de Terminación
[Notice of Termination of Domestic Partnership] en la Oficina de la Secretaría del Estado de California)?                       Sí        No
Si respondiste “sí” a la pregunta anterior tiene que incluir a su pareja doméstica registrada como cónyuge. Debe de incluir la información familiar y
el ingreso destu pareja, o de la pareja doméstica de su padre/madre en las preguntas 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
Estado Civil del Estudiante:  Soltero/a           Casado/a       Divorciado/a           Separado/a    Viudo/a      Pareja Doméstica Registrada (RDP)

ESTADO DE DEPENDENCIA
    1. ¿Nació antes del 1 de enero de 1985?                                                                                                        Sí         No
    2. En la actualidad, ¿está casado(a), o vive con una pareja de Relación Doméstica Registrada (RDP)? (Responde “sí”
       si estás separado pero no divorciado, o si no has presentado un aviso de terminación para disolver tu relación.)                            Sí         No
    3. ¿Tiene hijos que reciben de Ud más de la mitad de tu manutención, o otros dependientes que viven con Ud (aparte de sus
       hijos y cónyuge) que reciban de Ud más de la mitad de tu manutención, ahora mismo y hasta el 30 de junio del 2009?    Sí                               No
    4. ¿Es Ud huérfano, o está bajo la tutela legal o estuvo bajo la tutela legal hasta la edad de los 18 años?                                    Sí         No
    5. ¿Es veterano de las Fuerzas Armadas de los Estados Unidos?                                                                                  Sí         No
• Si respondió “sí” a cualquiera de las preguntas del 1 al 5, es considerado estudiante INDEPENDIENTE y deberá proporcionar
  su información familiar y de ingreso de su cónyuge o RDP, si es aplicable. Pasa a la pregunta #8.
• Si respondió “no” a todas las preguntas del 1 al 5, llene las siguientes preguntas:
    6. Si su/s padre/s o su RDP presentaron o van a presentar una Declaración de Impuestos del año 2007, ¿fue o será considerado
       como dependiente de alguno o ambos padres?                            No presentarán Declaración de Impuestos  Sí                                     No
    7. ¿Vive con alguno o ambos padres, y/o su RDP?                                                                                                 Sí        No
• Si respondió “no” a las preguntas 1 a 5 y “sí” a la pregunta 6 ó 7, deberás proporcionar la información familiar y los ingresos de su/s padre/s
  o RDP. Llene las preguntas para estudiantes DEPENDIENTES en las secciones que sigue.
• Si respondió “no” o “su/s padre/s no presentarón” en la pregunta 6 y “no” a la pregunta 7, es Ud un estudiante dependiente para toda la
  ayuda estudiantil, a excepción de esta solicitud de exención de las cuotas de inscripción. Llena las preguntas que siguen como estudiante
  INDEPENDIENTE, pero intenta obtener la información de su/s padre/s y presente la solicitud FAFSA para que sea considerado para otro tipo
  de ayuda económica. No pueds recibir otra ayuda económica sin la información de su/s padre/s.

METODO A
    8. Actualmente, ¿está recibiendo (sólo el estudiante) mensualmente ayuda monetaria de:
       TANF/CalWORKs?                                                                                                                              Sí         No
       SSI/SSP ¿(Programa de Ingreso Suplementario deSeguridad)?                                                                                   Sí         No
       ¿Asistencia General?                                                                                                                        Sí         No
    9. Si es estudiante dependiente, ¿están su/s padre/s o RDP recibiendo ayuda monetaria de: TANF/CalWorks, SSI/SSP como
       fuente principal de sus ingresos?                                                                                 Sí                                   No
• Si respondiste “sí” a la pregunta 8 ó 9, eres elegible para una Exención de Cuotas de Inscripción. Firma la certificación al final de este
  formulario. Se te requerirá mostrar comprobación reciente de beneficios. Solicita a la Oficina de Ayuda Económica una FAFSA para ser elegible
  para otras oportunidades de ayuda económica.
                                                            LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 12

METODO B
    10. Estudiante Dependiente: ¿Cuántas personas hay en la familia de Ud/sus padre/s? (incluyéndolo a Ud, sus padre/s y cualquier otra
        persona que viva con Ud/sus padres o RDP y reciba más del 50% de su manutención, ahora mismo y hasta el 30 de junio del 2009.)
        _________
    11. Estudiante Independiente: ¿Cuántas personas hay en su familia? (incluyéndolo a Ud, su cónyuge/RDP y cualquier otra persona que viva
        con usted y reciba más del 50% de su manutención, ahora mismo y hasta el 30 de junio del 2009.) ___________
    12. Información sobre los Ingresos del 2007                                                           Estudiante Dependiente:                     Estudiante Independiente:
                                                                                                         Ingreso del Padre/s o RDP                     Ingreso del Estudiante,
                                                                                                                                                           cónyuge o RDP
             a.    Ingreso Bruto Ajustado (Si se presentó la Declaración
                   de Impuestos del 2007, escribe la cantidad del formulario
                   1040, línea 37; 1040A, línea 21; 1040EZ, línea 4).                                          $______________                             $______________
             b.    Todo otro ingreso (Incluye todo el dinero recibido en el 2007
                   que no está incluido en la líneas de arriba (i.e. beneficios de
                   discapacidad, Seguro Social, pensión alimenticia).                                          $______________                             $______________

                   TOTAL de ingresos para el 2007 (Suma de a + b)                                              $______________                             $______________


La Oficina de Ayuda Económica revisará sus ingresos y le notificará si es elegible para la Exención de Cuotas de Inscripción bajo el
Método B. Si no es elegible usando este método sencillo, le recomendamos que llenes la FAFSA.

 CLASIFICACIONES ESPECIALES PARA SER EXENTO DEL PAGO DE INSCRIPCION
    13. ¿Tiene una Certificación del Departamento de California de Asuntos para Veteranos que establezca que eres un
        dependiente elegible para esta exención? Entrega comprobación.                                                 Yes       No
    14. ¿Tiene una Certificación de la Guardia Nacional General que establezca que eres un dependiente elegible para
        esta exención? Entrega comprobación.                                                                           Yes       No
    15. ¿Es elegible, como beneficiario de la Medalla de Honor del Congreso o como hijo de alguien quien la recibió?
        Entrega constancia del Departamento de Asuntos para Veteranos.                                                 Yes       No
    16 ¿Es elegible como dependiente de una víctima de los atentados terroristas del 11 de septiembre del 2001?
        Entrega documentación del CA Victim Compensation y del Government Claims Board.                                Yes       No
    15. Es elegible como dependiente de algún agente del orden/personal de control de incendios, muerto en el cumplimiento de su deber?
        Entrega documentación de la Agencia pública que haya sido el empleador.                                        Yes       No
  • Si respondió “sí” a cualquiera de las preguntas de 13 a 17, es elegible para ser exento del pago de Cuotas de Inscripción y tal vez
    otro tipo de reducción de cuotas. Firme la certificación de abajo. Si tiene preguntas, ponte en contacto con la Oficina de
    Ayuda Económica.
                   CERTIFICACION PARA TODOS LOS SOLICITANTES: LEE ESTA DECLARACION Y FIRMA ABAJO
Por medio de la presente juro o afirmo, bajo pena de perjurio, que toda la información en este formulario es verdadera y completa según mi
conocimiento. Si personal autorizado me lo pide consiento a ofrecer pruebas relacionadas con esta información, las cuales podría incluir
una copia de mi Declaración de Impuestos del 2007, la de mi cónyuge y/o la pareja doméstica registrada de mi padre/madre. También
reconozco que cualquier declaración falsa, o el incumplimiento en la presentación de pruebas cuando me sean solicitadas podrían ser causa de
negación, reducción o retiro y/o devolución de mi exención de cuotas de inscripción. Autorizo el intercambio de información relacionada con esta
solicitud entre el colegio, el distrito del colegio y la Oficina del Rector de los Colegios Comunitarios de California.


________________________________________________________                                        ________________________________________________________
Firma del solicitante                             Fecha                                         Firma del padre (Sólo para Estudiantes Dependientes) Fecha

                                                                      Acta de California de Información y Privacidad
Las leyes federales y estatales protegen el derecho del individuo a la privacidad con respecto a su información personal. El Acta de 1977 de California sobre Prácticas de Información
(California Information Practices Act 1977) requiere que la siguiente información sea entregada a todos los solicitantes de la ayuda económica de quienes se les ha pedido proveer su
información personal. La información que proporcione en este formulario se usará para determinar si usted tiene el derecho a recibir la ayuda económica. La política de la Oficina del
Rector de los Colegios Comunitarios (Chancellor’s Office) y la política del colegio comunitario a quien ha solicitado la ayuda económica autoriza el uso de esta información. La omisión
de dicha información demoraría y hasta podría prevenirle de recibir la ayuda económica. La información en este formulario podría ser cedida a otros organismos estatales y al gobierno
federal, si es requerido por ley. Los individuos tienen el derecho a acceder su historial personal establecido en base a su información personal proveída.
La autoridad responsable de mantener la información incluida en este formulario son los administradores de la ayuda financiera dn la institución a la cual está solicitando la ayuda
económica. El número de Seguro Social podría ser utilizado para verificar su identidad bajo el sistema de registros establecido antes del 1ro de enero de 1975. Si su colegio comunitario
le pide que proporcione su número de Seguro Social y tiene alguna pregunta, pida más información al administrador de la oficina de Ayuda Financiera de su colegio. La Oficina del
Rector y los Colegios Comunitarios, de acuerdo con las leyes federales y estatales, no discrimina en base a raza, religión, color, nacionalidad, sexo, edad, incapacidad, condición médica,
orientación sexual, relación doméstica registrada, o cualquier otra condición amparada legalmente. Cualquier pregunta sobre estas políticas podrá ser dirigida a la Oficina de Ayuda
Financiera del colegio al cual esté solicitando.

                                                                         FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
 BOGFW-A                               BOGFW-B                  Special Classification                                                  RDP                     Student is not
    TANF/CalWORKS                                                  Veteran               National Guard Dependent                         Student               eligible
    GA                                                             Medal of Honor        9/11 Dependent                                   Parent
    SSI/SSP                            BOGFW-C                    Dep. of deceased law enforcement/fire personnel

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Certified by: _________________________________________________________________                                             Date:__________________________________
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 13



 Student Services & Resources
Student Services                                                               Disability Resource Center
                                                                                    The Disability Resource Center (DRC), located in Room A205,
The following services are available for all LTCC students. For more
                                                                               provides support for students with learning, psychological, hearing,
information or to schedule an appointment please stop by Room A100 or
                                                                               visual and communication disabilities, as well as health disorders
call extension 231, or email studentservices@ltcc.edu.
                                                                               and mobility limitations. These services include tutoring, counseling,
                                                                               registration assistance, mobility assistance, readers, notetakers,
Academic Counseling                                                            interpreters, testing and assessment, special instruction in basic skills,
Assistance in planning academic schedules and goals is available.              study skills courses, vocational skills development, handicapped
Students in the following categories are especially encouraged to meet         parking, adaptive equipment, and the relocation of inaccessible classes.
with a counselor:                                                              Students can be tested for learning disabilities and provided with
•	 financial	aid	recipients                                                    specialized instruction through the DRC. Stop by or call ext. 249 for
•	 enrolling	in	college	for	the	first	time                                     more information.
•	 planning	to	earn	an	A.A.	degree	at	LTCC
•	 returning	to	college	after	a	lengthy	absence                                Tutoring & Learning Center
•	 on	academic	or	progress	probation	at	LTCC	(required)                             The Tutoring & Learning Center (TLC), located in Room A201
•	 non-high	school	graduates                                                   on the second floor of the main campus, provides free tutoring in
•	 low	scores	on	the	English	and	math	assessments                              many subject areas to any registered LTCC student. Students can use
                                                                               the TLC to work on computers, write and receive assistance on writing
•	 diagnosed	as	learning	disabled                                              assignments and English papers, use the Internet, and take make-up
                                                                               exams. For more information, call extension 740.

Transfer Center                                                                     The TLC is open:
                                                                                         Monday - Thursdays             9:00am - 7:00pm
     The Transfer Center offers information for students planning
to transfer to another college. College catalogs, applications for                       Fridays                        10:00am - 3:00pm
admission, articulation agreements, general education requirements                       Saturdays                      11:00am - 3:00pm
and transfer admission agreements are available.
                                                                               Child Development Center
Career Center                                                                        The Child Development Center (CDC) is a fully licensed
     The Career Center offers access to the DISCOVER website                   childcare facility located on the Lake Tahoe Community College
which helps students choose careers that fit their interests, abilities, and   campus. Licensed for 46 kids aged 6 weeks through pre-kindergarten,
values. The Career Center Library has free handouts and information            the CDC is open year round serving the childcare needs of students,
resources on college majors as they relate to various career options.          staff, faculty and community members. Childcare is available in full or
Individual appointments with a career counselor are also available and         half day blocks, and meals are provided. Children must be enrolled for
encouraged.                                                                    a minimum of two half-days per week.
                                                                                    Although the CDC operates at full capacity, students have top
Library & Study Areas                                                          priority and every attempt is made to accommodate their needs. Some
                                                                               subsidy money is also available through federal grant funds. Inquiry
     The 15,000 square foot high-tech library has been designed to
                                                                               into space availability should be made at least one month prior to
give students a spacious, comfortable and stimulating environment.
                                                                               anticipated need. For more information, please contact the CDC at
The new facility offers a variety of learning areas, including a half
                                                                               extension 288.
dozen group study rooms, an audio-visual viewing room, a fireside
reading den, and study carrels overlooking the forest. The services and
materials provided include 60,000 books, magazines, DVD’s, CD’s,
videos, 25 computer stations, and wireless access.                             CalWORKs Program
                                                                                    Are you currently receiving cash aid from TANF/CalWORKs? You
                                                                               may qualify for assistance through the CalWORKs Program. Benefits
Math Success Center                                                            include, but are not limited to, paid work-study, community resource
     The Math Success Center, located in Room A201 on the second               referrals, advocacy, and child-care vouchers. For more information,
floor of the main campus, offers free tutoring to any registered LTCC          please stop by Student Services or call Lisa Corthell ext. 318.
students in math and math-related subjects. For more information, call
extension 740.
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 14



     Orientations, Assessments &
           Challenge Exams
Orientation Schedule                                                            Challenge Exam
    New students must attend orientation and meet with a                             Certain courses can be completed by successfully passing a
counselor before registering. Orientations last approximately one               challenge examination. Courses which may be challenged are listed
hour and early orientations are held before the quarter begins.                 in the College catalog under each subject area.
Students interested in attending any of the following sessions must                  You must register for and pay the non-refundable enrollment
sign up with Student Services in Room A100 or call ext. 231 to                  fees/tuition for the challenge exam in Admissions & Records. The
guarantee a seat (limited seating is available). All orientations are           last day to register for a Winter Quarter challenge exam is Friday,
held in Room E103.                                                              December 19, 2008.
 Day & Time                  Orientation                Assessments                  Challenge exams will be held on Friday, January 9, 2009,
 Wed., Nov. 26               9:00-10:30 a.m.            11:00-2:00 p.m.         in Room A206. All challenge exams will begin at 2:00 p.m. and
 Tues., Dec. 2               1:30-3:00 p.m.             3:30-6:30 p.m.          conclude at 4:30 p.m.
 Wed., Dec. 3                10:00-11:30 a.m.           12:00-3:00 p.m.              It is the student’s responsibility to attend class until the grade is
 Fri., Dec. 5                11:00-12:30 p.m.           1:00-4:00 p.m.          posted and to request their grade for the challenge exam. Students
 Tues., Dec. 9               1:30-3:00 p.m.             3:30-6:30 p.m.          taking a Spanish challenge exam can request a review sheet from
 Thurs., Dec. 11             12:00-1:30 p.m.            2:00-5:00 p.m.          the Spanish department.
 Mon., Dec. 15               3:30-5:00 p.m.             5:30-8:30 p.m.
 Wed., Dec. 17               5:00-6:30 p.m.             7:00-10:00 p.m.

                                                                                  Career Search Workshops
 Thurs., Dec. 18             1:00-2:30 p.m.             3:00-6:00 p.m.
      Please note that December 18 is the last day to attend Orientation/
   Assessments prior to the start of Winter Quarter. Classes begin on Jan. 5.

                                                                                  Follow Your True Colors to
 Mon., Jan. 5                2:00-3:30 p.m.             4:00-7:00 p.m.
 Tues., Jan. 6               11:00-12:30 p.m.           1:00-4:00 p.m.

 Assessments                                                                       the Career You Will Love!
     To help determine the level of course work most appropriate                 Choosing a career can be a very difficult process for many
for you, all new students and students who desire to enroll                      people. Most people spend more time shopping for a car than
in English or math must complete an assessment test prior to                     figuring out which career is best for them. This workshop
registration. Please note that by taking the assessments early,                  will use TRUE COLORS, one of the most widely used
students will be able to participate in the orientation, receive                 personality assessments, to help you identify your personality
their assessment results and meet with a counselor prior to the                  style, interests, abilities, and values and connect these with
beginning of registration. Assessments generally last 1-2 hours and              a career or major. Whether you are completely undecided
are administered via computer. If necessary, arrangements can be                 about your career goal or simply looking for affirmation of
made for special circumstances.                                                  a tentative choice, this workshop is for you! For questions,
    Upon completion of the assessment, you must meet with                        please call Student Services, ext. 231, or email lewin@ltcc.edu.
a counselor to go over the results and plan your schedule.
For questions, please call Student Services, ext. 231, or email                               Fri., Feb. 6, 9:00 a.m. - 12 noon
mendoza@ltcc.edu.

Assessment Hours                                                                                  Registration questions:
Early Assessment: The Tutoring & Learning Center (TLC),                                           webreg@ltcc.edu or ext. 211
Room A201, will be open for three hours immediately after each
scheduled orientation for the assessments.                                                        Academic Advising:
                                                                                            studentservices@ltcc.edu or ext. 231
Drop-in Assessments will be held in the Tutoring & Learning
Center (TLC), Room A201, prior to the beginning of Winter
                                                                                                        Financial Aid:
Quarter at selected times. Please contact Student Services in Room
                                                                                               financialaid@ltcc.edu or ext. 235
A100, or the Tutoring & Learning Center, for hours.
                                                                                         Online Classes Login problems/
                                                                                   tech support: onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 15

  TRAVEL with LTCC,
   STUDY Abroad,
   SEE the World
                                                                               Lifelong Learning
                                                                               Learning should never stop and at LTCC there is always
                                                                               something new to explore. Stretch your mind or your muscles
For more information, contact Jen Spina
  in the International Education Office.
                                                                               with LTCC’s many course offerings. It is never too late to
530-541-4660 ext 370 or spinaj@ltcc.edu                                        learn something new. Pick up a new language, tackle the latest
      Applications can be downloaded at www.ltcc.edu. Click on                 technology skills, or learn more about the environment we live
"Academics," then “Study Abroad.” For scholarship information, go to:          in. Each quarter LTCC offers classes that appeal to the young
          http://www.iie.org//programs/gilman/index.html                       and old. Here are a few that might interest you...

     Florence, Italy ~ Oct 2-31, 2009                                                Attend a Live Operetta in Reno
   Scholarships Available! Live and learn in beautiful Florence, Italy. In     Join us for our trip to the Pioneer Theater in Reno to enjoy
   fall 2009, LTCC will offer a four-week study abroad program in the          the operetta, The Circus Princess by Hungarian composer
  beautiful city of Florence. Students can choose to study Italian with a      Emmerich Kálmán. This delightful confection is filled with
local instructor and Art History, Beginning or Advanced Drawing and/           Viennese Waltzes and beautiful melodies. It tells the story of a
  or Plein-Air Water-Media Painting with LTCC Art Instructor Phyllis           mysterious Mister X whose daredevil circus act captivates the
 Shafer. Students will live in apartments located within the historic city     Princess Fedora Palinska. He is hired by her rejected suitor to
 center. Additionally, there will be guided tours, free internet access, ten   teach her a lesson. Instead, the couple fall in love and he turns
   meal vouchers, a museum pass giving unlimited free entrance to the          out to be a Baron in disguise (it is operetta after all). It is a good
   Uffizi, Accademia, San Marco Museum and Bargello among others.              time for all and something you won't want to miss. Nevada
 Cultural activities, such as a cooking class and wine tasting, will also be   Opera's production promises to be colorful and fun for all. Sign
   included. There will also be a weekend trip to Rome which includes          up for MUS 209. For more information, see page 56.
  round-trip transportation by train, two-nights hotel accommodation,
     entrance fees with a guided tour to the Vatican museums, Sistine                       A Passion for Chocolate
    Chapel, Colosseum and Roman Forum, a travel pass for use on the            Who doesn't love chocolate? This decadent course is an overall
    metro system and buses, and services of a travel guide throughout.         exploration of the essential culinary ingredient, chocolate.
     Program price: $3750*. Airfare and Italian language class are not         Chocolate has a history, including the present, that is filled with
included in the program price. EARLY BIRD DISCOUNT: Take $100                  mystery and passion. This course will be an intensive study of
off the program price if your application and $450 deposit is received by      the properties, tastes, uses, and mysteries of chocolate. Students
                      January 9, 2009. VIVA ITALIA!                            will be introduced to the subject while gaining a comprehensive
                                                                               understanding of chocolate and its uses as a culinary ingredient.
 ¡Vamos a México! July 15- Aug. 1, 2009                                        Sign up for CUL 165. See page 36 for more information.
Spend three weeks in México with LTCC faculty member, Nancy Barclay.
The trip includes tours of Mexico City, Pyramids of Teotihuacán and
Tula, the National Palace and Diego Rivera Murals, Aztec Templo Mayor,         Explore Napa Valley and take a trip to
the Anthropology Museum, Aztec Calendar, Frida Kahlo’s House, and                  the Mustard Festival at Copia
Xochimilco. After five days of touring, students will travel to Guanajuato     This course will explore the Napa Valley, specifically the
and study Spanish for two weeks at the don Quijote Language School.            world famous Napa Valley Mustard Festival, wine areas, and
Students can enroll in Spanish 101 through Spanish 212. Students will          the food museum of Copia. Students will attend the key
stay with host families in Guanajuato. Trip cost: $2,761* includes airfare.    event of the Festival, The Marketplace - A Signature Event
Program price: $1471* without airfare.                                         for Connoisseurs, held at Copia, The American Center for
      Germany and Austria Cultural and                                         Wine, Food and the Arts. The Marketplace has celebrity chef
                                                                               cooking demonstrations; wine and food tastings from the
       Fitness Tour July 13-21, 2009                                           great restaurants, food producers, and wineries of Napa Valley;
Marion Daniels, a native German and LTCC instructor, will hike, bike
                                                                               entertainment and musical groups, and lectures and talks from
and sightsee students through Germany and Austria! Students arrive in
                                                                               chefs and food and wine experts. The class will include a tour
Munich and transfer to Salzburg to tour the Sound of Music Churchyard
                                                                               of Copia, the only museum devoted to food, wine, and the arts
and Mirabell Gardens. In Garmisch, students take a mountain bike ride
                                                                               in the world. We will also visit area wineries such as Niebaum
and then cable car to Germany's highest mountain, the Zugspitze, then
                                                                               Coppola, Mayacamus, and Mumm Champagne, a wine barrel
back to Munich for a tour of the Neuschwanstein and Linderhof Castles,
                                                                               manufacturer, gourmet food specialists and producers, and
the Nymphenburg Palace and dinner at the infamous Hofbrauhaus
                                                                               such renowned restaurants as Mustards Grill and Bistro Jeanty.
brewery. Program price: $4257* includes airfare. Program price: $2688*
                                                                               Sign up for CUL 191EE. See page 36 for information.
without airfare. * (Prices are estimates.)
                                                          LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 16




                                        Online Courses
Students taking online courses must log in during the first week of the course or make


Course #
ANT 102
            special arrangements with the instructor to avoid being dropped.
               Title
                                                   LTCC’s online courses are designed for the student who
                                        wishes to take advantage of the flexibility offered by this type of instruction.
                                  For more information and to register, go to www.ltcc.edu, and click on Online Classes.




               Cultural Anthropology .......................................22
                                                                              Page #         HUM 102            The Middle Ages, Renaissance, and
                                                                                                                Baroque Eras .........................................................49
                                                                                             HUM 105            Mythology ...............................................................49
ANT 131AA Anthropology of Star Wars ..............................23
                                                                                             MAT 550            CAHSEE Math Preparation ..............................54
ANT 131V       Anthropology of Theming ................................23
                                                                                             MOA 239            Intermediate Medical Terminology .............54
ART 101        Art History: Prehistoric - Islamic..................23
                                                                                             MUS 103            Survey of Music II ...............................................54
ART 107        Art of the Americas............................................23
                                                                                             MUS 111            Basic Music Theory I .........................................55
ART 135A       Digital Imaging .....................................................25
                                                                                             MUS 131BJ The Beatles ............................................................55
BSN 100        Introduction to Business..................................27
                                                                                             PHI 205            Contemporary Moral Issues ...........................57
BSN 104        Business Communications ..............................27
                                                                                             PHI 210            Existentialism .......................................................57
BSN 111        Computerized Accounting ...............................28
                                                                                             PSY 101            General Psychology............................................65
BSN 118        Principles of Investments ................................28
                                                                                             PSY 102            Child and Adolescent Development ............65
CAO 121        Spreadsheet Applications in Business ......30
                                                                                             PSY 103            Adult Development..............................................65
CAO 153        Word Processing ..................................................30
                                                                                             PSY 107            Personality and the Psychology of Self.....66
CAO 180        Business English..................................................30
                                                                                             PSY 202            Abnormal Psychology ........................................66
CAO 184        Filing and Records Management ..................30
                                                                                             REL 103            World Religions.....................................................67
CIS 100        Web Publishing using
               Authoring Software.............................................33             REL 105            Eastern Religious Traditions ..........................67
CIS 114        Data-Driven Web Sites .......................................33               RES 151            California Real Estate Principles..................66
COM 122        Mass Media and Society ..................................29                   RES 154            Real Estate Finance ...........................................66
COU 101        Career Exploration ..............................................34           SOC 101            Introduction to Sociology ................................67
DMA 131D       Graphic Design for the Web ............................40                     SOC 102            Marriage, Families, and Intimate
                                                                                                                Relationships .........................................................67
DMA 191A       An Introduction to Blogs ..................................40
                                                                                             SPA 101            Elementary Spanish I ........................................68
DMA 191B       Introduction to Podcasting:
               Publishing Media on the Net ..........................40                      SPA 102            Elementary Spanish II .......................................68
ECE 100        Health, Safety, and Nutrition for                                             SPA 110            Hispanic Civilization and Culture .................68
               Young Children .....................................................40
                                                                                             SPE 102            Intercultural Communications .......................68
ECE 102        Child and Adolescent Development ............40
                                                                                             THE 112A           History of Film: Beginnings to 1945 ...........69
EDU 110        Tutoring Methods ................................................42
                                                                                             THE 114            Introduction to Screenwriting .......................69
EDU 110M       Math Tutoring Methods .....................................42
ENG 101        Reading and Composition ................................43
ENG 103        Critical Reasoning:
               Writing the Research Paper...............................43                                          Hybrid Courses
ENG 152        Critical Reading and Writing...........................44
                                                                                             Also available are hybrid courses which blend online instruction
ENG 550        CAHSEE English Preparation .........................45
                                                                                             with some traditional classroom time.
ETH 100        Current Latino Issues ........................................45
                                                                                             BIO 116          Introduction to Biotechnology ..........................27
GEG 114        Economic Geography ........................................47
                                                                                             MAT 152A         Basic Algebra (Part I) ...........................................51
HIS 103        History of Western Civilization......................48
HIS 105        Modern California History ...............................48                   MAT 152B         Basic Algebra (Part II) ..........................................53
HIS 131Q       The Age of Piracy in the Atlantic,                                            MAT 154A         Intermediate Algebra............................................53
               1630-1830 ...............................................................49
                              LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 17



         Need Help with your
               Online Courses?
                           Are you registering for an online course but
          don't know how to use our online course management
                      system, Etudes? We can help!

   Workshops for Online and
  Prospective Online Students
            are you interested in experiencing an online course at lTCC?
Come to any of these FREE hands-on sessions designed to help you get started in your
online class by learning the basics of Etudes, the course management system for all LTCC
online classes (except ANT 102). You will learn how to locate your lesson modules, find your
assignments, submit assignments with attachments, post and reply to discussion topics, and
send and receive private messages.

                Monday, January 5 ~ 12:00-1:30 pm, Room D125
                                                   or

                Tuesday, January 6 ~ 4:00-5:30 pm, Room D125
              Maximum 12 students per session - first come, first served, no reservations.

To see if an online course is right for you, go to www.ltcc.edu, click
on "Online Classes" and complete the quick set of questions under
                      "Before you Register."

   How do I find                                          Tech Support for
 online courses in                                         Online Classes
                                                            are you taking an online class?
  the schedule?                                            if you need technical assistance
                                                                  with online classes



            look for the online                           You may contact Tech Support at
                                                                onlineclasses@ltcc.edu
              course symbol!
                                                                     or call ext. 400
                                           LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 18




                       Winter Events 
                   DECEMBER                                                                FEBRUARY
           LTCC Chorus and Tahoe Choir present                                                 LTCC presents

  Celebrate -- A Holiday Concert                                                 Student Film Festival
              Friday, Saturday, Dec. 5-6, 8 p.m.                                         Saturday, Feb. 21, 7 p.m.
                       at Duke Theatre                                                        Duke Theater
               Sunday matinee, Dec. 7, 2 p.m.                                           (Pre-show reception at 6pm)
               at St. Theresa’s Catholic Church                         Lake Tahoe’s first student film festival featuring short films,
   Tickets are $10 general admission, $8 students and seniors,         animation and photography by local college and high school
                  and children under 5 are free.                        students. Submit your film for a chance to win cash prizes!
                                                                            Film must have been made by students enrolled at
                                                                                       LTCC or in high school.
               Performing Arts League presents                                               Catergories include:
      Tony McManus in concert                                                                    Live Action
                                                                                                 Animation
                 Saturday, Dec. 13, 7:30 p.m.
                                                                                                High School
                        Duke Theater                                                     Digital photo presentation
Tickets are $10 at the LTCC bookstore, $11 online (www.ltcc.edu/
                                                                                  Entry deadline is Friday, January 16th.
 news.asp), or $13 at the door. For more information about Tony
                                                                             Contact francis@ltcc.edu for more information.
    McManus, check out his site at www.tonymcmanus.com


                    FEBRUARY                                                                  MARCH
                 The LTCC Library presents                                             LTCC student clubs presents

              Author Todd Borg                                                             Winter Fest
                    Friday, Feb. 6, 7 p.m.                                               March 3, Noon – 1 p.m.
                        LTCC Library                                                         Kokanee Café
  Local author Todd Borg will be talking about using Tahoe as a     Join us for our annual Interclub Winter Fest. This fun-filled event
  background for his novels and how to write popular adventure      gives students a chance to get together with old friends, meet new
                              fiction.                              people, have fun and depending on the weather, play in the snow.
            This event is free and open to the public.                                            
                                                                                  Performing Arts League presents
                  LTCC Foundation presents
                                                                              Harvey Reid in Concert
               Snowsports Week                                                      Wednesday March 18, 7:30 p.m.
                           Feb. 9-12                                                       Duke Theatre
                        Sierra-at-Tahoe                             Tickets are $10 at the LTCC bookstore, $11 online (www.ltcc.edu/
  Full day lift passes are only $35 for Monday through Thursday,                         news.asp), or $13 at the door.
         Feb. 9-12, at one of Lake Tahoe’s best ski resorts.             Songwriter and multi-instrumentalist Harvey Reid has honed
  The proceeds benefit a variety of charities in South Lake Tahoe     his craft over the last 33 years in countless clubs, festivals, street
 including the LTCC Foundation. For ticket information contact          corners, cafes, schools and concert halls across the nation. He
(530) 541-4660, ext. 344. Ski and benefit the LTCC Foundation.        has been called a "giant of the steel strings" and "one of the true
    Tickets will be on sale in the LTCC Bookstore in January.           treasures of American acoustic music." He has absorbed a vast
                                                                     repertoire of American contemporary and roots music and woven
                                                                        it into his own colorful, personal and distinctive style. His 20
                                                                     recordings on Woodpecker Records showcase his mastery of many
                                                                    instruments and styles of acoustic music, from hip folk to slashing
                                                                     slide guitar blues to bluegrass, old-time, Celtic, ragtime, and even
                                                                    classical. For more information about Hary Reid, check out his site
                                                                                           at www.woodpecker.com
                                              LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 19




                          Winter Events 
                         MARCH
                                                                                                 Get Involved!
                                                                                              Join a Student Club!
        LTCC’s Drama and Music Department presents

 “Short-Attention-Span Comedy”
     Sketch comedies by some of our greatest living writers
                                                                              Student Clubs
                                                                        Students interested in joining any of the clubs listed below should
                                                                        contact the club advisor or call Student Services at ext. 231.
       Thursday, Friday, Saturday, March 12-14, 8 p.m.
                                                                        Alpha Gamma Sigma - The Honor Society (AGS) donates
       Thursday, Friday, Saturday, March 19-21, 8 p.m.                  scholarships and promotes public service activities. Advisor - Julie Cathie,
              Sunday matinee, March 22, 2 p.m.                          ext. 231.
                        Duke Theatre                                    Anthropology Club - Contact Advisor Daryl Frazetti, ext. 483.
 Everyone needs to laugh, especially in the middle of a cold winter.    Art Club - encourages interest in art and organizes and raises funds
 To meet the recommended quota of laughs-per-day prescribed by          for excursions to art museums and galleries. Advisor - Francis Rider, ext.
the Department of Public Health, Lake Tahoe Community College           360.
       is pleased to present “Short-Attention-Span Comedy.”             Associated Student Council - The ASC is the governing voice
 Sketch comedies by some of our greatest living writers combined        of the student population on campus. It expresses students’ needs and
with improvisational scenes modeled in the tradition of “Who’s Line     concerns to the college administration, faculty, and staff. Advisors - Beth
                Is It, Anyway?” Laughs are guaranteed.                  Marinelli-Laster, ext. 291 and Cristi Ellingford, ext. 264.
  Tickets are $7 general admission, $5 seniors and children, $4 for     A.W.A.R.E. - (Advocates for Wellness, Animal Rights, and the
                   LTCC student body cardholders.                       Environment) is about all things vegetarian and vegan! Join us for
Auditions will be held Tuesday, Jan. 6 at 7 p.m. in the Duke Theatre.   potlucks, recipe sharing, films, speakers, and discussions. Advisor - Esta
                                                                        Lewin, ext. 231.
                                                                        Badminton Club - Come play badminton! Advisor - Brad Yandell
                           APRIL                                        & Bruce Armbrust, ext. 314.
                                                                        Democratic Club - Works to foster political activism and
                Performing Arts League presents                         involvement on campus. We also work to further impact our community,

      Beppe Gambetta in Concert                                         state and country. Advisor - Diane Lewis, ext. 349.
                                                                        Geology Club - Explores the Earth through field trips. Recent
                    Saturday, April 4, 7:30pm                           trips include exploring Tuolumne Meadows, Half Dome and Moaning
                          Duke Theatre                                  Caverns in California, and Hidden Cave, Nevada. Advisor - Scott
Tickets are $10 at the LTCC bookstore, $11 online (www.ltcc.edu/        Valentine, ext. 313.
                    news.asp), or $13 at the door.                      Green Party Club - If you care about the environment, the
   Beppe Gambetta is a gifted flat picker and finger stylist and a      surrounding areas, the future of our college and the local community,
 charmer who has even the most reticent audience in the palm of         this is the club for you! Advisor - Scott Lukas, ext. 316.
his hand in short order. If those qualities aren't impressive enough,   H.O.P.E. Club - Hispanos Orgullosos Preparándose para la Excelencia.
he's a terrific cook who recently had his first cookbook published.     Proud Hispanics preparing for excellence. Advisor - Arturo Rangel, ext.
  Gambetta has been the reigning acoustic guitar star in Europe.        319.
                     www.beppegambetta.com                              International Club - An association of student members interested
                                                                        in foreign languages, foreign travel, and provides opportunities to
                                                                        develop an appreciation of different cultures of the world. Advisor - Sara
                  Art Exhibits
   Throughout the year LTCC's galleries display fine art exhibits
                                                                        Pierce, ext. 255.
                                                                        Math Club - is a social and service organization providing math
                                                                        resources to the college and the community. Advisor - Larry Green, ext.
   from community members, students, staff, and visiting artists.       341.
               Take time to stop and take a look.                       Performing Arts League - PAL is committed to providing
   _____________________________________
                                                                        students an outlet to participate in all aspects of the performing arts.
     Showing in the Student Gallery (Commons)                           Advisor - Kurt Munger, ext. 359.
                     January 10 - March 21                              Soccer Club - Come play soccer! Advisor - Mike Spina, ext. 287.
                     Bryan Yerian                                       Snowrider’s Club - Get together with friends for a fun time
                                                                        snowboarding! Advisor - Martin Wallace, ext. 284.
    Artist's Reception: Thursday, January 22, 5-7pm
  ______________________________________                                Sword Play - is an opportunity for students to practice fencing in
                Showing in the Foyer Gallery                            the Renaissance style. Advisors - Peggy Meyer, ext. 277 and Michael
                     January 10 - March 21                              Stroschein, ext. 445.
                                                                        TAMA - Tahoe Anime and Manga Association. Advisor - Naomi Green,
                  David Benedict                                        ext. 534.
                 "Images of India and Tibet"                            Volleyball Club - Advisor - Chris Drake, ext. 398.
       Closing Reception: Thursday, March 19, 5-7pm                     Yoga Club - “Service to the Community through Yoga.” Advisor -
                                                                        Lorilynn Haubrich, ext. 494.
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 20



                Course Descriptions
  Addiction Studies............................................. 21                    History ........................................................ 48-49
  Allied Health ............................................... 21-22                  Home Economics ............................................ 49
  Anthropology .............................................. 22-23                    Hotel & Restaurant Management .................... 49
  Art ............................................................... 23-26            Humanities....................................................... 49
  Biology ........................................................ 26-27               International Education.................................... 50
  Business ..................................................... 27-29                 Internship ......................................................... 50
  Chemistry ........................................................ 29                Italian ............................................................... 50
  Communication........................................... 29-30                       Japanese ......................................................... 51
  Computer Applications/Office Technology .. 30-32                                     Mathematics ............................................... 51-54
  Computer & Information Sciences .................. 33                                Medical Office Assistant .................................. 54
  Construction Trades ........................................ 34                      Music .......................................................... 54-57
  Counseling.................................................. 34-35                   Philosophy ....................................................... 57
  Criminal Justice ............................................... 35                  Physical Education ..................................... 57-64
  Culinary Arts ............................................... 35-37                  Physical Science ............................................. 64
  Dance ......................................................... 38-40                Physics ............................................................ 64
  Digital Media Arts ............................................ 40                   Political Science .............................................. 65
  Early Childhood Education ......................... 40-42                            Portuguese ...................................................... 65
  Economics ....................................................... 42                 Psychology ................................................. 65-66
  Education......................................................... 42                Real Estate ...................................................... 66
  English ........................................................ 43-45               Recreation ....................................................... 66
  English as a Second Language ...................... 45                               Religion............................................................ 67
  Environmental Science.................................... 45                         Sign Language ................................................ 67
  Ethnic Studies ................................................. 45                  Sociology ......................................................... 67
  Fire Science .................................................... 46                 Spanish............................................................ 68
  Forestry ........................................................... 46              Speech ....................................................... 68-69
  French ............................................................. 46              Theatre Arts ................................................ 69-70
  General Studies.......................................... 46-47                      Wilderness Education................................. 70-73
  Geography ....................................................... 47                 Work Experience ............................................. 73
  Geology ........................................................... 47               Community Education Courses ....................... 73
  German............................................................ 47                Final Exam Schedule .................................... 74
  Green Sustainable Education.......................... 48


  How to Read Course Listings
ABBREVIATIONS:                                                                                                                  Units, course credit hours
                                                             Course number                Course title
    PRQ = Prerequisite
    CRQ = Corequisite
    ADV = Advisory
    TRN = Transfer                                                            PHY 207          GENERAL PHYSICS (CALCULUS) - 5.00 Units
    CAN = California                                                                           ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
           Articulation Number
    REG = Registration                                 Course                 This course satisfies the lower-division physics requirement for a major
    LEC = Lecture                                      description            in physics, physical science, chemistry, geology, or engineering. Topics
                                                                              include: magnetic fields and electromagnetic waves.
FULL QUARTER classes                               Prerequisite               PRQ: PHY 108 or equivalent. MAT 107 or equivalent or assessment.
    begin week of Jan. 5                            Corequisite               CRQ: MAT 202 or equivalent
    end week of March 23                                Transfer              TRN: CSU, UNR, UC (course limit)
                                                      California              CAN CODE: PHYS 12
                                                    Articulation              CAN: PHY 107+108+207 = PHYS SEQ B
For a definition of Prerequisites,                Number Code                 CAN: PHY 107+108+207+208 = PHYS SEQ C
Corequisites, Advisories, and the
CAN Code, see page 76 of this                  Section Number                 1      Lec:      M,W 0800AM-0950AM                      Room: D108
schedule.                                                                            Lab:      F       0800AM-1050AM                  Room: D103
                                                           Lecture
                                                                                     Instructor: Staff                                1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                Lab
                                                                                       Days             Class Times                   Class dates
                                                  LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 21

   How to Read the Course Schedule                                                                    Allied Health
ONLINE COURSES - Look for the                            symbol.             HEA 106         EMERGENCY RESPONSE                            3.25 Units
                                                                              This course will train those individuals who have a duty to respond in
                                                                              emergency situations (first responders) with the knowledge and skills
EVENING COURSES - Look for shading under the                                  necessary until advanced medical help arrives. Students will receive
description indicating a class that begins after                              emergency response cards (valid for 3 years) and CPR cards (valid for 1
                                                                              year) from the American Red Cross upon successful completion.
5:00 p.m.                                                                     MATERIALS FEE: $5
                                                                              TRANSFERS: CSU

          Attention New Students!
                                                                              1 M,W           0600PM-0850PM                               Room: G6
                                                                                  Instructor: McKenna, J                           1/05/09 - 3/04/09
Apply now at www.ltcc.edu. Early application is                               HEA 108         EMERGENCY RESPONSE                            1.75 Units
strongly recommended to ensure your application                                               (REFRESHER)
is processed before registration begins.                                      This course is an update and review of the knowledge and skills pertaining
                                                                              to Emergency Response. This American Red Cross course allows the
                                                                              student to renew his/her current card. Take this refresher course before your
                                                                              card expires. Instruction includes bandaging, splinting skills, and current
                                                                              CPR information.
                Online Classes Login problems/


                                                                              PREREQUISITE: Current Emergency Response (Advanced First Aid) Card
                         Tech Support:                                        (30-day grace period)
                                                                              MATERIALS FEE: $5
                 onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400                           TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                              1 M(1/5)         0600PM-0850PM                                    Room: G6
                                                                                   Plus 21 Hrs. TBA
                                                                                   Instructor: McKenna, J                                1/05/09 - 3/04/09
                                                                              noTe: additional meetings will occur on m, W. The specific dates will
                                                                              be announced at the first class meeting.


                  Addiction Studies                                           HEA 110A         AHA HEART SAVER - AED                        0.50 Units
                                                                              This course teaches basic adult, child, and infant cardiopulmonary
                                                                              resuscitation (CPR) as well as rescue breathing and foreign body airway
                                                                              obstruction techniques. Additional topics include recognition of heart attack
COU 121        PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL &                         4.00 Units        symptoms, responding to emergencies, recognition of signs and symptoms
               BEHAVIORAL EFFECTS OF                                          of common sudden illnesses, and the use of the Automatic External
               ALCOHOL & DRUGS                                                Defibrillator (AED). Students who have successfully mastered these skills
This course offers the student an in-depth look at how drugs are              will receive a CPR certification card from the American Heart Association
metabolized, as well as their effects on the central nervous system and on    valid for two years.
behavior. This course will also cover the addiction process, including the    MATERIALS FEE: $10
dynamics of tolerance and withdrawal. Other topics to be studied are the      TRANSFERS: CSU
medical consequences of alcohol and drug abuse, fetal alcohol syndrome,
                                                                              1 F               0600PM-0850PM                            Barton University
effects on human sexuality, and the nutritional aspects in both the active
                                                                                    Instructor: McKenna, J                              1/16/09 - 1/23/09
phases of chemical dependence and in recovery. This course is cross-listed
with HEA 121 on page 22 of this schedule.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                              HEA 110B BASIC LIFE SUPPORT FOR                               0.50 Units
                                                                                       HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS
1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: A251
                                                                              This American Heart Association course covers core material such as
     Instructor: Gessford, P                              1/08/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                              adult and pediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR), foreign body
                                                                              airway obstruction, and automatic external defibrillation. This course is
COU 134        ADDICTION STUDIES FIELD                      3.00 Units        for healthcare providers such as Emergency Medical Services (EMS)
               WORK - INTERNSHIP                                              personnel, physician assistants, doctors, dentists, nurses, and respiratory
This course is a supervised placement in an agency providing services         therapists who must have a credential documenting successful completion
to chemically dependent clients. Students apply and integrate the values,     of a CPR course. This course meets Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)
knowledge, and skills learned in the classroom through direct experience in   course requirements for CPR. An American Heart Association certificate will
the area of counseling and chemical dependency. Special attention to the      be issued upon successful completion valid for two years.
CCBADC required experience in the specific core functions of counseling       MATERIALS FEE: $10
will be addressed.                                                            TRANSFERS: CSU
PREREQUISITE: COU109, COU120 or 121, COU122, COU124, & COU126
                                                                              1 Sat            0800AM-0450PM                            Barton University
with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
                                                                                   Instructor: McKenna, J                              1/31/09 - 1/31/09
TRANSFERS: CSU
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                               2 Sat            0800AM-0450PM                            Barton University
                                                                                   Instructor: McKenna, J                              2/28/09 - 2/28/09
1 36 hours TBA
      Instructor: Owen Chapman, T                        1/05/09 - 3/26/09    3 Sat            0800AM-0450PM                            Barton University
                                                                                   Instructor: McKenna, J                              3/07/09 - 3/07/09




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 22

HEA 110E        BASIC LIFE SUPPORT FOR                        0.75 Units        HEA 141         EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECH I                       8.50 Units
                THE HEALTHCARE PROVIDER/                                        Students will learn to recognize signs and symptoms of illness or injury
                HEART SAVER FIRST AID                                           and appropriate emergency treatment according to the scope of practice
This course teaches professional rescuers the skills needed to respond          of EMT-I governed by the State of California and El Dorado County.
to sudden illnesses, injuries, and breathing and cardiac emergencies.           Attendance is mandatory at the first class and all class meetings in order
Additional topics include the use of Automated External Defibrillator           to receive certification. There is a $10.00 certification fee for county
(AED) and basic skills in splinting and bandaging for the care of trauma.       certification. STUDENT NOTICE: This course requires an additional 12
This course is especially designed as a prerequisite for entrance into          hours of Clinical Experience TBA.
the Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) program. Upon successful                 PREREQUISITE: Current CPR card (either American Heart Association,
completion of this course, students will receive two certificates from the      BLS Healthcare Provider or American Red Cross Professional Rescuer);
American Heart Association: Health Care Provider and Heart Saver First          and Current First Aid, Emergency Response, or Medic First Aid Card.
Aid valid for two years.                                                        TRANSFERS: CSU
MATERIALS FEE: $10                                                              1 W                            0800AM-0450PM                    Room: G6
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                        Sat (2/21, 3/14)         0800AM-0450PM                  Room: E100
1 F              0600PM-0950PM                          Barton University             plus 12 Hrs. TBA
     Sat         0800AM - 0450PM                        Barton University             Instructor: Gasporra, A                            1/07/09 - 3/25/09
     Instructor: McKenna, J                            1/09/09 - 1/10/09
2 F              0600PM-0950PM                          Barton University       HEA 149         INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL                        0.75 Units
     Sat         0800AM - 0450PM                        Barton University                       ETHICS AND LAW
     Instructor: McKenna, J                            2/06/09 - 2/07/09        This course explores ethical and legal issues relating to health care. Topics
                                                                                include access to health care information, confidentiality and informed
HEA 121         PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL &                          4.00 Units        consent, judicial process related to health information, risk management
                                                                                and quality management, computerized patient records, and health care
                BEHAVIORAL EFFECTS OF
                                                                                fraud and abuse. This course provides essential information for persons
                ALCOHOL AND DRUGS                                               working in any health care setting.
This course offers the student an in-depth look at how drugs are                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
metabolized, as well as their effects on the central nervous system and on
behavior. This course will also cover the addiction process, including the      1 M              0600PM-0850PM                              Barton University
dynamics of tolerance and withdrawal. Other topics to be studied are the             Instructor: Enterline, N                              1/26/09 - 2/09/09
medical consequences of alcohol and drug abuse, fetal alcohol syndrome,
effects on human sexuality, and the nutritional aspects in both the active      HEA 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
phases of chemical dependence and in recovery. This course is cross-listed                      EXPERIENCE
with COU121 on pages 21 & 34 of the schedule.                                   For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                             73.
1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: A251       TRANSFERS: CSU
     Instructor: Gessford, P                              1/08/09 - 3/26/09     REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
HEA 131PD SPECIAL TOPIC: REFRESHER - 3.25 Units
          EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN I                                        HEA 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
In this refresher course, students will review technical skills and knowledge                   EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
required to perform the appropriate pre-hospital basic emergency care.          For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
The course consists of classroom instruction and skills review as well as       TRANSFERS: CSU
eight hours of supervised clinical time in either the hospital emergency        REG: Walk-in registration only.
department or with the local ambulance. The content of this course satisfies    1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
48 of the 72 hours of EMS related continuing education required for the
National Registry of EMTs.
PREREQUISITE: (1) Current CPR Card (either American Heart Association                                  Anthropology
BLS or American Red Cross Professional Rescuer); and (2) Current EMT-I
Certification. Students will be required to present copies of these cards at    ANT 102         CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY                          4.00 Units
the first class session.                                                        This course is an introduction to cultural anthropology. It investigates
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  specific aspects of culture including kinship, law and politics, religion and
1 F,Sat                          0800AM-0450PM                      Room: G6    myth, gender, social organization, expressive culture and art and cultural
     plus 8 hrs. TBA Clinical Experience                                        change. In addition to studying case studies from various world cultures,
     Instructor: Braus, P                                  1/09/09 - 1/23/09    the course will introduce students to relevant anthropological theories,
                                                                                perspectives and methods, including fieldwork, participant observation and
                                                                                ethnographic writing.
                                                                                ADVISORY: ENG 101
             Major snowstorm?                                                   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                CAN CODE: ANTH 4
     In severe weather conditions, our main college
   phone line, 541-4660, will have updated messages
   regarding possible school closure, late start, class
                                                                                1
                                                                                             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                              Instructor: Gioia-Acres, E                 1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
       cancellations, or other pertinent information.                           week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                                to avoid being dropped.

     You can also check the web site, www.ltcc.edu,                             2   M,W         0130PM-0320PM                          Room: D108
                                                                                    Instructor: Lukas                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09
               to get updated information.                                      noTe: Section 2 of this course will have an additional meeting on
                                                                                Saturday, 1/24, 0900am-1050am, in room d108.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 23

ANT 103         PHYSICAL/BIOLOGICAL                            4.00 Units        ANT 131V SPECIAL TOPIC: THE                                  4.00 Units
                ANTHROPOLOGY                                                              ANTHROPOLOGY OF THEMING
This course will examine the physical and biological nature of the human         This course will consider the cultural significance of the themed space,
species, including hominid evolution, genetics and processes of human            including themed restaurants, casinos, hotels, theme parks, and other
variation, paleoanthropology, primatology, forms of human adaptation,            spaces. Theming refers to the use of an overarching theme, such
disease, demography, and forensic anthropology. The course will develop          as western, to create a holistic and integrated spatial organization of
these topics using an evolutionary, scientific and bio-cultural approach.        a consumer venue, and in this course we will study theming as an
ADVISORY: ENG 101                                                                anthropological concept. We will discuss how theming has impacted
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          the Internet,the landscapes of video games, airports, and dental offices,
CAN CODE: ANTH 2                                                                 and how it is being used by everyday people to make their homes more
1 M,W            0345PM-0550PM                                   Room: A213      personal. A required project for all students is the design of a conceptual
     Instructor: Frazetti, D                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09     themed space.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU
ANT 107         MAGIC, WITCHCRAFT, AND                         4.00 Units
                RELIGION
This course is a cross-cultural study of beliefs, practices and issues related
                                                                                 1
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Lukas                          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
to varied forms of the supernatural. In developing an anthropological            week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
appreciation of religion and spirituality, students will be encouraged to        to avoid being dropped.
understand and analyze the varied forms of the supernatural in examples
including shamanism, animism, magic, witchcraft, totemism, forms of ritual
and symbolism, as well as comprehend the socio-cultural purposes of                                                Art
these forms. Applications of anthropological theories to case studies of the
past and present will complement the course considerations.
ADVISORY: ENG 101                                                                                         ART HISTORY
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          ART 101        ART HISTORY:                                  4.00 Units
1 M,W            0400PM-0550PM                                    Room: A209                    PREHISTORIC - ISLAMIC
     Instructor: Lukas, S                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09    The history of Western art from prehistoric times through Egyptian, Greek,
noTe: This course will have an additional meeting on Saturday, 1/24,             Roman, early Christian and Byzantine civilizations will be studied in this
0200Pm-0350Pm, in room a209.                                                     course.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
ANT 108         INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE                       4.00 Units        CAN CODE: ART 101+102+103 = ART SEQ A
                AND CULTURE                                                      CAN SEQUENCE: ARTSEQA
This course will consider the anthropological subfield of language and
culture or linguistic anthropology. In this course students will be exposed
to the anthropological theories of language origin, language use, and the
                                                                                 1
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Perbetsky, P                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
specific cultural issues associated with language in cross-cultural contexts.
                                                                                 week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
Some specific issues will include the biology of language, non-human
                                                                                 to avoid being dropped.
language and communication, primate language, the impact of language
on worldview (Sapir-Whorf), sociolinguistics, language maps, linguistic
nationalism, language and gender, the Internet and communication,
                                                                                 ART 102        ART HISTORY:                4.00 Units
linguistic anthropology fieldwork, and the future of language.                                  MEDIEVAL EUROPE - RENAISSANCE
ADVISORY: ENG 101                                                                This course will cover the history of Western art from Medieval Europe
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          through Romanesque, Gothic and the Renaissance.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 W              0600PM-0950PM                                  Room: E100
                                                                                 CAN SEQUENCE: ART 101+102+103=CAN ART SEQ A
     Instructor: Frazetti, D                              1/07/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                 1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM                             Room: F101
                                                                                      Instructor: Yerian, B                            1/06/09 - 3/24/09
ANT 131AA SPECIAL TOPIC:            1.50 Units
          ANTHROPOLOGY OF STAR WARS
This course introduces students to the politics, philosophy,
                                                                                 ART 107        ART OF THE AMERICAS                           4.00 Units
                                                                                 Students will examine the development of the art of pre-Columbian cultures
multiculturalism, and historical and cultural context of Star Wars. Using
                                                                                 of South and Central America, Mexico, and North America. This course will
film episodes and other select audio and video media clips, this course
                                                                                 emphasize the art of the Inca, Mayan, Aztec, American Indian, and Eskimo
will examine the various social, political, and religious themes within
                                                                                 cultures. This course will also show how these cultures have affected the
the Star Wars universe. Other cultural themes covered also include
                                                                                 work of contemporary American artists.
capitalism,the concept of “race,” feminism, and the fetishization of objects.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
Core concepts in cultural anthropology will be introduced and discussed
through the analysis of films, books, articles, the role of mythology,
Jediism, and the subculture of Star Wars fandom.
ADVISORY: ENG 101
                                                                                 1
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Perbetsky, P                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                   week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                                 to avoid being dropped.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Frazetti, D                    1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                                 Online Classes Login problems/

                                                                                 
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.                                                                                   Tech Support:
                                                                                                  onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 24

                            CERAMICS                                           ART 132BS SPECIAL TOPIC: ART         2.00 Units
                                                                                         CONCEPTS FOR BROCHURE DESIGN
ART 119         BEGINNING CERAMICS                            3.00 Units       This introductory course is designed for the student interested in graphic
This course emphasizes experimentation and individual expression through       design who would like to explore and study the multiple ways that brochures
experiences in clay preparation, design, hand-building methods, pinch, coil,   are created and used to provide information and to visually excite a reader.
and slab forming techniques, glazing, and a knowledge of kilns and the         The course will provide a thorough investigation of the myriad of ways that
firing process. Included also is an introduction to beginning wheel throwing   brochures are created using artistic design elements such as color, shape,
techniques using the potter’s wheel.                                           balance, dominance and variety. Students will learn how to work with
MATERIALS FEE: $40                                                             clients and their needs in the brochure designing process. Students will be
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        exposed to the positive and negative elements that are used in the creation
CAN CODE: ART 6                                                                of brochures. Students will also create a final “capstone” brochure project
1 T,Th            0800AM-1025AM                                 Room: F104     that will highlight the artistic components introduced in the course. Previous
      Instructor: Woodward, L                              1/06/09 - 3/26/09   knowledge of graphic design programs is not required for this course.
                                                                               TRANSFERS: CSU
2    T,Th        0500PM-0725PM                                Room: F104
     Instructor: Rider, F                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09     1 T,Th            0330PM-0555PM                                   Room: A206
                                                                                    Instructor: Sakowski, T                                 1/13/09 - 2/26/09
ART 120         INTERMEDIATE CERAMICS                         3.00 Units
This course is an exploration using ceramic clay in the design and                                      DIGITAL ARTS
production of pottery and ceramic forms. Experience emphasized in this         ART 132BP SPECIAL TOPIC: INTRO TO                              4.00 Units
study will include individual expression through clay preparation, design,               VIDEO EDITING: YOU TUBE TO
wheel-throwing methods, glazing, and a knowledge of kilns and the firing
process.
                                                                                         HOLLYWOOD
                                                                               Have a video camera but don’t know how to make all that random video
MATERIALS FEE: $40
                                                                               turn into something you and your friends will watch? Get the skills you
PREREQUISITE: ART 119 or equivalent
                                                                               need to put together an awesome video through the power of editing! From
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                               creating videos on You Tube to learning how to edit a feature length film,
1 T,Th           0930AM-1155AM                               Room: F104        you will learn theory and practice of the editing process. Use professional
    Instructor: Woodward, L                             1/06/09 - 3/26/09      equipment and editing software to create films. Practical applications for
2    T,Th        0630PM-0855PM                                Room: F104       professional pathways will be discussed.
     Instructor: Rider, F                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09     TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                               1 M,W            0600PM-0905PM                                 Room: G4-A
                               DESIGN                                               Instructor: Molnar, K                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09

ART 112         TWO- AND THREE-                               3.00 Units       ART 132BR SPECIAL TOPIC:                                       4.00 Units
                DIMENSIONAL DESIGN                                                       INTRODUCTION TO ANIMATION
This course will include studio experiments with the formal elements and       This course is an investigation into the artistic creation of movement
principles of design along with spatial concepts as they are applied to two-   on a frame-by-frame basis known as animation. Lectures will include
dimensional, relief, and three-dimensional design problems.                    demonstrations of animation techniques, as well as historical and
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        contemporary examples of the work of professional animators. Students will
1 M,W            0130PM-0355PM                                 Room: F104      gain an experiential knowledge of the breadth of classical and experimental
     Instructor: Yerian, B                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09    animation techniques including hand-drawn, claymation, stop-motion,
                                                                               cut-outs, sand and paint-on-glass. Students will create and critique
ART 132BQ SPECIAL TOPIC: ART                                  2.00 Units       assignments using these techniques both individually and corporately,
                                                                               culminating in a final short film that demonstrates an understanding of the
          CONCEPTS FOR LOGO DESIGN
                                                                               importance of content and content and technique.
          & BUSINESS IDENTITY                                                  MATERIALS FEE: $25
This introductory course is designed for the student interested in graphic     TRANSFERS: CSU
design who would like to explore and study the multiple ways that logos
affect our daily lives in terms of business and product identity. The          1 T,Th           0300PM-0550PM                                 Room: G4-A
course will provide a thorough investigation of the myriad of ways that             Instructor: Francis, C                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09
logos are created using artistic design elements such as color, shape,
balance, dominance and variety. Students will be exposed to the positive
and negative elements that are used in the creation of logos. Students
will create a final “capstone” logo project that will highlight the artistic
                                                                                     SPEND SPRING BREAK
components introduced in the course.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                         IN DEATH VALLEY!
1 M,W            0600PM-0920PM                                Room: A106                       Start Planning now for ART 145B:
     Instructor: Sakowski, T                             1/12/09 - 2/18/09
                                                                                 Landscape Photography in Death Valley,
                                                                                  a Spring Quarter class that begins during spring break.

        Hungry? Need Coffee?                                                                Orientation (students must attend):
                                                                                             Friday, March 27, 6:00-9:00 pm;
         The Kokanee Cafe is open for lunch on                                      Field Trip in Death Valley will be held Wednesday-
        Monday - Thursday, 11:30 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.                                    Thursday, April 1 & 2, 2009 over Spring Break.
      The Coffee Cart has drinks, food, and snacks
    Monday - Thursday 7:45-11:30 a.m. & 2:00-6:30 p.m.                         Watch for course listing in the upcoming Spring Schedule!


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                  LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 25
ART 135A       DIGITAL IMAGING I                              4.00 Units       ART 213         BEGINNING LIFE DRAWING                          3.00 Units
This course is an introduction to digital imaging, which has become            This course involves studio experiences in concept and technique in
prevalent in modern forms of visual communication. Students will become        drawing from the live model, with focus on the human figure as a source
familiar with digital imaging applications. Students will also learn to use    of formal and expressive visual statements. Emphasis is on drawing
the computer as a means of visual expression, as well as for commercial        techniques and the use of materials in rendering the figure in graphite,
purposes.                                                                      charcoal, conte, pastels, and wet media.
Minimum Technology Requirement: Students who enroll in this online             TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
course should have moderate proficiency in computer operation and have         1 M,W            0900AM-1125AM                             Room: F101
access to a computer. They are required to have Photoshop version CS3               Instructor: Shafer, P                            1/05/09 - 3/25/09
or CS4 OR the ability to access one of the computer labs with Photoshop at
LTCC. To purchase Photoshop CS3 or CS4 extended software at a student
                                                                               ART 223         INTERMEDIATE LIFE DRAWING                       3.00 Units
discount go to http://www.collegesoftware.org.
                                                                               A continuation of ART 213, Beginning Life Drawing, this course will place
ADVISORY: CAO 151 or CAO 152B, with a grade of “C” or better or
                                                                               emphasis on visualization and consistency of anatomical rendering in
equivalent.
                                                                               drawing from the live model.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                               PREREQUISITE: ART213 or equivalent.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: STAFF                          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                               1 M,W           1030AM-1255PM
                                                                                   Instructor: Shafer, P
                                                                                                                                           Room: F101
                                                                                                                                      1/05/09 - 3/25/09
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                                             PAINTING
ART 135B       DIGITAL IMAGING II                             4.00 Units       ART 118         COLOR                                           3.00 Units
This course is a continuation of ART 135A (formerly ART 135), Digital          This is a course in the exploration and understanding the realm of color.
Imaging I, which has become prevalent in modern forms of visual                The primary focus in this class is not the making of art but the discovery
communication. Students will continue to explore the Macintosh computer        of how and why color affects art and how it so dynamically influences our
operating system and digital imaging applications. Students will further       understanding of the visual world. This course applies not only to art but
explore the computer as a means of visual expression as a contemporary         to cuisine, floral design, decorating, textiles, fashion and all realms of the
tool for producing fine art, as well as for commercial art applications.       commercial culture in which we are immersed everyday. This is a “hands
PREREQUISITE: ART 135A with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.            on” course in color experiments with colored pigments, paper and light.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                            MATERIALS FEE: $60
1 Lec: T          0600PM-0850PM                                  Room: G4-A    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
      Lab: Th 0600PM-0850PM                                      Room: G4-A    1 T,Th           0100PM-0325PM                                    Room: F101
      Instructor: Markle, J                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09        Instructor: Foster, D                                 1/06/09 - 3/26/09

                             DRAWING                                           ART 139F        ACRYLIC PAINTING                                1.75 Units
                                                                               This course is a foundation study in the concepts, materials, and techniques
ART 105        DISCOVERING AND            3.00 Units                           of acrylic painting. Studio experiments will emphasize canvas preparation,
               DEVELOPING CREATIVE IMAGINATION II                              subject design, composition, color theory, pigment mixing, painting methods,
This course is an exploration of the creative process including sources of     and terminology. Various types of subject matter are offered as topics for
inspiration, and recognizing and developing an idea. This is an introduction   paintings. An examination of both traditional and contemporary painters will
to art through two and three dimensional experiments in drawing, design,       be included.
ceramics, and sculpture. This class is open to non-art majors and art          TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
majors.
                                                                               1 F              0500PM-0835PM                                  Room: F101
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                    Instructor: Thompson, A                              1/09/09 - 3/20/09
1 T,Th           0900AM-1125AM                                 Room: G2-A
     Instructor: Zentner, S                              1/06/09 - 3/26/09     ART 210         WATERCOLOR PAINTING                             3.00 Units
                                                                               This course will explore the materials and techniques of watercolor painting.
ART 115        DRAWING: WET MEDIA                             3.00 Units       Included in this study will be concepts and methods in color mixing and
Exercises, sketches, and the development of finished drawings ranging          application, brushwork, resists, and the use of mixed media. This course
from traditional to contemporary approaches will be explored. Techniques       will emphasize painting experiences with traditional and contemporary
emphasizing wet media such as felt tip pen, pen and ink, ink wash, and         subjects.
watercolor/gouache will be presented.                                          TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                               1 M,W            0130PM-0355PM                                 Room: F101
1 M,W            0600PM-0825PM                              Room: F101              Instructor: Russo, D                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09
    Instructor: Harris, A                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09

ART 215        ADVANCED DRAWING:                              3.00 Units                               PHOTOGRAPHY
               WET MEDIA                                                       ART 141         HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY                          4.00 Units
Advanced studio experiments, exercises, sketches, and the development of       Learn more about still photography from the historical beginnings and
finished drawings ranging from traditional to contemporary approaches will     development of the medium. This perspective will include photography’s
be explored. Techniques emphasizing wet media such as felt-tip pen, pen/       place in the history of the visual arts from the earliest investigations of the
brush and ink, watercolor and gouache will be presented.                       camera obscura to the late 20th century. Students will also learn about
PREREQUISITE: ART 115 or equivalent.                                           master photographers and their work. No lab is included in this course.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 M,W             0600PM-0825PM                              Room: F101        1 M,W            0330PM-0535PM                                    Room: G2-A
      Instructor: Harris, A                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09          Instructor: Leonard-Heffner,P                           1/05/09 - 3/23/09



         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                       LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 26

ART 142          PHOTOGRAPHY I                                     4.00 Units                                  PRINTMAKING
If you are interested in improving your photography skills, this is the class
for you! Students will have a hands-on experience with traditional cameras,           ART 221         PRINTMAKING                                     3.00 Units
film, and printing. This basic black and white photography course includes            This course involves studio survey in printmaking with emphasis on historical
improving the students’ understanding of film exposure and composition, as            as well as the technical level of printmaking processes and materials
well as darkroom printing, and matting of final images into a final portfolio.        including linocuts, Lucite prints, embossed relief prints, color collagraphs,
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                  line engraving, etching, aquatint and silkscreen printing. Experiments in
1 Lec: T          0600PM-0850PM                                 Room: G2-A            printmaking are encouraged.
      Lab: Th 0600PM-0850PM                                       Room: G1            MATERIALS FEE: $20
      Instructor: Welch, M / Hackleman, A                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09           TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                      1 T,Th           0600PM-0825PM                                  Room: F101
ART 143          PHOTOGRAPHY II                                    4.00 Units              Instructor: Nelson, D                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09
This course is a continuation of the introductory photography course.
Students will continue to study the traditional black and white photographic                                      SCULPTURE
process, with an emphasis on intermediate level shooting, developing, and
printing techniques. Assignments encourage students to communicate their              ART 220         FIGURE SCULPTURE                                4.00 Units
ideas visually. Darkroom lab included.                                                Figure sculpture involves studio experiments in the design and production
PREREQUISITE: ART 142 or equivalent.                                                  of sculpture using the human figure as the subject of all work. The course
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                  will emphasize techniques in sculpting from live models. The materials and
1 Lec: M          0600PM-0905PM                                 Room: G2-A            methods will include armature design, plasteline and ceramic clays, plaster
      Lab: W      0600PM-0905PM                                   Room: G1            of Paris and formed metal.
      Instructor: Leonard-Heffner, P / Hackleman, A       1/05/09 - 3/23/09           MATERIALS FEE: $24
                                                                                      TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
ART 145B LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY                                     1.00 Units         1 M,W             0600PM-0905PM                               Room: F104
Would you like to improve your photography skills while enjoying the Tahoe                  Instructor: Yerian, B                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09
landscape? This class will increase understanding of the photographic
process, both traditional as well as digital, through a hands-on field
experience. Emphasis will be on correct exposure, composition, and use of                                            Biology
photo equipment while shooting outdoors in the Lake Tahoe environment.
Students must provide their own equipment, processing, and transportation.
No lab is included in this course.                                                    BIO 103         PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY                           5.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                  This course gives an overview of animal diversity, structure, and function,
                                                                                      with an emphasis on mammalian anatomy and physiology. It is intended
1 Lec: Th (1/8) 0600PM-0850PM                                 Room: G2-A
                                                                                      as part of a year-long sequence for science majors, along with BIO 101
    Field: F (1/9) 0600AM-1150AM                                      TBA
                                                                                      (a prerequisite) and BIO 102. Topics include: survey of the diversity of
    Critique: Th (1/15) 0600PM-0850PM                         Room: G2-A
                                                                                      protist and animal kingdoms; introduction to mammalian anatomy and
    Instructor: Johnson, R                               1/08/09 - 1/15/09
                                                                                      physiology, including digestive, cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary, nervous,
                                                                                      musculoskeletal, endocrine, and reproductive systems. Laboratory time
ART 146          DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY                               4.00 Units         focuses on diversity of the animal kingdom and fetal pig dissection with
Would you like to learn more about your digital camera? The course will               emphasis on the organ systems.
examine the fundamental principles of how digital cameras capture light and           PREREQUISITE: BIO 101 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
translate it to pixels. Students will also learn how to transfer digital files from   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
the camera to the computer, as well as how to manipulate the images in
                                                                                      1 Lec: T,Th 0100PM-0250PM                                         Room: D108
digital imaging software using the Macintosh platform. In addition, students
                                                                                           Lab: W      0200PM-0450PM                                    Room: D102
will learn how to burn images on CD’s, as well as print quality photographic
                                                                                           Instructor: Kloss, S                                  1/06/09 - 3/26/09
images.
ADVISORY: Previous Macintosh experience is recommended. CAO 152B
                                                                                      2   Lec: T,Th 0100PM-0250PM                                     Room: D108
or equivalent.
                                                                                          Lab: F      1100AM-0150PM                                   Room: D102
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                          Instructor: Kloss, S/STAFF                             1/06/09 - 3/26/09
1 Lec: T          0300PM-0550PM                                     Room: G2-A
      Lab: Th 0300PM-0550PM                                         Room: G2-A
                                                                                      BIO 111         INTRODUCTION TO PLANT AND                       5.00 Units
      Instructor: Welch, M                                    1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                                      ANIMAL BIOLOGY
                                                                                      This course is intended for non-science majors and gives an overview
ART 248          COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHY                            4.00 Units         of the basic diversity of life on earth with focus on organisms, evolution,
This course will explore various areas of commercial lighting and
                                                                                      and biological systems. Topics include, but are not limited to the following:
photography. Students will investigate photographic techniques for various
                                                                                      Darwin and origin of species, earth history and macroevolution, basic
types of photography careers. In addition, students will have a final portfolio
                                                                                      systematics, prokaryotes, protists, animal evolution and diversity including
of their work.
                                                                                      invertebrates and vertebrates, fungi, evolution of plants, major plant groups,
ADVISORY: ART 143 is highly recommended.
                                                                                      plant structure growth and reproduction, the biosphere, basic ecology,
PREREQUISITE: ART 142 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
                                                                                      communities, population dynamics, animal behavior, and conservation
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                      biology. Indoor and field laboratory exercises will illustrate course concepts
1 Lec: W         0600PM-0905PM                                  Room: G2-A            using local organisms, communities, and ecosystems.
     Lab: F      0600PM-0905PM                                  Room: G2-A            TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
     Instructor: Ketelsen, H                              1/07/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                      1 Lec: M,W 0500PM-0710PM                                          Room: A208
                                                                                           Lab: M      0715PM-1005PM                                    Room: D102
                                                                                           Instructor: Arce, D/ Sinibaldi, R                       1/05/09 - 3/23/09




          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 27
BIO 115 FORENSICS AND BIOTECHNOLOGY 5.00 Units                                     BIO 212        ZOOLOGY                                       5.00 Units
This course is an introduction to biotechnology and its applications               This course is an introductory survey of vertebrate and invertebrate
in forensic science. Topics covered include trace evidence analysis;               zoology. Topics include animal ecology, physiology, reproduction, behavior,
forensic entomology, botany and geology; blood and spatter analysis;               evolution, classification and characteristics of the major animal phyla.
DNA; forensic anthropology and odontology; arson and explosives; and               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
computer forensics. Laboratory exercises will employ the scientific method         CAN CODE: BIOL 4
and teach microscopic and laboratory techniques, as well as proper data            1 Lec: T,Th 0900AM-1050AM                                       Room: D102
collection and analysis. Experiments will correlate with aspects of forensic           Lab: T,Th 1100AM-1225PM                                     Room: D102
science and biotechnology discussed in lecture. The laboratory course will             Instructor: Kloss, S                                   1/06/09 - 3/26/09
culminate in students using their acquired skills to process a mock crime
scene.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                                             Business
1 Lec: M,W 1000AM-1150AM                                       Room: D102
     Lab:M,W 1200PM-0135PM                                     Room: D102
     Instructor: Strain, K                                1/05/09 - 3/25/09        BSN 100        INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS                      4.00 Units
                                                                                   This course provides an overview of the basic functions of business
BIO 116         INTRODUCTION TO                                  5.00 Units        and how they interrelate. Topics to be covered include global business,
                BIOTECHNOLOGY                                                      e-business, entrepreneurship, human resources, marketing, management,
This course is an introduction to the principles and techniques of                 logistics, accounting, finance, and investment.
biotechnology. Students will focus on the concepts, research, and techniques       TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
found in microbial, plant, animal, marine and medical biotechnology.               1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM                             Room: B103
Bioinfomatics will also be introduced.                                                  Instructor: Sturgess, E                          1/06/09 - 3/24/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
1
               Lec: ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                Lab: T           0300PM-0550PM                  Room: D102
                                                                                   2
                                                                                                ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                 Instructor: Sturgess, E                    1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                   noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                Instructor: Sinibaldi, R                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09       week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
noTe: Section 1 is partially online. Students will be using a computer             to avoid being dropped.
to assist with the learning process and are expected to attend class 3
hours per week with the remaining 4 hours completed online.                        BSN 101B BUSINESS LAW                                        4.00 Units
                                                                                   This course will provide students with an introduction to the legal system
BIO 120         INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN                            2.00 Units        and its impact on businesses. This course will introduce the study of laws
                ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY                                             pertaining to businesses such as corporations and partnerships, and
This course will provide an introduction to the human body and is designed         their formation and function. Topics to be covered include securities and
for anyone wanting to learn more about how their body actually works.              commercial paper, personal and real property transactions, and government
Topics covered include the following: the history of medicine, the cell and        regulations. This is a stand-alone course that does not require the student
its organelles, the bones and the muscles of the body, the nervous system,         to take BSN 101A first.
the general and special senses, the endocrine system, the blood and the            TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
immune system, the cardiovascular system, the respiratory system, the              1 M,W            0610PM-0815PM                              Room: HSSV2
digestive system, the urinary system, and the reproductive system.                      Instructor: Huckaby, R                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
1 W               1100AM-1250PM                               Room: D108           BSN 104        BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS                       4.00 Units
      Instructor: Meyer, C                               1/07/09 - 3/25/09         Students will study current business communication principles and techniques
                                                                                   with appropriate communication strategies in written correspondence.
BIO 204         HUMAN ANATOMY AND                                5.00 Units        Students must be able to use a personal computer and word processing
                PHYSIOLOGY II                                                      software.
This is an integrated course covering the fundamental principles of human          ADVISORY: ENG 152 or CAO 180 or equivalent.
anatomy and physiology. Structure and function are related through                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
the study of histological slides, anatomical models and charts, clinical
presentations, fresh sheep eye dissection, preserved cat dissection, sheep
and cow body parts, as well as human cadaver parts. Topics include, spinal
                                                                                   1
                                                                                                ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                 Instructor: Carter, N                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                   noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
cord and spinal nerves, autonomic nervous system, endocrine system,                week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
special senses, muscular system, blood, cardiovascular system, lymphatic           to avoid being dropped.
system, and immunity. This course is designed for students entering the
fields of nursing, physical therapy, athletic training, chiropractic, paramedic,   BSN 110A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING                            4.00 Units
physician assistant, and graduate or medical school.                               This course introduces students to the study of accounting as the basis
PREREQUISITE: BIO 203 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.                 of an information system with emphasis on concepts and assumptions
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                            underlying data accumulation for financial reports. Topics will include the
CAN SEQUENCE: BIOL 203+204+205=CAN BIOL SEQ B                                      general accounting cycle, financial reporting and analysis, merchandising
1 Lec: T,Th 0600PM-0750PM                                           Room: A208     operations and the operating cycle, inventories, and short-term financial
     Lab: T, Th 0800PM-0925PM                                       Room: D102     assets.
     Instructor: Orr, B                                       1/06/09 - 3/24/09    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
2   Lec: T,Th 0600PM-0750PM                                      Room: A208        CAN SEQUENCE: BSN 110A+110B+110C = BUS SEQ A
    Lab: W      0600PM-0850PM                                    Room: D102        1 T,Th          0600PM-0750PM                                Room: D102
    Instructor: Orr, B                                      1/06/09 - 3/24/09          Instructor: Kingsbury, J                            1/06/09 - 3/24/09




          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 28

BSN 110B PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II                             4.00 Units        BSN 152B FUNDAMENTALS OF                                     4.00 Units
This course is a continuation of BSN 110A. Students will explore more                       BOOKKEEPING II
specific and detailed accounting activities as a basis of an information           This course is a continuation of BSN 152A where students will build upon
system with emphasis on concepts and assumptions underlying data                   the study of the accounting cycle of small to moderate sized service and
accumulation for financial reports. Topics will include current liabilities, the   merchandising businesses. The course emphasizes the practical approach
Time Value of Money (TVOM) concept, internal control, long-term assets,            to accounting. The topics covered include promissory notes; valuation of
contributed capital, long-term liabilities, the corporate Income Statement,        receivables, inventory, and property; partnerships and corporations; and the
the Statement of Cash Flows, investments, and financial performance                analytical tools for effective decision making by managers.
measurement.                                                                       PREREQUISITE: BSN 152A or equivalent.
PREREQUISITE: BSN 110A with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.                1 M,W            0330PM-0535PM                                Room: E100
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                 Instructor: Kingsbury, J                            1/05/09 - 3/23/09
CAN SEQUENCE: BSN110A+110B+110C = BUS SEQ A
1 M,W            1100AM-0105PM                                  Room: E100         BSN 155A QUICKBOOKS                                          2.00 Units
     Instructor: Kingsbury, J                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09       This course reviews the personal computer accounting software, QuickBooks
                                                                                   for Windows. This is an easy-to-use accounting system designed for
BSN 111         COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING                          4.00 Units        small-business owners and bookkeepers. It does not require knowledge
This course is an introduction to the use of microcomputers for processing         of traditional double-entry accounting systems. Students will learn how to
accounting information such as invoices, accounts receivable, and accounts         set up a company, track its activity, and produce reports which will provide
payable as well as a general ledger system. Students will gain practical           income tax information and a complete financial picture of the company.
experience using integrated accounting software which simulates many               1 W              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: D120
common corporate software systems.                                                      Instructor: Odneal, R                               1/07/09 - 2/11/09
ADVISORY: BSN 110A or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                     BSN 155B ADVANCED QUICKBOOKS                                 2.00 Units
                                                                                   This course is a continuation of BSN 155A using PC’s and the small
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Kingsbury, J                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                   business accounting software programs, QuickBooks for Windows. This
                                                                                   course covers more advanced QuickBooks topics such as inventory,
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                classes, customizing reports and payroll deductions, and provides practice
to avoid being dropped.                                                            using a sample company.
                                                                                   ADVISORY: BSN 155A or equivalent.
BSN 118         PRINCIPLES OF INVESTMENTS                        4.00 Units        1 W              0600PM-0950PM                              Room: D120
This course introduces students to the language, concepts, vehicles,                    Instructor: Odneal, R                             2/18/09 - 3/25/09
and strategies of investing that are critical to becoming conversant with
the many aspects of investing. Students will then be better prepared to            BSN 160        INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAXES I                     2.00 Units
make informed decisions in the highly dynamic investment environment               This course covers the fundamentals of income tax and basic reporting.
whether those decisions are for personal or professional purposes. By              Students will be introduced to the concepts and step-by-step procedures
understanding and effectively applying the fundamentals of investing,              for preparing the basic federal personal income tax return. Federal form
through the use of a computer simulation software program, students                1040, schedule A (itemized deductions), schedule B (Interest and Dividend
will develop, implement, and monitor their investment portfolio plans              Income), and other miscellaneous forms will be covered.
and strategies. Such exposure to the fundamentals of investing should              1 T              0610PM-1000PM                            Room: HSSV2
allow students to respond effectively to those changes in the investment                Instructor: Huckaby, R                            1/06/09 - 2/10/09
environment and to achieve their goals.
ADVISORY: CAO 121, CAO 154 or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                   BSN 161        INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAXES II                    2.00 Units
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Kingsbury, J                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                   This course is a continuation of BSN 160. Students will be introduced to
                                                                                   the concepts and step-by-step procedures for preparing federal form 1040,
                                                                                   schedule C (Profit or Loss From Business or Profession), schedule D
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                (Capital Gains and Losses), schedule E (Supplemental Income), and other
to avoid being dropped.                                                            miscellaneous forms.
                                                                                   ADVISORY: BSN 160 or equivalent.
BSN 125         BUSINESS MANAGEMENT                              4.00 Units        1 T              0610PM-1000PM                            Room: HSSV2
This course provides students with an understanding of the management                   Instructor: Huckaby, R                            2/17/09 - 3/24/09
process. It includes management theory and applications related to
the contemporary manager’s role in our global business environment.                BSN 163        INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAX                         0.25 Units
Topics include planning, organizing, leading, and controlling in business
                                                                                                  WORKSHOP
organizations. Teamwork is emphasized in the development and
                                                                                   This course covers the basic forms of filing a personal income tax return.
presentation of management projects and activities.
                                                                                   In a step-by-step manner, the student will walk through step by step
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                   procedures for preparing the basic federal and state personal income
1 M,W           0130PM-0335PM                                Room: A213            tax return. Federal form 1040, 1040EZ, 1040A, Schedule A (itemized
    Instructor: Sturgess, E                            1/05/09 - 3/25/09           deductions), Schedule B (Interest and Dividend Income), California form
                                                                                   540, and other miscellaneous forms will be covered. Electronic filing will
                                                                                   also be discussed.
    If you are interested in GREEN business                                        1 Sat            0900AM-0350PM                               Room: E100
            practices, check out our new                                                Instructor: Huckaby, R                             2/07/09 - 2/07/09

          Green Sustainable Education
                 program on page 48.

          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                       LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 29
BSN 210          ENTREPRENEURSHIP                                 4.00 Units         CHM 201         FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC                       5.00 Units
This course focuses on the process of developing a business plan                                     CHEMISTRY I
to effectively organize the resources required to establish/enhance a                An introductory course in organic chemistry intended for majors in allied
business. Topics to be covered include finding financial resources, meeting          health and other applied sciences. This course introduces the principles
legal requirements, developing management techniques, understanding                  of organic chemistry including nomenclature, functional groups, reaction
marketing concepts, creating financial plans, and other areas of interest to         mechanisms, and properties of organic compounds.
the small business entrepreneur.                                                     PREREQUISITE: Completion of CHM 102 and CHM 103 with grades of “C”
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                  or better or equivalent.
1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: L107            TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
     Instructor: Prior, K                                 1/08/09 - 3/26/09          1 Lec: M,W 0100PM-0315PM                                   Room: A208
                                                                                          Lab: M      0320PM-0555PM                             Room: D103
BSN 132          OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units                Instructor: Wallace, M                           1/05/09 - 3/25/09
                 EXPERIENCE                                                          2   Lec: M,W 0100PM-0315PM                                     Room: A208
For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page 73.                 Lab: W      0320PM-0555PM                                  Room: D103
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                           Instructor: Wallace, M                                1/05/09 - 3/25/09
REG: Walk-in registration only.
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T             1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                                         Communication
BSN 133          OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units
                 EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
                                                                                     COM 122         MASS MEDIA AND SOCIETY                        4.00 Units
                                                                                     This course is an exploration of the effects and influences of mass media
TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                     upon American culture and society. Study will examine media institutions,
REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                     such as TV, radio, and news networks, that influence American culture
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09           and opinions through news, entertainment, and advertisements. Students
                                                                                     move beyond being “consumers” of media, to being “objective analysts”
                             Chemistry                                               of media.
                                                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC


CHM 102          GENERAL CHEMISTRY II                             5.75 Units
This course is the second quarter of a one-year sequence in chemistry
                                                                                     1
                                                                                                  ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                   Instructor: Simons, P                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                     noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
intended for majors in the natural sciences (chemistry, biochemistry,                week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
biology, physics, pre-medicine), mathematics, or engineering.                        to avoid being dropped.
PREREQUISITE: Completion of CHM 101 with a grade of “C” or better or                 2   T,Th        0610PM-0800PM                     Room: HSSV6
equivalent.                                                                              Instructor: Allmeroth, E                   1/06/09 - 3/24/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                              noTe: This class will meet in room a205 (lTCC main Campus) on
CAN CODE: CHM 101+102+103 = CHEM SEQ A                                               Thursday, 1/29 from 0600-0750Pm.
CAN SEQUENCE: CHEMSEQA
1 Lec: M,W 1100AM-1250PM                                      Room: A208             COM 131S SPECIAL TOPIC:                                       4.00 Units
     Lab: T,Th 0330PM-0550PM                                  Room: D103                      COMMUNICATIONS IN THE
     Instructor: Wallace, M                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                              WORLD OF WARCRAFT
2    Lec: M,W 0600PM-0750PM                                       Room: D108         With over 10 million worldwide users, if the players in the World of Warcraft
     Lab: T,Th 0600PM-0820PM                                      Room: D103         formed their own country, it would be the 82nd largest in terms of population
     Instructor: Stevenson, P                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09       bigger than Hungary, Ireland, New Zealand, and 150 other countries of the
                                                                                     world. Students will study the field of communications through this virtual
3    Lec: M,W 1100AM-1250PM                                       Room: A208
                                                                                     world. Much like another culture, World of Warcraft players have created
     Lab: T,Th 0935AM-1155AM                                      Room: D103
                                                                                     their own way of talking, working together, and playing together. Students
     Instructor: Wallace, M                                  1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                     will be encouraged to examine the communications systems from within the
                                                                                     game, by performing observational studies, polls, and analyses. Topics may
CHM 191C SPECIAL TOPIC:                                           2.00 Units         include in-game economics, teamwork and game theory, gender bias, and
         SUPPLEMENTAL STUDY FOR                                                      narrative themes in storytelling.
         CHEMISTRY 102                                                               ADVISORY: Students are encouraged to have an active World of Warcraft
This course is intended for students who are (concurrently) enrolled in CHM          account (with both expansion packs).
102 and fall into any or all of the following categories: (1) do not feel that       TRANSFERS: CSU
they have a sufficient background to succeed in college-level chemistry, (2)         1 T               0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: A211
have not taken high school chemistry, (3) are anxious about chemistry and/                 Instructor: Lynn, M                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
or find the subject difficult to master, or (4) need additional instruction in the
subject and/or study skills specific to chemistry.
                                                                                     COM 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
1 Th              0100PM-0250PM                                     Room: A213                       EXPERIENCE
      Instructor: Wallace, M                                 1/08/09 - 3/26/09       For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page 73.
                                                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU
                 Online Classes Login problems/


                                                                                     REG: Walk-in registration only.
                          Tech Support:                                              1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T             1/05/09 - 3/26/09

                  onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400


          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                  LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 30

COM 133        OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units         CAO 153        WORD PROCESSING                                4.00 Units
               EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP                                          This is a comprehensive course in using Word 2007 to create and design
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.            documents for business. Basic topics include creating, editing, and
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                 formatting multi-page documents. Advanced topics include tables, outlines,
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                mail merge, and working with graphics.
                                                                               ADVISORY: CAO 150A or basic keyboarding skills recommended. CAO
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                               152A or equivalent.

            Computer Applications/                                             1
                                                                                            ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                             Instructor: Lou, J                         1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                               noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
              Office Technology                                                week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                               to avoid being dropped.

CAO 121        SPREADSHEET APPLICATIONS                      4.00 Units        CAO 155        INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE                       2.00 Units
               IN BUSINESS                                                                    MANAGEMENT
This is a comprehensive course in Excel 2007. This course covers the           This is a beginning course in database applications focusing on introductory
design, development, and formatting of spreadsheets; the presentation of       database concepts and the use of database management software Access
data through the creation of charts; the use of data lists and pivot tables;   2007. Topics include creating and modifying basic tables, queries, forms,
macros; and the management of multiple spreadsheets. Emphasis is placed        and reports.
on using spreadsheet software to solve practical business problems.            ADVISORY: CAO 152A or equivalent.
ADVISORY: CAO 110 or equivalent.
                                                                               1 M              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: D123
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                    Instructor: Mason, D                                1/26/09 - 3/09/09
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Lou, J                         1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                               CAO 164B DESKTOP PUBLISHING USING
                                                                                        ADOBE INDESIGN
                                                                                                                                             4.00 Units
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor            This course is an introduction to industry-standard desktop publishing
to avoid being dropped.                                                        software Adobe InDesign CS3. Students will learn how to design and
                                                                               produce printed publications including letterhead, flyers, business cards,
CAO 151        INTRODUCTION TO PERSONAL                      2.00 Units        newsletters, and brochures.
               COMPUTERS                                                       ADVISORY: CAO 152A and CAO 164A or equivalent.
This is a foundation course in computer concepts for beginning computer        1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                Room: D123
users. Hardware and software concepts and terminology are introduced                Instructor: Janssen, G                              1/08/09 - 3/26/09
along with a brief survey of microcomputer software, including Windows,
word processing (Word 2007), spreadsheet (Excel 2007), and Web browser
                                                                               CAO 165A BASICS OF PHOTO EDITING                              2.00 Units
software.
                                                                                        SOFTWARE
1 M,W            0900AM-1050AM                              Room: D123         This course is an introduction to using photo editing software PhotoShop
     Instructor: Spina, M                              1/05/09 - 2/11/09       CS3 to produce and edit images. Topics include basic tools to retouch and
2   T           0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D123       modify images, scanning techniques, and printing.
    Instructor: Mason, D                                 1/06/09 - 2/10/09     ADVISORY: CAO 152A or equivalent.
                                                                               1 M,W           1130PM-0120PM                                Room: D123
CAO 152A INTRODUCTION TO WINDOWS                             2.00 Units            Instructor: Molnar, K                               1/05/09 - 2/11/09
         FOR THE PC
This is a beginning course in the Windows Vista operating system. Topics       CAO 180        BUSINESS ENGLISH                               4.00 Units
include working in the Vista user interface, managing (creating, copying,      Need to brush up on your English skills? Can't remember where to put
deleting, moving, renaming) files and folders, and customizing the Vista       the comma or semicolon? This course will focus on principles of English
desktop. This course provides an essential foundation for all subsequent       needed by today’s successful business professionals. Topics include
microcomputer software courses.                                                sentence structure, parts of speech, punctuation, number usage, spelling,
ADVISORY: CAO 151 or equivalent                                                proofreading, capitalization, word division, and abbreviations.
1 T              0600PM-0950PM                              Room: D125


2
     Instructor: Lou, J
    M,W         0900AM-1050AM
                                                       1/06/09 - 2/10/09
                                                              Room: D125
                                                                               1
                                                                                            ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                             Instructor: Lou, J                         1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                               noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
    Instructor: Spina, M                                 2/18/09 - 3/25/09     week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                               to avoid being dropped.
3   T           0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D125
    Instructor: Mason, D                                 2/17/09 - 3/24/09     CAO 184        FILING AND RECORDS                             4.00 Units
                                                                                              MANAGEMENT
CAO 152B INTRODUCTION TO THE                                 2.00 Units        This course is a survey of the fundamentals and principles of records
         MACINTOSH                                                             creation, retention, transfer, disposal, and management of stored records.
This course will give students fundamental skills with the Macintosh           Students combine theory with practice by using a practice set to study
operating system, OS X Leopard. These skills include finder basics, file       alphabetic, geographic, numeric, and subject methods of records storage.
management, saving to disks, burning CDs, moving and copying items,
system preferences, networking, application basics, and printing.
1 M,W            0400PM-0550PM                                Room: G4-A
                                                                               1
                                                                                            ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                             Instructor: Thomas, Treva                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                               noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
     Instructor: Ketelsen, H                            1/05/09 - 2/11/09      week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                               to avoid being dropped.



         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 31
CAO 191WU SPECIAL TOPIC: INTERMEDIATE 2.00 Units
          PHOTO EDITING SOFTWARE                                                     Office Technology Center
This is an intermediate level course using photo editing software, PhotoShop
CS3, to edit and manipulate images. Topics include photo editing workflow,
intermediate PhotoShop techniques, printing, and compositing.
                                                                                         Open-Entry Courses
ADVISORY: CAO 165A or equivalent                                               What are Open-Entry Courses? Open-entry instruction allows
1 T,Th           0130PM-0320PM                                  Room: D123     students to add a course any time during the quarter until March
     Instructor: Markle, J                                 2/17/09 - 3/26/09   9th; however, the student must complete all coursework by
                                                                               March 20th. The Office Technology Center enables students to
CAO 192K INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER                             0.25 Units       work at their own pace at a time most convenient for them during
         KEYBOARDING                                                           Center hours. Instructors in the Center work with students on an
This course will introduce students to the basic functions of the computer,
using the mouse properly, and using the touch method of computer               individual basis. There will be Spanish speaking aides available.
keyboarding.                                                                   Student success is the key to all open-entry courses.
1 F              0930AM-1230PM                                 Room: D123
     Instructor: Thomas, Treva                           3/13/09 - 3/13/09
                                                                                             Center Hours - Room D120
CAO 199A DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS:      1.00 Units                                              Wednesdays: 10:30am - 1:20pm
         INTRODUCTION TO BASIC WORD                                                    Thursdays: 11:00am - 1:50pm & 6:00-8:50pm
         PROCESSING & INTERNET                                                                   Fridays: 9:00-11:50am
This course is designed for students who have special learning needs but
have not been identified with a disability and is cross-listed as GES199A.                                Orientation Schedule
Please see description on page 47 of the schedule.                                  Students registering for an Open-Entry course MUST attend a
1 W              0130PM-0320PM                                  Room: D125          two-hour orientation session before beginning course work.
     Instructor: Albrecht, R                               1/07/09 - 2/11/09        Orientations will be held in Room D120 at the following times:
                                                                                           Wed., 1/7     10:30am - 12:20pm
CAO 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                      1.00-6.00 Units                     Thurs., 1/8   11:00am - 12:50pm        6:00-7:50pm
                EXPERIENCE                                                                 Fri., 1/9     9:00-10:50am
For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
                                                                                   if you miss the orientation, please call Treva Thomas at 541-4660
73.
                                                                                      ext. 237, or see your instructor during the open Center hours.
TRANSFERS: CSU
REG: Walk-in registration only.
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09

CAO 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                      1.00-6.00 Units
                                                                                               Open-Entry Courses
                EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP                                         * - ARR* means students must attend four hours per week in the
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.            Center during posted Center hours plus 1-2 additional lab hours
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                 (TBA) per week (depending upon the course).
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                                  BEGINNING KEYBOARDING
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09     CAO 150A          Module A                                    1.00 Unit
                                                                               CAO 150B          Module B                                    1.00 Unit
CAO 134         OFFICE TECHNOLOGY                             0.50 Units       Students will learn to keyboard by touch using personal computers and a
                INTERNSHIP SEMINAR                                             keyboarding software. The module format allows student to progress at
This course allows students the appropriate time and space to be able to       their own pace. Students should be able to keyboard at least 30 words
reflect, discuss, and ask questions about their internship. The course is to   per minute at the end of the course. This course is designed for students
be taken in tandem with the office technology internship, CAO 133.             who want to be more productive at their work stations.
NOTE: Students will need to contact Treva Thomas at 530-541-4660 ext           Module A - Introduction to touch keyboarding of the alphabetical keyboard
237 to schedule a meeting during the first week.                               and correct technique.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                 Module B - Covers the figure and symbol keyboard and the correct usage
                                                                               of numbers and symbols. ADV: CAO 150A or equivalent
1 6 hours TBA                  Room: D124
     Instructor: Thomas, Treva                             1/05/09 - 3/26/09   1         *ARR                                             Room: D120
                                                                                       Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                1/07/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                        BEGINNING DOCUMENT PRODUCTION
                                                                               CAO 173A          Module A                                  1.50 Units
                                                                               CAO 173B          Module B                                  1.50 Units
                                                                               This course is an introduction to document production. After completing
          Attention New Students!                                              Modules A and B, students will be able to format simple business letters,
                                                                               memos, reports, and tables. Mastery of the alphabetic keyboard by touch
Apply now at www.ltcc.edu. Early application is                                and skill development using correct technique will be stressed.
                                                                               Module A - Word processing basics, business letter formats, simple
strongly recommended to ensure your application                                reports, and table basics. ADV: CAO 150B or key 30 WPM
is processed before registration begins.                                       Module B - Editing business documents, newsletters, and electronic
                                                                               communications. ADV: CAO 173A or equivalent
                                                                               1         *ARR                                             Room: D120
                                                                                       Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                1/07/09 - 3/26/09


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                  LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 32

   Office Technology Center                                                      Office Technology Center
      INTERMEDIATE KEYBOARDING AND DOCUMENT                                         DATA ENTRY
      PRODUCTION                                                              CAO 177A Module A                                             1.00 Unit
CAO 174A Module A                                            1.00 Unit        CAO 177B Module B                                             1.00 Unit
CAO 174B Module B                                            1.00 Unit        CAO 177C Module C                                             1.00 Unit
CAO 174C Module C                                            1.00 Unit        This course is designed to teach the numeric keypad with speed
CAO 174D Module D                                            1.00 Unit        and accuracy using industry standards for data entry. Proficiency on
This course emphasizes the development of speed, accuracy, correct            employment tests used by three large interstate corporations helps the
keying techniques, and an in-depth study of letters, manuscripts, and         student meet employment standards. This course is especially helpful
reports. Related English skills will also be reviewed. Students will use      to people in the fields of data entry, accounting, secretarial, insurance,
computers and word processing software. At the end of this course,            banking and finance, and any other work that requires numeric input.
students should be able to key a minimum of 40 words per minute for           Module A - Introduction to 10-key numeric pad, skill development.
three minutes with appropriate accuracy.                                      ADVISORY: CAO 150B or equivalent
Module A - Document review (letters, memos, reports, and newsletters),        Module B - Continue skill development, emphasis on speed development,
mail merge, and enhancing documents (charts and graphics). ADV: CAO           and data simulations. ADV: CAO 177A or equivalent
173B or equivalent                                                            Module C - Data simulations. Students complete three employment tests
Module B - Tables, report mastery, and utilization of skills for a            used by large interstate corporations. ADV: CAO 177B or equivalent
comprehensive problem. ADV: CAO 174A or equivalent                            1     *ARR                                                  Room: D120
Module C - Styles, master documents, subdocuments, and workgroup                    Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                  1/07/09 - 3/26/09
collaboration. ADV: CAO 174B or equivalent
Module D - Employment, online documents, and utilization of skills for a             ELECTRONIC CALCULATOR
comprehensive problem. ADV: CAO 174C or equivalent                            CAO 178A Module A                                               1.00 Unit
1     *ARR                                                 Room: D120         CAO 178B Module B                                               1.00 Unit
      Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                  1/07/09 - 3/26/09     CAO 178C Module C                                               1.00 Unit
                                                                              This course trains students in the techniques, operation, and application of
      DOCUMENT PRODUCTION USING INTEGRATED                                    the ten-key electronic calculator for business problems and computations.
      APPLICATIONS                                                            The course is recommended for accounting students. Module A -
CAO 175A Module A                                            1.00 Unit        Techniques and operation; speed development. ADV: MAT 187B or
CAO 175B Module B                                            1.00 Unit        equivalent
CAO 175C Module C                                            1.00 Unit        Module B - Application to common business problems; speed
CAO 175D Module D                                            1.00 Unit        development. ADV: CAO 178A or equivalent
Students use Microsoft Office in realistic office-style projects, gain        Module C - Application to advanced business problems; speed
in-depth knowledge of word processing and basic introductory skill using      development. ADV: CAO 178B or equivalent
PowerPoint, Excel and Access. The student will practice using these four      1      *ARR                                                   Room: D120
programs to produce integrated, compound documents. Class is taught                  Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                    1/07/09 - 3/26/09
in modules. Students may complete 1-4 modules.
Module A - A basic introduction to PowerPoint, collaborate with                       BEGINNING MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION
workgroups, and how to integrate Microsoft Word features. ADV: CAO            CAO 181A Module A                                             1.00 Unit
174D or equivalent                                                            CAO 181B Module B                                             1.00 Unit
Module B - A basic introduction to Excel, collaborate with workgroups,        CAO 181C Module C                                             1.00 Unit
and how to integrate with Microsoft Word and PowerPoint. ADV: CAO             Students study and practice using Dictaphone transcription equipment
175A or equivalent                                                            and word processing software to develop the ability to produce accurate,
Module C - A basic introduction to Access, and integrating Access with        correctly formatted transcripts of dictated office communications.
Microsoft Office applications and the Internet. ADV: CAO 175B or              Module A - Introduction to transcription equipment. Grammar review and
equivalent                                                                    skill development. ADV: CAO 174B or equivalent
Module D - Integrated Project 1 (integration of Word, Excel, Access, and      Module B - Transcription skill development. Business letters. ADV: CAO
PowerPoint). ADV: CAO 175C or equivalent                                      181A or equivalent
1     *ARR                                                 Room: D120         Module C - Continued transcription development. Office style documents.
      Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                  1/07/09 - 3/26/09     ADV: CAO 181B or equivalent
                                                                              1       *ARR                                                Room: D120
        KEYBOARDING SPEED AND ACCURACY BUILDING                                       Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                 1/07/09 - 3/26/09
CAO 176A Module A                                              1.00 Unit
CAO 176B Module B                                              1.00 Unit            ADVANCED MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION
CAO 176C Module C                                              1.00 Unit      CAO 182A Module A                                            1.00 Unit
This course gives the student an opportunity to do speed and accuracy         CAO 182B Module B                                            1.00 Unit
building on straight, rough, draft, script, and statistical copy. Students    CAO 182C Module C                                            1.00 Unit
will use a software program that diagnoses their keystrokes speeds and        This course is an advanced study and practice in the use of Dictaphone
assigns appropriate practice lessons for improvement.                         transcribing machines in business dictation. Emphasis is placed on word
Module A - The software used in this course analyzes the student’s            usage, correct grammar, editing, and speed in transcribing dictation.
keyboarding abilities and assigns drills for keyboarding improvement.         Module A - Memorandums and business letters with special features.
ADV: CAO 150B or equivalent                                                   ADV: CAO 181C or equivalent
Module B - Continued analysis of keyboarding skills. Speed and accuracy       Module B - Business letters, memorandums, office style documents.
drills for improvement. ADV: CAO 176A or equivalent                           ADV: CAO 182A or equivalent Module C - Advanced business letters,
Module C - Continued analysis of keyboarding skills. Advanced speed           memorandums, office style documents. ADV: CAO 182B or equivalent
and accuracy drills for improvement. ADV: CAO 176B or equivalent              1     *ARR                                                 Room: D120
1       *ARR                                                 Room: D120             Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                 1/07/09 - 3/26/09
        Instructor:Thomas/Posada/Merkley                  1/07/09 - 3/26/09

       Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 33
                                                                                 CIS 162         HOW A COMPUTER WORKS                           2.00 Units
          Computer & Information                                                 Learn how a computer works, from the bottom up! In this course, students
                                                                                 disassemble and reassemble computers to become familiar with the way
                Sciences                                                         they are constructed. Students install hardware and device drivers, and
                                                                                 learn the role of hardware, device drivers, and operating system. This is a
                                                                                 practical course in computer construction and operation.
CIS 100         WEB PUBLISHING USING                           4.00 Units        ADVISORY: Familiarity with Microsoft Windows.
                AUTHORING SOFTWARE                                               1 M              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: D125
This is an introductory course in developing web pages using Microsoft                Instructor: Burba, D                                1/05/09 - 2/23/09
Expression Web authoring software. Topics include designing and creating
web sites with hyperlinks, graphics, lists, tables, styles, and more. Students   CIS 191AA SPECIAL TOPIC: NETWORKING 1 3.25 Units
will learn about the web development process from start to finish.                         (CompTIA NETWORK+)
ADVISORY: CIS 150 or equivalent. CAO 151 or equivalent.                          This is part 1 of a 2 part course designed to provide students with a detailed
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                              description of current networking technologies. Course content includes
                                                                                 protocols, transmission media, analog and digital transmission, Local, Wide,
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Patterson, J                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 Wireless, Cellular, and Satellite networks, network connecting devices,
                                                                                 TCP/IP, and the Internet. The course will cover all CompTIA network+
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor              exam objectives allowing the student to prepare for the exam. Part 2 will be
to avoid being dropped.                                                          presented the next quarter or as indicated by the instructor.
                                                                                 ADVISORY: This course requires a solid understanding of PC operating
CIS 101         GRAPHICS FOR THE WEB                           4.00 Units        principles. In order to successfully pass the CompTIA Network exam,
This is an introductory course in designing graphics for a web site using a      students will likely find it necessary to supplement this course with
web graphics software package. Topics include the software environment,          experience and or additional exposure to exam preparation material.
software tools for editing graphics, characteristics of the web medium, page     1 W               0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D125
layout, slicing, optimizing, and exporting. Basic (art) design principles will        Instructor: Olsen, J                                 1/07/09 - 3/25/09
be introduced.
ADVISORY: CIS 100 or equivalent.                                                 CIS 191Z        SPECIAL TOPIC: MICROSOFT   3.25 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                              WINDOWS VISTA CONFIGURATION:
1 T,Th           0600PM-0825PM                                    Room: D121                     EXAM 70-620
     Instructor: Spina, M                                    1/06/09 - 3/24/09   This course will enable students to install and configure Microsoft Windows
                                                                                 Vista. The instruction will focus on advanced troubleshooting techniques
CIS 113         CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING USING                    4.00 Units        and tools used to configure a Vista client in a Windows 2003 server
                JAVASCRIPT & DYNAMIC HTML                                        environment. Equal focus will be placed on preparing the student for the
This is an advanced course in developing Web pages using client-                 Microsoft exam 70-620.
side scripting techniques with JavaScript and Dynamic HTML. Topics               ADVISORY: Students should posses fundamental competencies in the
include sending output to a Web page, working with variables and data,           Windows operating system environment and understand basic networking
working with expressions and operators, JavaScript functions, conditional        concepts.
statements, loops, form validation, JavaScript objects, JavaScript events,       1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D125
dynamic page layout, and dynamic content and styles. Students will learn              Instructor: Olsen, J                                 1/08/09 - 3/26/09
to organize and manage the Web pages as a Web site.
ADVISORY: CIS 112 or equivalent                                                  CIS 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                              EXPERIENCE
1 M,W            0130PM-0355PM                                Room: D123         For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
     Instructor: Spina, M                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09       73.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU
CIS 114         DATA-DRIVEN WEB SITES                          4.00 Units        REG: Walk-in registration only.
This project-based course is an introduction to data-driven web sites. This      1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
course will examine established data-driven web sites, survey technologies
used to create data-driven web sites, review basic database concepts, and        CIS 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
introduce server-side scripting.                                                                 EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
ADVISORY: CIS 112 or equivalent.                                                 For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                              TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                 REG: Walk-in registration only.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Patterson, J                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09

week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped
                                                                                  What type of course are you interested
                                                                                  in?
        Hungry? Need Coffee?
         The Kokanee Cafe is open for lunch on
                                                                                  ONLINE COURSES - Look for the                              symbol.

        Monday - Thursday, 11:30 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.                                 EVENING COURSES - Look for shading under the
      The Coffee Cart has drinks, food, and snacks                                description indicating a class that begins after
    Monday - Thursday 7:45-11:30 a.m. & 2:00-6:30 p.m.                            5:00 p.m.
         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 34
                                                                                 COU 121         PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL &                            4.00 Units
                 Construction Trades                                                             BEHAVIORAL EFFECTS OF
                                                                                                 ALCOHOL & DRUGS
                                                                                 This course offers the student an in-depth look at how drugs are
CNT 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units          metabolized, as well as their effects on the central nervous system and on
                EXPERIENCE                                                       behavior. This course will also cover the addiction process, including the
For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page             dynamics of tolerance and withdrawal. Other topics to be studied are the
73.                                                                              medical consequences of alcohol and drug abuse, fetal alcohol syndrome,
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                   effects on human sexuality, and the nutritional aspects in both the active
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                  phases of chemical dependence and in recovery. This course is cross-listed
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09            with HEA 121 on page 22 of this schedule.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
CNT 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units          1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                Room: A251
                EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP                                                Instructor: Gessford, P                             1/08/09 - 3/26/09
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                   COU 188         DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS -                          1.00 Units
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                                  INSTRUCTIONAL SUPPORT
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09       This course is designed for students who have special learning needs, but
                                                                                 are not identified with a disability. This course provides instructional support
                                                                                 for any course and addresses individual areas of weakness. Individual
                          Counseling                                             programs will be structured for each student by the Disability Resource
                                                                                 Center staff. Enrollment is open throughout the fifth week of each quarter.
                                                                                 This course is cross-listed with GES188. Please see description on page
COU 101         CAREER EXPLORATION                             2.00 Units        46 of the schedule.
This course is designed for those who want to choose or clarify a major          1 24 Hrs.TBA                                                      Room: A205
or career direction. Through a guided process, students will explore their            Instructor: Albrecht, R                                 1/05/09 - 3/24/09
interests, values, skills, personality style, and develop a personal career
profile. Topics include the changing economy as it relates to choice of career   COU 191AA SPECIAL TOPIC: LIVING SKILLS 2.00 Units
and major.
                                                                                           FOR THE ADOLESCENT
Student notice: In order to access the web site for this course, students
                                                                                 This course is designed to aid teenagers with basic life skills including
are required to purchase a new textbook in advance (available at the college
                                                                                 the exploration of college opportunities, seeking employment, renting
bookstore).
                                                                                 an apartment, opening personal bank accounts, and many other skills
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                 necessary to live on their own. Through class assignments and experiential
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Lewin, E                       1/20/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 opportunities, this course will provide students with a working knowledge of
                                                                                 how to live independently.
                                                                                 1 W              0700PM-0850PM                                Room: HSPC3
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                  Instructor: Barna, R                                  1/07/09 - 3/25/09
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                 COU 193         DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS -                          2.00 Units
COU 109         INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING 4.00 Units                                            STUDY SKILLS
This course covers an introduction to major theoretical approaches to
                                                                                 This course is designed for students who have special learning needs,
counseling and counseling techniques. Students will become familiar with
                                                                                 but are not eligible with a disability. This course focuses on fundamental
the foundational theories behind counseling approaches. They will develop a
                                                                                 principles of study skills. Students are provided with strategies to improve
working knowledge of the critical components of the counseling relationship,
                                                                                 skills in setting goals, time management, critical thinking, memory, textbook
basic listening, interviewing and counseling skills, and ethical issues in
                                                                                 reading, note taking, test taking strategies, and managing stress. This
counseling. Role-playing exercises will be utilized in class to demonstrate
                                                                                 course is cross-listed with GES 193 on page 47 of this schedule.
and practice counseling skills. Students will learn the importance of
developing a counseling approach that matches their personal style.              1 T,Th            0100PM-0250PM                                  Room: A203
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                    Instructor: Albrecht, R                               1/06/09 - 2/12/09
1 W              0610PM-1000PM                               Room: HSCS2
     Instructor: Keel, L                                  1/07/09 - 3/25/09      COU 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units
                                                                                                 EXPERIENCE
COU 111         CRISIS COUNSELING                              5.00 Units        For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
This course is designed to teach students the fundamentals of working            73.
at a crisis center using peer counseling techniques. Students will learn         TRANSFERS: CSU
the importance of active listening skills, familiarity with local resources,     REG: Walk-in registration only.
identifying different types of crisis situations, and crisis intervention        1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
response at the hospital or with law enforcement. This course will focus
primarily on domestic violence, sexual assault, and child abuse crisis           COU 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units
intervention techniques.                                                                         EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                              For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
1 T,Th           0600PM-0815PM                                 Room: A106        TRANSFERS: CSU
     Instructor: Wagoner, L/ Utzig, S                     1/06/09 - 3/24/09      REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                 1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 35
COU 134         OFFICE TECHNOLOGY                              0.50 Units
                INTERNSHIP SEMINAR                                                                      Culinary Arts
This course allows students the appropriate time and space to be able to
reflect, discuss, and ask questions about their internship. The course is to
be taken in tandem with the office technology internship, CAO 133.              CUL 102         PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF 4.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                                  BASIC FOOD PREPARATION
1 6 hours TBA                                                                   This course will provide students with a comprehensive understanding
     Instructor: Owen Chapman, T                           1/05/09 - 3/26/09    of food and the processes of preparing food for human consumption.
                                                                                Included will be a survey of food itself: origins and history, categorization,
                                                                                selection, purchasing, and preservation. There is a special emphasis on the
                     Criminal Justice                                           processing and fabricating of food and the specific processes of cooking. In
                                                                                the lab the student will apply the principles of cooking and food preparation
                                                                                that they learn in the lecture. The focus will be on the development of the
CRJ 103         INTRODUCTION TO EVIDENCE                       4.00 Units       rudimentary skills in food preparation and cooking that form the base for all
This course explores the origin, development, philosophy, and constitutional    further culinary classes and for ultimate success in the industry.
basis of evidence. Topics covered include constitutional and procedural         noTe: as this class has a kitchen laboratory component, there are
considerations affecting arrest, search and seizure, the right to counsel,      mandatory uniform and tool requirements. most of these items are
self-incrimination, the concepts of relevance and types of evidence,            available in the lTCC bookstore for purchase or the student may
and rules governing admissibility. This course will also examine judicial       access them from other sources. a review of these materials will be
decisions interpreting individual rights and case studies on a conceptual       provided on the first day of class.
level.                                                                          TRANSFERS: CSU
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                             1 Lec: M         0900AM-1050AM                                  Room: A250
1 Th              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: A211            Lab:M       1100AM-1250PM                                       Kitchen
      Instructor: Serafini, L                            1/08/09 - 3/26/09           Lab: W      0900AM - 1250PM                                     Kitchen
                                                                                     Instructor: Fernald, S                                1/05/09 - 3/25/09
CRJ 110         INTRODUCTION TO                                4.00 Units
                CORRECTIONS                                                     CUL 103         FOOD SANITATION AND SAFETY 2.00 Units
This course provides an overview of the history and trends of the               This course covers the principles of storing, preparing, and serving food
corrections system in the United States. Topics covered include legal           to insure that food is fit for human consumption. Students will study
issues, general laws, and basic operations in correctional institutions.        the importance of sanitary habits by food service personnel, causes of
Students will learn about emerging issues in the field, such as prison and      food borne illness and spoilage, public health practices, and managerial
street gangs, institutional violence and riot control, and prisoners’ rights.   procedures to insure sanitary food for the public. Upon completion of
This course includes a tour of the local jail facility and a discussion of      the course, students will receive a Serve/Safe Certificate issued by the
corrections as a career.                                                        Educational Foundation of the National Restaurant Association.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                             This certificate is recognized by the food service industry and the American
                                                                                Culinary Federation. This course satisfies a specific course requirement for
1 M              0600PM-1010PM                                  Room: A251
                                                                                the ACF American Culinary Federation’s Cook Apprenticeship, and ACF
     Instructor: Lovell, L                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                Cook and Chef Certification.
                                                                                noTe: The student must have the scoresheet which comes with the
CRJ 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units         textbook in order to take the national certification test
                EXPERIENCE                                                      TRANSFERS: CSU
For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
                                                                                1 T,Th            0130PM-0320PM                                 Room: A251
73.
                                                                                     Instructor: Fernald, S                                2/17/09 - 3/26/09
TRANSFERS: CSU
REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                CUL 104         PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF 4.00 Units
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                                BAKING AND PASTRY ARTS
                                                                                This course will introduce students to the principles and practices of baking
CRJ 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units         and pastry arts. Students will learn the broad range of basic baked goods
                EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP                                          including breads, rolls, pies, cakes, and cookies as well as be introduced
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.             to the concept of pastry arts by making puddings, fillings, dessert sauces,
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  icings, mousses, bavarians, and other pastry preparations. In the lab,
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                 students will apply the theory that they learn in the lecture to produce baked
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09      and pastry goods.
                                                                                noTe: as this class has a kitchen laboratory component, there are
                                                                                mandatory uniform and tool requirements. most of these items are
                                                                                available in the lTCC bookstore for purchase or the student may
                                                                                access them from other sources. a review of these materials will be
                                                                                provided on the first day of class.
          Culinary Arts Students:                                               TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                1 Lab: M         0130PM-0535PM                                       Bakeshop
 There are exciting changes underway with our                                        Lec: W      0130PM-0320PM                                           A251
                                                                                     Lab: W      0330PM - 0535PM                                     Bakeshop
 culinary arts courses, degree, and certificates.                                    Instructor: Ewing, D                                   1/05/09 - 3/25/09
 Inquire within the Culinary Arts Department for
 the latest information, 541-4660 ext. 334.



         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 36
CUL 125         WINES OF THE WORLD                              3.00 Units        CUL 169         EXPLORING THE WORLD OF                          0.50 Units
This course covers enology, the science of winemaking, and viticulture,                           PIZZA
which is the study of grape growing. The course will focus on the wines           Pizza is one of the most popular foods in the world. This course will explore
of France, Italy, Germany, Spain, Portugal, Greece, Australia, and New            many aspects of this dynamic and deeply satisfying food. Students will
Zealand, from grape growing to wine appreciation. Pregnant women or               experiment with different crusts and the doughs used for crust, sauces,
persons with allergies to sulfites are advised not to take this course. Wine      toppings, and styles of pizza and pizza-related products. Students will
will be tasted.                                                                   learn the history, source of origin, place in American society, and utilization
MATERIALS FEE: $40                                                                of pizza. Students will produce, test, and evaluate the pizzas as a part of
ADVISORY: Students must be 21 years of age to enroll in this course.              the course.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                    noTe: Students will need to have a hat, apron, knife, and appropriate
1 T               0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D108        shoes. most of these items are available in the bookstore or the
      Instructor: Adams, S                                1/06/09 - 3/03/09       students may bring their own from home.
                                                                                  MATERIALS FEE: $35
CUL 161         FOOD SANITATION: SERVSAFE                       0.75 Units        1 Lec: Th 0600PM-0650PM                                     Creekside Room
                ESSENTIALS                                                             Lab: Th 0700PM-0950PM                                            Kitchen
This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of the requirements           Instructor: Kramer, D                                 2/19/09 - 3/05/09
of the food service profession with regard to food safety and sanitation.
This course satisfies the requirements of the State of California and the El      CUL 191AF SPECIAL TOPIC: THE FINE ART                           0.75 Units
Dorado County Department of Public Health for education and certification                   OF SUSHI MAKING II
in sanitation and safe food handling. It serves as a refresher for renewal        Students in this course will experience a more comprehensive and
of certification. The successful student can receive certification from the       expanded approach to the Japanese art of Sushi. This course builds on
National Restaurant Association Educational Foundation. Students must             what was learned in CUL 191NN: The Fine Art of Sushi Making and will
read the textbook before attending class.                                         detail the history and terminology of sushi as well as ingredients, recipes,
noTe: The student must have the scoresheet which comes with the                   and custom. The creativity and appearance of the final product will be
textbook in order to take the national certification test.                        important as we progress in the development of skills and knowledge
1 T               0800AM-0450PM                            Creekside Room         relating to the fine art of sushi making.
     Instructor: Fernald, S                               1/27/09 - 1/27/09       MATERIALS FEE: $40
                                                                                  ADVISORY: This class is the second in a series. It is helpful to have
2   T           0530PM-0955PM                               Creekside Room
                                                                                  CUL 191NN first. Women in late term pregnancy and people with seafood
    Instructor: Fernald, S                                 2/24/09 - 3/03/09
                                                                                  allergies are advised not to take this course.
CUL 162         TASTINGS: SOUPS FOR ALL                         0.50 Units        1 Lec: Th 0530PM-0620PM                                    Creekside Room
                                                                                        Lab:Th      0630PM-1020PM                                     Kitchen
                SEASONS
                                                                                        Instructor: Kramer, D                               1/22/09 - 2/05/09
This course is devoted to one particular area of culinary arts: soup and soup
making. Students will learn about various types of soups and the ingredients
that are used in soup making. The instructor will introduce the week’s            CUL 191EE SPECIAL TOPIC: EXPLORING   2.00 Units
soups through a brief lecture which will orient the student to the recipes, the             NAPA VALLEY & THE NAPA VALLEY
cooking methods, and the concepts behind soup making.                                       MUSTARD FESTIVAL AT COPIA
noTe: Students will need to have a hat, apron, knife, and appropriate             This course will explore the Napa Valley, specifically the world famous
shoes. most of these items are available in the bookstore or the                  Napa Valley Mustard Festival, wine areas, and the food museum of Copia.
students may bring their own from home.                                           Students will attend the key event of the Festival, The Marketplace - A
MATERIALS FEE: $35                                                                Signature Event for Connoisseurs, held at Copia, The American Center
1 Lec: F         0530PM-0620PM                               Creekside Room       for Wine, Food and the Arts. The Marketplace has celebrity chef cooking
     Lab: F      0630PM-0920PM                                         Kitchen    demonstrations; wine and food tastings from the great restaurants, food
     Instructor: Estebez, K                                2/20/09 - 3/06/09      producers, and wineries of Napa Valley; entertainment and musical groups,
                                                                                  and lectures and talks from chefs and food and wine experts. The class will
                                                                                  include a tour of Copia, the only museum devoted to food, wine, and the
CUL 165         TASTINGS: A PASSION FOR                         0.50 Units
                                                                                  arts in the world. We will also visit area wineries such as Niebaum Coppola,
                CHOCOLATE                                                         Mayacamus, and Mumm Champagne, a wine barrel manufacturer, gourmet
This course is an overall exploration of the essential culinary ingredient,       food specialists and producers, and such renowned restaurants as Mustards
chocolate. Chocolate has a history, including the present, that is filled         Grill and Bistro Jeanty. Students will gain a breadth of understanding about
with mystery and passion. This course will be an intensive study of the           the food and wine of the Napa Valley and be able to participate in one of
properties, tastes, uses, and mysteries of chocolate. Students will be            the great food festivals in the world.
introduced to the subject while gaining a comprehensive understanding of          noTe: Students are responsible for their own transportation and
chocolate and its uses as a culinary ingredient.                                  housing. it is mandatory to attend the first meeting unless excused.
noTe: Students will need to have a hat, apron, knife, and appropriate             OPTIONAL ADMISSION FEE: To pay this fee, you must also enroll in CUL
shoes. most of these items are available in the bookstore or the                  FEE-1
students may bring their own from home.                                           ADVISORY: The student will need to make their own arrangements for
MATERIALS FEE: $35                                                                transportation and accomodations. There will be some additional expenses
1 Lec: Th 0900AM-1050AM                                  Creekside Room           for meals and admission to certain events.
     Lab: Th 1100AM-1250PM                                         Kitchen        1 Orientation: Sat (2/28) 1000AM-1150AM                          Room: A211
     Instructor: Fernald, S                             1/29/09 - 2/12/09               Field: F, Sat (3/13-3/14) 0900AM-0750PM                            TBA
                                                                                        Instructor: Fernald, S                                2/28/09 - 3/14/09

                                                                                  CUL FEE-1 OPTIONAL ADMISSION FEE                                         $35
                                                                                  Corequisite: CUL 191EE




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 37
CUL 191NN SPECIAL TOPIC: TASTINGS:   0.50 Units                                   CUL 191WD SPECIAL TOPIC: TASTINGS:                            0.75 Units
          THE FINE ART OF SUSHI MAKING                                                      HEALTHY COOKING FOR
Students in this course will experience the Japanese art of Sushi. This                     A HEALTHY DIET
course will cover the history and terminology of Sushi as well as ingredients,    A healthy diet is a goal for many people. The connections between diet
recipes, and customs. Emphasis will be placed on the proper handling and          and health are indisputable. This course will explore the components of a
preservation of seafood. The creativity and appearance of the final product       healthy diet including the different food groups and representative foods,
will be important.                                                                organics, preparation and cooking methods, and the ramifications for
MATERIALS FEE: $35                                                                long term health. Students will prepare many different types of foods with
ADVISORY: Women in late term pregnancy and people with seafood                    an emphasis on health and flavor. Students will learn how to put these
allergies are advised not to take this course.                                    elements together for meals and a diet.
1 Lec: Th 0600PM-0650PM                                    Creekside Room         noTe: Students will need to have a hat, apron, knife, and appropriate
      Lab: Th 0700PM-1015PM                                           Kitchen     shoes. most of these items are available in the bookstore or the
      Instructor: Kramer, D                               1/08/09 - 1/15/09       students may bring their own from home.
                                                                                  MATERIALS FEE: $35
CUL 191S        SPECIAL TOPIC: TASTINGS:                        0.50 Units        1 Lec: M         0600PM-0725PM                                Room: A209
                FRENCH REGIONAL CUISINE                                                Lab: M      0730PM-0940PM                                     Kitchen
This course will explore one of the world’s great cuisines. Through lecture,           Instructor: Fernald, S                              2/23/09 - 3/16/09
cooking, and preparing food in the kitchen laboratory, the student will gain
experience with the primary food regions of France. The class will cover the      CUL 191WN         SPECIAL TOPIC: ASIAN                        1.00 Units
most representative dishes of each of the main areas of France.                                     FOOD & WINE
MATERIALS FEE: $35                                                                This course explores the characteristics of wines from around the world and
1 Lec: W         0600PM-0650PM                             Creekside Room         their interaction with the spectrum of Asian flavors and cooking techniques.
     Lab: W      0700PM-0950PM                                      Kitchen       Areas of concentration will include: China, India, Japan, Indonesia,
     Instructor: Wells, R                                 3/11/09 - 3/25/09       Malaysia, Singapore, and the countries of Indochina. Pregnant women or
                                                                                  persons with allergies to sulfites are advised not to take this course. Wine
CUL 191SS SPECIAL TOPIC: TASTINGS:                              0.75 Units        will be tasted. Students must be 21 years of age to enroll in this course.
          THE ART OF SLOW COOKING                                                 MATERIALS FEE: $35
Slow Cooking is a method of preparing food in a manner that will extract          ADVISORY: Students must be 21 years old or older.
the most flavor from the ingredients. Utilizing cooking methods such as           1 T               0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D108
braising, stewing, slow poaching, simmering, and roasting, appropriate                  Instructor: Adams, S                                 3/10/09 - 3/24/09
seasonal ingredients are nurtured through the cooking process in a careful
manner in order to create an end result which is mellow, succulent, and a         CUL 226         FOOD AND WINE                                 4.00 Units
blend of diverse ingredients to create a blissful flavor profile. Students will   This course is an in-depth analysis of the relationship between food and
learn these techniques and practice a variety of methods with an array            wine with special emphasis on food and wine pairing for home consumption
of ingredients to create many dishes. The cooking and the dishes will be          and professional cooking.
shared and enjoyed by the group of students.                                      MATERIALS FEE: $50
noTe: Students will need to have a hat, apron, knife, and appropriate             ADVISORY: Pregnant women or persons with allergies to sulfites are
shoes. most of these items are available in the bookstore or the                  advised not to take this course. Wine will be tasted. Students must be 21
students may bring their own from home.                                           years of age to enroll in this course.
MATERIALS FEE: $35                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU
1 Lec: F         0530PM-0620PM                              Creekside Room        1 M             0530PM-0955PM                             Creekside Room
     Lab: F      0630PM-0955PM                                        Kitchen         Instructor: Drake, C                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09
     Instructor: Wells, R                                  1/09/09 - 1/30/09
                                                                                  CUL 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                      1.00-6.00 Units
CUL 191VZ SPECIAL TOPIC: TASTINGS:    0.75 Units                                                  EXPERIENCE
          ESSENTIAL FLATBREADS:                                                   For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
          NAAN, INJERA, TORTILLAS &MORE                                           73.
This is an essential food in many cultures around the world. Flatbreads are       TRANSFERS: CSU
considered as food, a container for food, and a method for the sharing of         REG: Walk-in registration only.
culture in many countries including Ethiopia, Mexico, India, and Afghanistan.     1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
In this course, students will learn about the many types of flatbreads from
around the world as well as producing these along with the foods that they        CUL 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                      1.00-6.00 Units
accompany.
                                                                                                  EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
noTe: Students will need to have a hat, apron, knife, and appropriate
                                                                                  For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
shoes. most of these items are available in the bookstore or the
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU
students may bring their own from home.
                                                                                  REG: Walk-in registration only.
MATERIALS FEE: $30
                                                                                  1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
1 Lec: T         0100PM-0150PM                              Creekside Room
     Lab: T      0200PM-0550PM                                     Bakeshop
     Instructor: Fernald, S                                1/06/09 - 1/20/09
                                                                                  CUL 134         CULINARY ARTS                                 0.50 Units
                                                                                                  INTERNSHIP SEMINAR
                                                                                  This course allows students the appropriate time and space to be able to
     Looking for an Evening Course?                                               reflect, discuss, and ask questions about their internship. The course is to
                                                                                  be taken in tandem with the office technology internship, CUL 133.
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU
   The shading under the description indicates a
                                                                                  1 6 hours TBA
         class that begins after 5:00 p.m.                                             Instructor: Fernald, S                                1/05/09 - 3/26/09


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 38

                                                                                 DAN 105D FUNK TAP                                             1.75 Units
                                Dance                                            This course will introduce the student to funk and urban styles as they
                                                                                 relate to tap. This course is designed to explore various rhythm tap styles.
                                                                                 The student will learn basic tap techniques and how to apply them to urban
DAN 103A BEGINNING JAZZ DANCE                                  2.00 Units        choreography or use them alone to form rhythm patterns. Musical rhythm
This course will focus on the fundamentals of jazz dance, encompassing           and themes will be analyzed as they relate to tap.
theatre dance, music video and other contemporary dance styles. Through          ADVISORY: DAN 105A or equivalent.
active participation in jazz techniques, students will learn the universal       TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
vocabulary of movement and terminology. Emphasis will be placed on               1 M,W            0700PM-0825PM                                   Room: G3
rhythmical movement patterns, coordination, alignment, and performance.               Instructor: Alvarez, R                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09
Students will become acquainted with jazz dance as a performing art.
(Students will have the opportunity to participate in a final performance hour   DAN 106         FUNK/HIP HOP DANCE                            2.00 Units
at the end of the quarter.)
                                                                                                 TECHNIQUES
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 This course introduces the student to a variety of established and emerging
1 T,Th           0630PM-0820PM                                    Dance Studio   street dance styles such as hip hop, funk, street jazz, locking, popping, old
     Instructor: Reese, S                                    1/06/09 - 3/24/09   school, and break dancing. Students will gain an enhanced understanding
                                                                                 of the historical cultural content of this ever-changing American dance form.
DAN 103B INTERMEDIATE JAZZ DANCE                               2.00 Units        Exploration of movement qualities and improvisation will be included, as
This course will focus on an intermediate level of jazz dance technique.         well as basic rhythms and phrasing in listening and moving to hip hop/funk
Longer combinations utilizing more intricate and stylized movement will be       music. (Students will participate in a final performance hour at the end of
implemented in the warm-up, center work, and across-the-floor phases.            the quarter.)
Through active participation in jazz technique, students will learn the          TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
universal vocabulary of movement and terminology. Emphasis will be               1   M,W         1000AM-1150AM                           Dance Studio
placed on furthering the technical level of students in various forms of jazz        Instructor: Staff                               1/05/09 - 3/25/09
dance, theater dance, music video and other contemporary dance styles.           noTe: This course will have an additional meeting on Wednesday,
Students will become acquainted with jazz dance as a performing art in           march 25, 2009. This will be a dance Performance in the duke Theater
our culture and will be involved in creating a jazz dance. (Students will        from 7:00Pm-8:50Pm.
participate in a final performance hour at the end of the quarter.)
ADVISORY: DAN 103A or equivalent.
                                                                                 DAN 107A BEGINNING BALLROOM DANCE                             0.75 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 Students will learn the basics of ballroom dance from Astaire and Rogers to
1 T,Th           0630PM-0820PM                                 Dance Studio      present day. These will include swing, chacha, 2-step, waltz, tango, polka
     Instructor: Reese, S                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09      and partnering and much more. Bring a partner or come by yourself and
                                                                                 meet one!
DAN 104A BEGINNING MODERN DANCE                                2.00 Units        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
This course introduces the student to contemporary dance as an expressive        1 F              0600PM-0810PM                                Dance Studio
medium, building technical skills at the beginning level. Through active             Instructor: Ring, R                                  1/09/09 - 2/06/09
participation students explore fundamental movement principles and
modern dance techniques. Structured improvisation and choreography
                                                                                 DAN 110A BEGINNING MIDDLE EASTERN                             1.00 Units
allow the students to manipulate abstract ideas, and develop their creativity.
The study of modern dance as an art form including history and theories of
                                                                                          DANCE
                                                                                 This course emphasizes the social and stage dances from the region
dance composition will also be incorporated. (Students will participate in a
                                                                                 designated as the Near and Middle East. This course incorporates
final performance hour at the end of the quarter.)
                                                                                 beginning choreography, improvisation, movement vocabulary and styling.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 Students will learn basic hip movements, undulations, shimmies, isolations,
1 M,W             0100PM-0250PM                              Dance Studio        traveling steps, and combinations. Additional topics include the history and
      Instructor: Smith, A                               1/05/09 - 3/25/09       culture of tribal Middle Eastern dance as well as the costuming. (Students
noTe: This course will have an additional meeting on Wednesday,                  will participate in a final performance hour at the end of the
march 25, 2009. This will be a dance Performance in the duke Theater              quarter.)
from 7:00Pm-8:50Pm.                                                              TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 1 M,W             0730PM-0820PM                                 Dance Studio
DAN 104B INTERMEDIATE MODERN DANCE 2.00 Units                                          Instructor: Niebauer, N                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09
This course introduces the student to contemporary dance as an expressive
medium, building technical skills at the intermediate level. Through
active participation students explore longer movement combinations and
                                                                                 DAN 110B INTERMEDIATE MIDDLE                                  1.75 Units
more detailed spatial designs in the center work and across-the-floor                     EASTERN DANCE
phases. Structured improvisation and choreography allow the students to          This intermediate Middle Eastern dance course is for students who have
manipulate abstract ideas and develop their creativity. The study of modern      already mastered the basics and desire to advance their skills. Emphasis
dance as an art form including history and theories of dance composition         is placed on presentation and performance. Additional topics include the
will also be incorporated. (Students will participate in a final performance     history and culture of Middle Eastern dance as well as introduction to veil
hour at the end of the quarter.)                                                 work and zills (finger cymbal rhythms.) Students will participate in a studio
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          hour performance at the end of the quarter.
                                                                                 ADVISORY: DAN 110A or equivalent.
1 M,W             0100PM-0250PM                                Dance Studio
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
      Instructor: Smith, A       1/05/09 - 3/25/09
noTe: This course will have an additional meeting on Wednesday,                  1 M,W            0600PM-0725PM                                Dance Studio
march 25, 2009. This will be a dance Performance in the duke Theater                  Instructor: Reese, S                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09
from 7:00Pm-8:50Pm.




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 39

DAN 112A BEGINNING FLAMENCO DANCE                                 1.75 Units         DAN 116A PILATES MAT WORK                                      1.50 Units
This course will introduce students to the movement and music of flamenco            This course is designed to develop dance strength, flexibility, coordination,
dance and its cultural, historic, and geographic origins. This course                and balance for participants of all fitness levels, through a safe progression
provides students with the opportunity to develop coordination, rhythm,              of challenging and functional exercises. Focus in this course will be on
and performance skills. The history of flamenco dance will be introduced             movement quality. Students will be introduced to the basic alignment
including cantos or flamenco song, music, instruments, and traditional and           concepts and core strength of the body via mat exercises evolved from the
contemporary costuming. (Students will participate in a final performance            techniques developed by Joseph H. Pilates.
hour at the end of the quarter.)                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                              1 M,W            0830AM-0950AM                                   Dance Studio
1 T,Th           0730PM-0855PM                                 Room: G3                   Instructor: Amsden, P                                  1/05/09 - 3/23/09
     Instructor: McGuinness, N                          1/06/09 - 3/26/09            noTe: Section 1 of this course will have additional meetings on friday
                                                                                     1/09 and friday 1/16 from 0830am-0950am in the dance Studio.
DAN 112B INTERMEDIATE FLAMENCO                                    1.75 Units         2   T,Th        1000AM-1115AM                                     Room: G3
         DANCE                                                                           Instructor: Amsden, P                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
This course is for students who have mastered the basics of flamenco
dance and wish to advance their skills at an intermediate level. Students            DAN 116B INTERMEDIATE PILATES                                  1.50 Units
will focus on more advanced presentation and performance skills utilizing                     MAT WORK
castanets, fans, and shawl work. Students will learn how various cultures            This course continues to explore the methods and techniques of Joseph
contributed to flamenco styles and rhythms, and the important relationship           H. Pilates. Emphasis will be placed on increasing stamina and endurance
of song and classical guitar to this cultural art form. (Students will participate   while mastering the intermediate level movements of pilates mat exercises.
in a final performance hour at the end of the quarter.)                              This course will focus on developing a sustained strengthening of the
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                              spine and torso while continuing to build muscular strength, flexibility, and
1 T,Th            0730PM-0855PM                                       Room: G3       balance. Students will build a strong mind/body connection utilizing the
      Instructor: McGuinness, N                              1/06/09 - 3/26/09       breath work and mat exercises in this course.
                                                                                     ADVISORY: DAN 116A or equivalent.
DAN 113          BEGINNING COUNTRY DANCE                          0.75 Units         TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
This course provides the basic skills and techniques necessary to                    1 T,Th           1130AM-1245PM                               Dance Studio
perform most country dance steps. These include two-step, country swing,                  Instructor: DeLoia, G                              1/06/09 - 3/26/09
schottische, waltz, cowboy polka, cowboy cha cha, and a variety of line
dances. Partnering and leading will also be introduced.                              DAN 119         CONDITIONING FOR DANCERS                       1.75 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                              This course will focus on strengthening the core muscle groups that
1 F              0630PM-0840PM                                 Room: G3              stabilize and support dance movement. It will include work on balance and
     Instructor: Langlois-Ott,M                         1/09/09 - 2/06/09            stability as well as the muscle groups that allow for movement that carry
2    F           0630PM-0840PM                                   Dance Studio        the body through space. Additional work with muscle stamina and speed
     Instructor: Langlois-Ott,M                              2/20/09 - 3/20/09       will be explored.
                                                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
DAN 114A BEGINNING POLYNESIAN DANCE 0.50 Units                                       1 M,W             0430PM-0550PM                             Dance Studio
This course is a great introduction to Polynesian dance and culture.                       Instructor: Reese, S      1/05/09 - 3/23/09
Hawaiian hula and Tahitian ori will be emphasized. Students will learn the           noTe: This course will have additional meetings on friday, 1/09 and
basic techniques of hula and ori steps, hip, and hand motions. Polynesian            friday, 1/16 from 0430Pm-0550Pm in the dance Studio.
culture and history will also be studied. The students will learn to interpret
the songs and be able to perform a Polynesian dance by the end of the                DAN 120         BEGINNING SALSA RUEDA                          0.75 Units
session.                                                                             This course will introduce the student to Salsa Rueda, a Cuban Salsa,
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                              danced in pairs in a circle format. The leader of the group, the cantante,
1 Sat            1000AM-1125AM                                    Room: G3           gives the commands for the “wheel” or circle of dancers to follow. Students
     Instructor: Robbins, J                              2/07/09 - 3/21/09           will practice precise timing and teamwork while learning a variety of dance
                                                                                     steps and patterns to Salsa music and rhythms.
                                                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
DAN 114B INTERMEDIATE POLYNESIAN                                  0.50 Units
         DANCE                                                                       1 F               0630PM-0840PM                                  Room: G3
This course continues the student’s mastery of Polynesian dance which                      Instructor: McGuinness, N                          2/20/09 - 3/20/09
may include hula, Tahitian, Maori, and other Polynesian dances. Students
will learn intermediate Polynesian dance techniques and culture, and will be         DAN 131R SPECIAL TOPIC: ADVANCED                               0.75 Units
able to perform a Polynesian dance by the end of the session. Students will                   POLYNESIAN DANCE
participate in a studio hour performance at the end of the quarter.                  This Polynesian dance course is for students who wish to continue their
ADVISORY: DAN 114A or equivalent.                                                    study of Polynesian dance at an advanced level. Students will learn dance
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                              steps and hand and hip motions at a higher skill level. The history of
1 Sat             1000AM-1125AM                                  Room: G3            Polynesian culture will also be studied. Performance skills as a soloist and
      Instructor: Robbins, J                             2/07/09 - 3/21/09           part of an ensemble will be emphasized. Students will dance in at least one
                                                                                     community performance.
                                                                                     ADVISORY: 2 years of Polynesian dance experience.
                                                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                     1 Sat            1000AM-1150AM                                   Room: G3
                                                                                          Instructor: Robbins, J                              2/07/09 - 3/21/09




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                       LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 40
DAN 131W SPECIAL TOPIC: ZUMBA: HIGH                                0.50 Units         DMA 191B SPECIAL TOPIC: INTRODUCTION 4.00 Units
         ENERGY LATIN DANCE                                                                    TO PODCASTING: PUBLISHING
This course introduces students to the Latin inspired, high energy dance                       MEDIA ON THE NET
called Zumba. This course incorporates Latin and international music and              Podcasting takes the old radio format of media production and brings it into
dance movements. The movements will tone students’ hips, thighs and                   the 21st century. This course will teach the students how to produce, record
core while teaching students new dance steps and moves all set to high                and distribute podcasts using the open-source, cross-platform program
energy Latin music.                                                                   called Audacity. Some of the projects in the course include recording a
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                        newsletter, marketing for a niche market or creating an episodic soap
1 Sat            0900AM-1025AM                              Dance Studio              opera adventure! This online course will look at the full production workflow
     Instructor: Quirarte, A                            1/10/09 - 2/21/09             from planning your first show to updating your content with new episodes.
                                                                                      Advanced capabilities of podcasts such as video podcasts and the addition
                                                                                      of data-rich elements like photos, chapters and links. System requirements
                   Digital Media Arts                                                 are: Access to a microphone-and web-enabled computer (Windows XP/
                                                                                      Vista or Apple OSX 10.4-5) capable of downloading and running Audacity.

DMA 131D SPECIAL TOPIC:
         GRAPHIC DESIGN FOR THE WEB
                                    4.00 Units
                                                                                      1
                                                                                                   ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                    Instructor: Blocher, R                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                      noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
This introductory course is designed for the student interested in artistic graphic   week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
design for the web. Covering multiple facets of graphic and web design, this          to avoid being dropped.
course will cover the history and evolution of online graphics including the theory
and best/worst practices of design concepts such as color, typography, form,
balance, space and variety. Students will also be exposed to the business logic
behind creating online media and the various scripting frameworks available
                                                                                               Early Childhood Education
through open source licensing. Students will be introduced to design software
for creating web pages, and will gain a basic understanding of html, cascading        ECE 100         HEALTH, SAFETY AND         4.00 Units
style sheets (CSS), and standards compliance.                                                         NUTRITION FOR YOUNG CHILDREN
Minimum Technology Requirement: Students who enroll in this online                    This course is designed to provide the student with information about
course should have moderate proficiency in computer operation and have                health, safety, and nutrition as it relates to young children. Students will
access to a computer. They are required to have Adobe Photoshop version               learn about current health and safety issues for children in a variety of child
CS3 or CS4, and Adobe Dreamweaver CS3 or CS4, OR the ability to                       care settings and how to implement safe and healthy practices and policies
access one of the computer labs at LTCC. To purchase Adobe software at                in these programs. Also included in this course are the various meal pattern
a student discount go to http://www.collegesoftware.org.                              requirements of state and federal child care food programs, feeding the
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                        challenging child, menu planning, and the relationship of nutrients to stages
                                                                                      of growth and development.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Janssen, G                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                      TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR

week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                      1
                                                                                                   ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                    Instructor: Sower, M                       1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                      noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                      week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
DMA 191A SPECIAL TOPIC: AN                                         4.00 Units         to avoid being dropped.
         INTRODUCTION TO BLOGS
Welcome to the blogosphere! This introductory course is for students                  ECE 102         CHILD AND ADOLESCENT                            4.00 Units
interested in blogs and Web 2.0. The course will provide a thorough history                           DEVELOPMENT
of blogs, as well as clarification of the different types and styles of blogs and     This course is an introduction to the theoretical concepts and methodological
where they fit into the spectrum of the World Wide Web. Students will learn           approaches in child and adolescent development. Developmental processes
basic artistic design techniques and principles, along with the necessary             through maturation and learning will be examined. Different theoretical
tools used to create blogs. This will prepare students for the final project,         perspectives (biological, cognitive, social, behavioral, emotional, and
which will require them to create a blog using the components introduced              evolutionary) will be explored and relevant research discussed. This course
throughout the course.                                                                is cross-listed with PSY 102 on page 65 of the schedule.
                                                                                      ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Koziel, R                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                      TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                      1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM                                   Room: E100
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                        Instructor: Tomolillo, C                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09
to avoid being dropped

    Interested in Digital Media? Check out
                                                                                      2
                                                                                                   ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                    Instructor: Guiney-Olsen,K                 1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                      noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
             these other courses:                                                     week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                                      to avoid being dropped.
      ART 132BP - Video Editing, page 24
 ART 132BR - Introduction to Animation, page 24
  ART 135A & B - Digital Imaging I & II, page 25
                                                                                                      Online Classes Login problems/

                                                                                      
              Interested in Web Design?
    Check out DMA 131D - Graphic Design for the                                                                Tech Support:
    Web above, or other web design classes in the                                                      onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400
     Computer & Information Sciences section
                     on page 33.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 41

ECE 110         CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN 4.00 Units                               ECE 161B        PARENT COOPERATIVE                              2.00 Units
                EARLY CHILDHOOD ED. PROGRAMS                                                       PRESCHOOL EDUCATION
This course is designed to give students an understanding of the principles        In this course students will continue their participation in the Tahoe
and practices behind effective Early Childhood Education programs serving          Parents Nursery School Program. Exploration and enhancement of
children ages birth through eight years. It gives students experience in           classroom management skills will be facilitated. Topics will include
organizing, planning, implementing, and interpreting developmentally               guidance, observation skills, and classroom mentoring. Participation in the
appropriate activities with young children; in creating learning environments;     cooperative preschool is required.
and in guiding children’s behavior. Students will be required to participate in    noTe: lecture dates for all sections are: 1/05, 2/02, 3/02, 3/23
one assignment in the Early Childhood Education laboratory in the college’s        ADVISORY: ECE 161A
Child Development Center.                                                          1 Lec: M         0600PM-0815PM                             Al Tahoe Elem.
ADVISORY: ECE 101 or equivalent .                                                       Lab: M      0900AM-1150AM                             Al Tahoe Elem.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                     Plus 6 hours TBA
1 M              0600PM-0950PM                                     Room: CDC            Instructor: Bronken, J                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09
     Instructor: Romagnolo, S                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09     2   Lec: M      0600PM-0815PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.
noTe: This course will have an additional meeting on Saturday, 2/07                    Lab: T      0900AM-1100AM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.
from 9:00am-4:50Pm.                                                                    Instructor: Bronken, J                                  1/05/09 - 3/24/09

ECE 160A        PARENTING: THE YOUNG CHILD 1.50 Units                              3   Lec: M      0600PM-0815PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.
                AND THE FAMILY ENVIRONMENT                                             Lab: W      0900AM-1150AM                                  Al Tahoe Elem
This course is designed for parents or caregivers of children ages two to              Instructor: Bronken, J                                  1/05/09 - 3/25/09
five. Students will have the opportunity to discuss, explore, and learn more       4   Lec: M      0600PM-0815PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.
about how to be an effective parent/caregiver. Topics will include guidance            Lab: Th 0900AM-1150AM                                      Al Tahoe Elem.
and discipline, communication, developmental stages, and health and                    Instructor: Bronken, J                                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09
safety issues relating to young children.
1 M               0600PM-0850PM                              Al Tahoe Elem.        ECE 170N        CHILD SUPERVISION/                              0.25 Units
      Instructor: Bronken, J                              1/12/09 - 3/16/09                        MANAGEMENT IN-HOME CARE:
noTe: This course will not meet on 2/02 & 3/02.                                                    CURRICULUM TOPICS III
                                                                                   Topic: Curriculum: Cooking with Kids.
ECE 160B        PARENTING SKILLS: SIBLINGS 1.50 Units                              This course is designed to offer a variety of topics related to family day care
                AND THE FAMILY ENVIRONMENT                                         which reflect student interest, community need and current trends in early
This course is focused on parenting multiple children in the family                childhood education.
environment. Students will have the opportunity to discuss, explore, and           1 Sat            0900AM-1150AM                                     Room: CFC
learn more about how to be an effective parent/caregiver of siblings. Topics            Instructor: Ledesma, C                                 2/28/09 - 2/28/09
will include guidance and discipline, communication, developmental stages,
and sibling relationships.                                                         ECE 170Y   CHILD SUPERVISION/MGMT            0.25 Units
ADVISORY: ECE 160A
                                                                                              MANAGEMENT IN-HOME CARE:
1 M               0600PM-0850PM                            Al Tahoe Elem.                     GUIDANCE & DISCIPLINE 5
      Instructor: Bronken, J                            1/12/09 - 3/16/09
                                                                                   Topic: Guidance & Discipline: When Children say NO!
noTe: This course will not meet on 2/02 & 3/02.
                                                                                   This course is designed to offer a variety of topics related to family day care
                                                                                   which reflect student interest, community need and current trends in early
     TAHOE PARENTS NURSERY SCHOOL                                                  childhood education.
                                                                                   1 Sat            0900AM-1150AM                                     Room: CFC
ECE 161A        PARENT COOPERATIVE                               2.00 Units             Instructor: Ledesma, C                                 1/31/09 - 1/31/09
                PRESCHOOL EDUCATION
This course is intended for, but not limited to, parents of children enrolled in   ECE 203         ADMINISTRATION AND                              4.00 Units
the Tahoe Parents Nursery School Cooperative Program. Presented in this                            SUPERVISION OF EARLY
course are a variety of topics including the physical, emotional, social and                       CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS
intellectual development of the young child, and ways in which parents can         This course is a study of California laws regulating and governing the
be involved in the learning process. Participation in the TPNS cooperative         licensing of child care and development programs for infants, toddlers,
preschool is required.                                                             preschool and school-age children. It presents information on the start-up,
noTe: lecture dates for all sections are: 1/05, 2/02, 3/02, 3/23                   daily operation, and administration of such programs, including the areas of
1 Lec: M          0600PM-0815PM                                 Al Tahoe Elem.     staffing, program design, financial matters, facility planning and equipment
      Lab:M       0900AM-1150AM                                 Al Tahoe Elem.     purchasing.
      Plus 6 hours TBA                                                             ADVISORY: ECE 101 and ECE 110 or equivalent.
      Instructor: Bronken, J                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
2   Lec: M      0600PM-0815PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.      1 T               0600PM-0950PM                                  Room: E103
    Lab:T       0900AM-1150AM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.            Instructor: Sower, M                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
    Instructor: Bronken, J                                  1/05/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                   ECE 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                        1.00-6.00 Units
3   Lec: M      0600PM-0815PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.
    Lab:W       0900AM-1150PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.                      EXPERIENCE
    Instructor: Bronken, J                                  1/05/09 - 3/25/09      For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
                                                                                   73.
4   Lec: M      0600PM-0815PM                                  Al Tahoe Elem.      TRANSFERS: CSU
    Lab: Th 0900AM-1150AM                                      Al Tahoe Elem.      REG: Walk-in registration only.
    Instructor: Bronken, J                                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09      1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09



         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                  LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 42

ECE 133        OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units         EDU 500         SUPERVISED TUTORING                              0.00 Units
               EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP                                          This course offers individualized and small group tutoring designed to assist
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.            students in their college classes. Course content will vary depending upon
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                 congruent coursework and individual learning needs. Students are referred
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                to this course by an instructor or counselor on the basis of identified learning
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09     needs. The course will focus on the acquisition of effective study skills
                                                                               and understanding of course content with the goal of improving academic
                                                                               performance and success.
                          Economics                                            Reg: Walk-in Registration in the Tutoring and Learning Center (TLC).
                                                                               1 TBA                                                              Room: TLC
                                                                                     Instructor: Staff                                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
ECO 101        PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS                       4.00 Units
               (MACRO)                                                         EDU 551         GED PREPARATION                                  0.00 Units
This course offers an economic analysis of the theory of income                This course is designed to prepare students to pass the General Educational
determination including: national income analysis, business fluctuations,      Development Test and enable students to apply the knowledge they gain
consumer functions, fiscal policy, public debt, money and banking, monetary    to real-life situations. Students will review the five test sections: science,
policy, economic growth and development, international economics, and          social studies, math, literature, and grammar and writing. This course will
comparative economic systems.                                                  provide many resources such as test taking strategies, practice tests, and
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        critical thinking activities.
CAN CODE: ECON 2                                                               Special emphasis section 2: Ged in Spanish: This section of the Ged
1 M,W            0600PM-0805PM                                 Room: L107      is designed for non-native speakers of english. The instruction for
     Instructor: Sturgess, E                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09    this course will occur in Spanish. Students enrolled in this section
                                                                               are required to be co-enrolled in nC eSl courses 551, or 552, or 553,
ECO 102        PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS                       4.00 Units        or 554, or 555.
                                                                               REG: Walk-in registration only.
               (MICRO)
Student will be provided with an economic analysis of the theory of price in   1 M,T,W           0300PM-0550PM                                Al Tahoe Elem.
the market system including supply and demand.                                       Instructor: Treiber, D                                1/05/09 - 3/25/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        2   M,Th        0500PM-0920PM                        Family Resource Center
CAN CODE: ECON 4                                                                   Instructor: Sandoval, L                                1/05/09 - 3/26/09
1 T,Th          0400PM-0550PM                               Room: HSSV6
    Instructor: Allmeroth, E    1/06/09 - 3/24/09                              EDU 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units
                                                                                               EXPERIENCE
                           Education                                           For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page 73.
                                                                               TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                               REG: Walk-in registration only.
EDU 110        TUTORING METHODS                              1.25 Units        1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T             1/05/09 - 3/26/09
This course addresses effective tutoring techniques including planning
the tutoring session, effective communication skills, the writing process,     EDU 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units
strengthening study skills, and techniques for working with students with                      EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
diverse learning styles and needs.                                             For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.                                               TRANSFERS: CSU
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                 REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                               1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Thomas,T/ Green, L             1/26/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first

                                                                                   Need Child Care?
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.

EDU 110M MATH TUTORING METHODS                               1.25 Units                 Students have top priority at
This course teaches effective tutoring techniques including planning the             LTCC's Child Development Center
tutoring session, effective communication skills, and techniques for working
with culturally diverse students and students with disabilities. A special             and every attempt is made to
emphasis will be given towards working with mathematics students.                  accommodate your needs on a space
TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                   available basis. You must apply early!
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Thomas,T/ Green, L             1/26/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                   For more information, stop by the CDC
                                                                                         or call 541-4660, ext. 288
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.


                       Major snowstorm! Are classes cancelled?
            In severe weather conditions, our main college phone line, 541-4660, will have updated messages
              regarding possible school closure, late start, class cancellations, or other pertinent information.
                       You can also check the web site, www.ltcc.edu, to get updated information.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 43

                                                                                    ENG 102        INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE 4.00 Units
                                English                                             The arts give us an opportunity to explore our world through the perceptions
                                                                                    of great minds. In literature, writers reflect upon the changing times and
                                                                                    values that they face. In this course, we will study great poets who have
ENG 101          READING AND COMPOSITION                          5.00 Units        found the perfect words to express their emotions, playwrights who have
Students will have an opportunity to develop mature skills in writing, reading,     challenged the social and religious institutions of their times, and authors
and critical thinking, with an emphasis on expository and argumentative             who have revealed unexpected truths in timeless fashion. Read and study
prose.                                                                              the works that have changed our consciousness and our world: Sophocles,
                                                                                    Shakespeare, Frost, Atwood, Miller, and others. This is an opportunity to
Special Emphasis for Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8:
                                                                                    see how great works of literature change lives.
This course will explore the themes of love, betrayal, violence, identity,
                                                                                    PREREQUISITE: ENG 101 with grade of “C” or better or equivalent
and mortality through some of the greatest short stories ever written.
                                                                                    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
Many of these stories are familiar to us through films, such as Apocalypse
                                                                                    CAN CODE: ENGL 4 ENG101+102=CAN ENGL SEQ A
Now, Short Cuts, and Smooth Talk. The short stories will be the basis for
                                                                                    CAN SEQUENCE: ENGLSEQA
one-page responses and essays in order to build written skills and critical
thinking.                                                                           1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM                                  Room: A250
                                                                                         Instructor: Green, K                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
Special Emphasis for Section 3:
“In the dark comes a voice that whispers . . . in tones of hushed greed, and        2    Th          0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: G2B
all the truths of the moral world fall to ruin before its hunger” (Stephen King).        Instructor: Green, K                                1/08/09 - 3/26/09
From the magic of fairy tales to the hauntings of horror to the mysteries of
suspense to the beauty of great classics, stories of the human condition            ENG 103        CRITICAL REASONING: WRITING 5.00 Units
have explored the power of fear to shape morality. Work on your critical                           THE RESEARCH PAPER
writing skills while reading stories about humanity’s struggle to understand        This course is designed to develop critical thinking, reading, and writing
good and evil, sanity and insanity, normality and perversity, the natural and       skills beyond the level achieved in ENG 101. The course will focus on the
supernatural. (Some low-cost texts)                                                 development of logical reasoning and analytical and argumentative writing
                                                                                    skills. The course will conclude with the writing of a substantial revised
Special Emphasis for Section 7:
                                                                                    research paper to total a minimum of 8,000 words.
This course exposes students to a range of literary works including Tim
                                                                                    PREREQUISITE: ENG 101 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
O’Brien’s story of Vietnam, The Things They Carried, and many others that
                                                                                    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
are both entertaining and thought provoking. Students read and analyze
writing and employ techniques of interpretation, argument, and research.            1 M,W             1100AM-0125PM                                Room: G5
The course is designed for the first-time online student and offers an                    Instructor: Risdon, M                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09
engaging, interactive experience that is both flexible in terms of students’        2    M,W         0600PM-0825PM                                  Room: G5
schedules (no set class times) and yet takes full advantage of the resources             Instructor: Ewing, J                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09
the Internet offers. For example, students reading O’Brien’s story survey
and discuss PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder) sites on the Internet.
PREREQUISITE: ENG 152 with a grade of “C” or better or appropriate skills
demonstrated through the English assessment process.
                                                                                    3
                                                                                                  ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                   Instructor: Carter, N                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09

TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
CAN SEQUENCE: ENGL2 ENG101+102=CAN ENGL SEQ A
                                                                                    4
                                                                                                 ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                  Instructor: Fleming, J                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                    noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
1 M,W             0830AM-1055AM                                 Room: A209          week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
      Instructor: Staff                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09         to avoid being dropped.
2    M,W         0130PM-0355PM                                    Room: A209
     Instructor: Ewing, J                                    1/05/09 - 3/23/09      ENG 151R READING IMPROVEMENT                                 5.00 Units
                                                                                    This course emphasizes analyzing, synthesizing, and evaluating reading
3    M,W         0330PM-0555PM                                      Room: G5        materials with a special focus on reading comprehension, building
     Instructor: Risdon, M                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09      vocabulary expansion, and study skills.
4    T,Th        1030AM-1255PM                                    Room: A209        ADVISORY: Appropriate skills demonstrated through the English assessment
     Instructor: Wulstein, D                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09      process. Concurrent enrollment in ENG 151W is strongly recommended.
5    T,Th        0330PM-0555PM                                    Room: A209        1 M,W         0330PM-0555PM                                 Room: D108
     Instructor: Peterson, G                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09                    Instructor: Roberts, S                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09

6    T,Th        0600PM-0825PM
     Instructor: Peterson, G
                                                                  Room: A209
                                                             1/06/09 - 3/24/09                 Where can students
                                                                                                eat on campus?
7
                ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                 Instructor: Fleming, J                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                         The Kokanee Cafe is just a short walk down the
8
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Lord, F                        1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                            hallway on your way to the Student Center!
                                                                                        Offering salads and sandwiches, soups, pizza slices
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                            and wraps, with special features daily!
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                                         Open for lunch on
                                                                                             Monday - Thursday, 11:30 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.
                                                                                                        Need Coffee?
                                                                                          The Coffee Cart has drinks, food, and snacks
                                                                                        Monday - Thursday 7:45-11:30 a.m. & 2:00-6:30 p.m.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 44

ENG 151W WRITING IMPROVEMENT                                   5.00 Units        ENG 156A GRAMMAR BRUSH UP I                                    2.00 Units
This is a developmental writing course in written communication,                 This course teaches foundational skills in grammar and punctuation. Upon
emphasizing the fundamentals of English grammar, sentence structure,             completion of this course, students will have a basic understanding of
punctuation, and standard English usage. The focus of the course is on           English mechanics. Grammatical concerns will include parts of speech,
paragraph construction and introduction to the essay, emphasizing critical       punctuation, and proper sentence structure. Through group activities and
thinking, clear organization, effective development of substantial content,      practical applications, students will develop effective sentence-writing
and mechanical exactness.                                                        skills.
Special Emphasis for Section 1: ESL Sheltered Writing Improvement.               1 W               0600PM-0750PM                             Room: E103
This foundational writing course will target the special needs of the                  Instructor: Smith, J                              1/07/09 - 3/25/09
ESL learner. The fundamentals of English grammar, sentence structure,
punctuation, and Standard English usage will be emphasized. The focus of         ENG 160         ESL BRIDGE TO ENGLISH                          4.00 Units
this course will be on paragraph construction and introduction to the essay      This course is specifically designed for the high-level ESL student who has
with emphasis on critical thinking, clear organization, effective development    completed the ESL sequence of coursework or the non-native speaker
of ideas and mechanical exactness.                                               needing a transitional course before entering ENG 151. The course will
ADVISORY: Appropriate skills demonstrated through the English assessment         focus on both reading and writing in order to increase English proficiency.
process. Concurrent enrollment in ENG 151R is strongly recommended.              ADVISORY: Score of 230-235 on CASAS exam or successful completion
1 M,W            0100PM-0325PM                                    Room: A250     of ESL 554 or equivalent. Students enrolling in ENG 160 should meet with
     Instructor: Smith, J                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09    a counselor prior to enrollment.
                                                                                 1 T              0600PM-0950PM                                  Room: A250
2   M,W         0600PM-0825PM                                  Room: A250
                                                                                      Instructor: Smith, J                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09
    Instructor: Foff, C                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                 ENG 207         INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE                       4.00 Units
ENG 152         CRITICAL READING AND WRITING                    5.00 Units
This course stresses the development of critical reading and writing skills.
                                                                                                 WRITING
                                                                                 This is a course designed for creative writing students who wish to explore
Emphasis is on the organization, development, and analysis of ideas
                                                                                 poetry and fiction. The course includes a survey of methods and techniques
through both reading and written assignments.
                                                                                 practiced in the creation of poetry and fiction.
Special Emphasis for Sections 1 and 3:                                           ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
Using readings and images from the book Seeing and Writing, this course          TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
aims to help students think and write confidently about their place in           CAN CODE: ENGL 6
American culture. Students will reflect on the meaning of home, identity,        1 W              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: A209
and self-image and on how different media (television, music, advertising,            Instructor: Roberts, S                              1/07/09 - 3/25/09
and/or fashion) influence their world views.
Special Emphasis for Section 2: The Memoir                                       ENG 211         ADVANCED COMPOSITION                           4.00 Units
We will explore reading and writing through the memoir. As Anais Nin says,       Effective expository and argumentative writing are keys to successfully
“I needed to live, but I also needed to record what I lived.” In this section,   completing a myriad of college courses. This course explores writing, yours
we will engage in critical reading and writing through reading memoirs           and those who are considered experts in the field of writing. During this
and writing personal essays. Authors studied may include Luis Rodriguez,         exploration, your writing process will be deconstructed and personalized,
Tim O’Brien, Lauren Slater, Leslie Marmon Silko, Maxine Hong Kingston,           your writing skills enhanced, and you will produce final products that you
Edward Abbey, and Malcolm X.                                                     might have thought were outside of your ability.
                                                                                 PREREQUISITE: ENG 101 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
Special Emphasis for Section 4 (offered online):
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
Evolutionary biology chalks love up to women’s desire to nest or men’s
desire to breed. Sexologists brand love with chemical states that may            1 Th             0600PM-0950PM                                Room: A250
initially ignite passion but gradually dull with time to a bland sort of              Instructor: Smith, J                                1/08/09 - 3/26/09
companionship. But love in our greatest literature is elusive. It can nurture
or destroy the human heart, and thus it, evades definition. Define it for        ENG 213         ENGLISH LITERATURE II:                         4.00 Units
yourself in this course by reading short stories from Chekhov to Munro and                       FROM SWIFT’S SATIRE TO THE
perfecting your critical thinking and writing skills online.                                     PASSIONS OF THE ROMANTICS
PREREQUISITE: ENG 151W with a grade of “C” or better or appropriate              In the early 1700s, Gulliver’s Travels took readers of English to new and
skills demonstrated through the English assessment process. ENG 151R             strange worlds, introduced them to the Yahoos, and satire became a way
with a grade of “C” or better or appropriate skills demonstrated through the     of literary life. By the end of the century, English Romantic poets were more
English assessment process.                                                      interested in spiritual visions, including the occult and supernatural and the
1 M,W             0330PM-0555PM                                   Room: A250     sublime in Nature. In this course, we will journey through the revolutions,
      Instructor: Berry, L                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09   Restorations, and passions of the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-
                                                                                 century by focusing on selected works of major British writers from
2   T,Th        1030AM-1255PM                                  Room: L107        1640-1832, covering the history of literary conventions and backgrounds in
    Instructor: Roberts, S                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09      religious thought, intellectual and social history by writers such as Dryden,
3   T,Th        0600PM-0825PM                                  Room: A213        Pope, Swift, the Wordsworths, Coleridge, Shelley, Byron, and Keats.
    Instructor: Berry, L                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09      PREREQUISITE: ENG 152 with a grade of “C” or better or appropriate skills
                                                                                 demonstrated through the English assessment process.
4
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Guimaraes, K                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 1 T                0600PM-0950PM                                  Room: L107
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                    Instructor: Risdon, M                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09
to avoid being dropped.




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 45

ENG 219J        TOPICS IN LITERATURE:                          2.00 Units        ESL 553         LOW INTERMEDIATE ESL                          0.00 Units
                EDGAR ALLAN POE                                                  1   M,T,W,Th 0600PM-0850PM                                   Al Tahoe Elem.
This course will take a journey into the dark and terrifying world of the            Instructor: Thomas, S                                 1/05/09 - 3/26/09
great American horror writer Edgar Allan Poe. We will explore the Gothic
themes of isolation and insanity, terror and suspense, betrayal and              ESL 554         HIGH INTERMEDIATE ESL                         0.00 Units
revenge in Poe’s stories and poems.                                              1   M,T,W,Th 0600PM-0850PM                                   Al Tahoe Elem.
PREREQUISITE: ENG 152 with a grade of “C” or better or appropriate                   Instructor: Lopez, S                                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09
skills demonstrated through the English assessment process.
                                                                                 2   M,T,W,Th 1130AM-0220PM                         Family Resource Center
ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
                                                                                     Instructor: Lopez, S                                 1/05/09 - 3/26/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
1 T               0100PM-0250PM                                 Room: A209       ESL 556         ADVANCED ESL                                  0.00 Units
      Instructor: Roberts, S                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09     1   T,W         0600PM-0850PM                                Al Tahoe Elem.
                                                                                     Instructor: Boeser, M                                 1/06/09 - 3/25/09
ENG 550         CAHSEE ENGLISH PREPARATION 0.00 Units
This course is a preparation course for students studying for the English
portion of the California High School Exit Exam (CAHSEE). It is especially                    Environmental Science
geared toward students who have finished high school but have not yet
passed the English portion of the CAHSEE. The course includes critical           EVS 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
thinking, active reading strategies, reading comprehension and analysis,                         EXPERIENCE
vocabulary development, and writing strategies, focused on organization,         For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
development, grammatical exactness, and revision.                                73.
REG**: Please visit www.cahseesteps.net to register. Students may enroll         TRANSFERS: CSU
at any time prior to starting the course regardless of the course dates.         REG: Walk-in registration only.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.cahseesteps.net
              Instructor: Cruse, A                    1/05/09 - 3/26/09**
note: enG 550 is a computer-mediated course. Students will be using
                                                                                 1 TBA

                                                                                 EVS 133
                                                                                                Instructor: Owen Chapman, T

                                                                                                 OCCUPATIONAL WORK
                                                                                                                                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09

                                                                                                                                         1.00-6.00 Units
a computer to assist with the learning process. familiarity with the                             EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
internet and with the use of web browsers is highly recommended.                 For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
Students may take the course fully online, or they may attend class              TRANSFERS: CSU
one hour per week. This class is ideal for students with complicated             REG: Walk-in registration only.
schedules and whose learning styles are addressed via this alternative
                                                                                 1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
method of instruction.


      English as a Second Language                                                                      Ethnic Studies
The English as a Second Language Program offers free English courses             ETH 100         CURRENT LATINO ISSUES                         4.00 Units
for all levels of learners. The program offers courses from the beginning        This course is designed to expose students to the various current issues
level through the advanced level. These courses help develop listening,          facing the Latino community in the United States, especially in California.
speaking, reading, and writing skills. Courses are designed to provide real      Topics to be examined include, but are not limited to, public health policy,
life language skills that students can apply at their worksite, and in their     immigration, education, farmworkers, and other labor issues. Also to be
lives. Students will also build their conversational English skills. After a     introduced are the lobbying activities on behalf of the Latino community at
short appraisal, students will be placed into the appropriate level course.      the federal and state levels.
                                                                                 ADVISORY: ENG 152 or equivalent.
El programa de Inglés como Segunda Lengua ofrece clases de inglés                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
gratuitas en todos los niveles, desde principiantes hasta avanzados.
Las clases tienen como objetivo que el estudiante desarrolle habilidades
que le ayudaran al hablar, leer, y escribir. Las clases están diseñadas
                                                                                 1
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Lopez, S                       1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
con el propósito de enseñarle al estudiante el inglés que le ayudara en          week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
situaciones de la vida real, tales como trabajo, relación con la familia, etc.   to avoid being dropped.
En el proceso, el estudiante aprende a comunicarse utilizando un ingles
mejor. Después de aplicarles una pequeña evaluación, los estudiantes son         ETH 131J        SPECIAL TOPIC: AFRICAN    4.00 Units
colocados en la clase apropiada a su nivel.
                                                                                                 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                                 DEVELOPMENT OF AMERICAN CULTURE
                                                                                 This course provides an introductory examination of the influences of
                                                                                 African philosophy, aesthetics, spirituality, language and technology on
ESL 551         LOW BEGINNING ESL                              0.00 Units        the socio-economic and cultural development of the Americas. Topics
1   M,T,W,Th 0600PM-0850PM                                    Al Tahoe Elem.
                                                                                 of concentration are organized primarily to appraise and appreciate the
    Instructor: Pavlos, C                                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 distinct African contributions to music, visual/poetic arts, dance, religion,
                                                                                 language, technology and cultural diffusion.
ESL 552         HIGH BEGINNING ESL                             0.00 Units        ADVISORY: English 101 or equivalent.
1   M,T,W,Th 0600PM-0850PM                                    Al Tahoe Elem.     TRANSFERS: CSU
    Instructor: Cortes, E                                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 1 T               0610PM-1000PM                               Room: HSPC7
2   M,T,W,Th 0830AM-1120AM                          Family Resource Center             Instructor: Sayyed, Y                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09
    Instructor: Kurek, B                                  1/05/09 - 3/26/09




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 46

                          Fire Science                                                                          Forestry
                                                                                   FOR 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
FIR 153         FIRE HYDRAULICS                                  4.00 Units                        EXPERIENCE
Water is the most practical and most commonly used agent for extinguishing         For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
fires. This course covers the properties of water and how water affects            73.
the decisions and actions on the “fire ground.” Other topics covered               TRANSFERS: CSU
include understanding fire extinguishment theory as it relates to foam and         REG: Walk-in registration only.
water, calculating the friction loss in elevation and hose assemblies, and         1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
developing fire stream strategies and tactics on the fire ground in relation
to fire hydraulics.
                                                                                   FOR 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
ADVISORY: MAT152B or MAT 152BB with a grade of “C” or better or
equivalent.                                                                                        EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
                                                                                   For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
1 W               0600PM-0950PM                               Room: A213           TRANSFERS: CSU
      Instructor: Novak, M /Sharit, B                    1/07/09 - 3/25/09         REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                   1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
FIR 158         FIRE INVESTIGATION                               4.00 Units
This course is for students who want to develop an understanding of fire
investigative practices and the responsibilities associated with fire origin
and cause determination. Using the scientific method, students will learn
                                                                                                                  French
how to evaluate information from the fire scene enabling them to determine
the area of origin and develop an opinion of the fires cause. Students will        FRE 152         CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH II                       3.00 Units
also be given an overview of the state’s arson laws and the legal aspects          Following FRE 151, this course will assist students in continuing to acquire
of fire scene investigation.                                                       conversational skills in French. Students will continue to develop the ability
1 F               0900AM-0140PM                               Room: L107           to speak everyday conversational French through additional vocabulary,
      Instructor: Antti, J                               1/09/09 - 3/20/09         grammar, and idiomatic expressions.
                                                                                   ADVISORY: FRE 151 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
FIR 191K        SPECIAL TOPIC: LAKE TAHOE 12.00 Units                              1 W              0610PM-0900PM                               Room: HSPC7
                BASIN FIRE ACADEMY, PART 2                                              Instructor: Delachaise, V 1/07/09 - 3/25/09
This course is part two of a three-part sequence which culminates in the
instructional requirement for Firefighter I certification through the California
State Fire Marshal’s office. Instruction includes forcible entry; confined                               General Studies
spaces; extrication theory and skills; interview procedures; fire protection
system; Incident Command System; hazardous materials; terrorism;
salvage; rapid intervention team/rescue; and live fire. This is a physically       GES 142         INTERPRETATION OF LEARNING 1.00 Units
demanding course and the curriculum conforms to standards for certification                        STYLES & COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT
by the California State Board of Fire Services. Students will receive invoices     This course is designed to provide strategies that will assist students with
in class to cover the cost of successful completion of individual certifications   achieving academic success in college. Assessments administered will
through the California State Fire Marshal (estimated at $100).                     provide students with information about their learning styles, academic
PREREQUISITE: FIR191J with a grade of “B” or better.                               strengths and weaknesses, and determine eligibility for learning disabilities
ADVISORY: Physically demanding course.                                             services.
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                    orientations are scheduled for the following dates and times:
1 T,Th            0600PM-0950PM                                      Room: G6                Tuesday                 1/6 1200PM-0100PM
      Sat         0800AM-0450PM                                      Room: G6                Wednesday               1/7   0500PM-0600PM
      Instructor: Allen, L                                    1/06/09 - 3/26/09              Thursday                1/8   1200PM-0100PM
                                                                                             Friday                  1/9   1100AM-1200PM
FIR 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units          All students registered for GES 142 must attend one of these orientations or
                EXPERIENCE                                                         you may be dropped from the class. Orientations will be held in room A203.
For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page               If you cannot attend one of these orientation meetings you must call (530)
73.                                                                                541-4660 x249 on by Friday, 1/09 to schedule an alternate orientation time.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                     The last day to drop the class with no record is Friday, 1/30. Students that
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                    desire to enroll after Friday, 1/30 must meet with appropriate DRC staff.
                                                                                   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                   1 12 Hrs.TBA                                                   Room: A203
                                                                                         Instructor: Albrecht, R                             1/05/09 - 3/20/09
FIR 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                         1.00-6.00 Units
                EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
                                                                                   GES 188         DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS                           1.00 Units
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                                     INSTRUCTIONAL SUPPORT
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                    This course is designed for students who have been identified with
                                                                                   a disability. This course provides instructional support for any course
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09         and addresses individual areas of weakness. Individual programs will
                                                                                   be structured for each student by the Disability Resource Center staff.
                                                                                   Enrollment is open throughout the fifth week of each quarter. This course is
                                                                                   cross-listed with COU188 on page 34 of the schedule.
                                                                                   1 24 Hrs.TBA                                                   Room: A205
                                                                                       Instructor: Albrecht, R                             1/05/09 - 3/24/09


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 47
GES 193         DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS -                           2.00 Units        GEG 134        INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC 3.50 Units
                STUDY SKILLS                                                                      INFORMATION SYSTEMS
This course is designed for students who have been identified with a               This interdisciplinary survey course is designed to explore how Geographic
disability. This course focuses on fundamental principles of study skills.         Information Systems (GIS) can be used as a tool within diverse academic
Students are provided with strategies to improve skills in setting goals,          disciplines. Students will learn to manipulate various forms of data to
time management, critical thinking, memory, textbook reading, note taking,         generate plots, maps, and computer displays of GIS spatial relationships.
test taking strategies, and managing stress. This course is cross-listed with      Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESRI) ArcView computer
COU 193 on page 34 of the schedule.                                                software will be used.
1 T,Th            0100PM-0250PM                                Room: A203          ADVISORY: CAO 151 or basic computer skills highly recommended.
      Instructor: Albrecht, R                            1/06/09 - 2/12/09         TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                   1 W              0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: D121
GES 199A        DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS:      1.00 Units                                   Instructor: Sweet, S                                 1/07/09 - 3/25/09
                INTRODUCTION TO
                BASIC WORD PROCESSING&INTERNET
This basic computer course is designed for students who have been                                              Geology
identified with a disability. The course is for students who have little to no
computer experience and who require a different pace.~This course is
cross-listed as CAO199A on page 31 of the schedule.                                GEL 101        GEOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA                        4.00 Units
                                                                                   This course is a general introduction to the geological sciences with
1 W              0130PM-0320PM                                  Room: D125         emphasis on the geology of California. Topics covered will include the
     Instructor: Albrecht, R                               1/07/09 - 2/11/09       physiographic and tectonic provinces, natural resources, geologic history,
                                                                                   and related geologic environmental problems of the state.
GES 551         INDEPENDENT LIVING SKILLS                        0.00 Units        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
This course is designed for students who have been identified as
                                                                                   1 T,Th          0130PM-0320PM                                Room: G2-B
developmentally disabled. Students will be introduced to skills necessary for
                                                                                       Instructor: Valentine, S                            1/06/09 - 3/26/09
living independently. The students will learn skills needed to make decisions,
budget, acquire housing, prepare for a vocation, access community
resources, plan for proper nutrition, become educated consumers, and               GEL 103        HISTORY OF THE EARTH AND                     5.00 Units
utilize appropriate social skills, which are requisite to vocational courses.                     ITS LIFE
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                    This course studies the development of the Earth and its life through
                                                                                   examination of the rock and fossil record. In addition, geologic processes,
1 T,Th            0300PM-0425PM                                   Room: E103
                                                                                   sedimentary rocks, and their fossils and structure will be studied while
      Instructor: Sanchagrin, K                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                   tracing the changes in the configuration of the Earth.
                                                                                   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                           Geography                                               CAN CODE: GEOL 4
                                                                                   1 M,W            0130PM-0500PM                                Room: G2-B
                                                                                        Instructor: Valentine, S                            1/05/09 - 3/23/09
GEG 103         WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY                         4.00 Units
This course is a systematic study of the world’s regions, their origins, and the
interface between the physical environment and human activities. Special                                        German
emphasis will be placed on economic activities, resources, and the degree
of economic development, along with the persistence of traditional cultures
in the face of increasing socioeconomic and political interdependency.             GER 102        ELEMENTARY GERMAN II                         5.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                            This course is a continuation of German 101. Students will broaden their
                                                                                   elementary level communication skills of speaking, listening, reading,
1 T,Th           0400PM-0550PM                                    Room: G2-B
                                                                                   and writing through the introduction of new vocabulary and more complex
     Instructor: Valentine, S                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                   grammatical structures including the past, present, and future tenses.
                                                                                   Students will continue to develop an appreciation of the culture of German-
GEG 113         METEOROLOGY                                      4.00 Units        speaking peoples.
This course is a descriptive study of basic weather processes and                  PREREQUISITE: GER 101 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
phenomena including air circulation, energy flow, and storm systems.               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
California weather topics will be emphasized.                                      CAN CODE: GER 101+102+103= CAN GERM SEQ A
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                            CAN SEQUENCE: GERMSEQA
1 T              0600PM-0950PM                           Room: G2-B                1 T,Th          0330PM-0555PM                                  Room: E100
     Instructor: Young, C                           1/06/09 - 3/24/09                  Instructor: Hansa, C                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09

GEG 114         ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY                               4.00 Units
This course is designed to acquaint students with basic concepts related
to the advance, spread, and distribution of economic activity across the
planet. This course examines issues facing the global community including
population, gender, differences in economic development, geographic and             If you are interested in GREEN business
political barriers, the environment, and the uneven distribution of global            practices or WATER CONSERVATION,
wealth.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                           check out our new
                                                                                          Green Sustainable Education
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Davis, M                       1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                            program on the following page!
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 48

       Green Sustainable Education                                                                               History
GSE 131F        SPECIAL TOPIC: INTRODUCTION 3.25 Units                             HIS 102         HISTORY OF WESTERN                             4.00 Units
                TO ECOTOURISM                                                      This course is a survey of European political, economic, socio-cultural,
Tourism now ranks as one of the top two business sectors in the                    and international developments from Roman times until 1688. The course
world and is the number one business sector for many developing                    topics include Rome, the Medieval Period, the Renaissance, Reformation,
countries. However, traditional tourism has had severe negative impacts            Counter-Reformation, and development of nation-states.
on the environment and local cultures. This class will explore the use of          ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103 or equivalent.
ecotourism as a tool to create revenue for local communities, preserve the         TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
environment, and provide a means for cultural exchange and preservation            CAN CODE: HIS 101+102+103 = HIST SEQ A
between host communities and the responsible traveler. Best practices for          CAN SEQUENCE: HISTSEQA
ecotourism operations and destinations will be examined utilizing a case           1 T,Th           0330PM-0520PM                              Room: B103
study approach. Students will also have the opportunity to interact with                Instructor: Perry, J                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09
local ecotourism businesses or create their own ecotourism plan.
NOTE: This course includes a field component to an eco-lodge.                      HIS 103         HISTORY OF WESTERN                             4.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                                     CIVILIZATION
1 Lec: M                       0600PM-0925PM                  Room: E100           This course is a survey of European political, socio-cultural, economic, and
     Field:Sat (3/21)          0900AM-0415PM                          TBA          international developments from 1688 until the end of the twentieth century.
     Instructor: Brumis, P                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09          The course topics include modern national, colonial, industrial influences,
                                                                                   and military influences.
GSE 131G SPECIAL TOPIC: PRINCIPLES OF 1.50 Units                                   ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103 or equivalent.
         GREEN MARKETING                                                           TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
This course will prepare students with the fundamentals of marketing and           CAN CODE: HIS 101+102+103 = HIST SEQ A
how to effectively communicate through authentic marketing practices and           CAN SEQUENCE: HISTSEQA
mediums which improve the sustainability of marketing communications
activities. Real world case studies will be used to learn current best practices
and to explore how creativity, authenticity, and building a corporate culture
                                                                                   1
                                                                                                ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                 Instructor: Heikkinen, D                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                   noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
which embraces sustainability and employee retention can enhance brand             week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
image, increase sales, and create a loyal base of brand ambassadors.               to avoid being dropped.
TRANSFERS: CSU
1 Lec: F (2/27)                  0300PM-0850PM                     Room: E100      HIS 105         MODERN CALIFORNIA HISTORY                      4.00 Units
     Lec: Sat (2/28, 3/7)        1100AM-0450PM                     Room: E100      This course is a survey of the history, heritage, and development of
     Instructor: Brumis, P                                   2/27/09 - 3/07/09     California from the Gold Rush to the present day with emphasis on
                                                                                   multiculturism, manners and morals, recent California politics and California
GSE 131H SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HISTORY  2.25 Units                                    as the 6th largest economy in the world.
         OF TAMING WATER IN THE WEST                                               ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103 or equivalent.
Discover what Mark Twain meant when he said “whiskey’s for drinking,               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
water’s for fighting about.” Follow Smith as he migrated irrigation
techniques out West; run the rapids of the Colorado River with Powell; lay
the foundation of dams that have plagued the West; and discover what
                                                                                   1
                                                                                                ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                 Instructor: Heikkinen, D                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                   noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
happens when ground water aquifers are over pumped. This course is an              week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
introduction to how water systems began in the west through exploration            to avoid being dropped.
and dam development. Living in the arid west amidst an over-allocated
water system, it is imperative to understand water policy, use, management         HIS 111         HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 4.00 Units
and the goal of conservation. We will approach this key environmental issue        This course covers the history of the United States from Colonial
through reading, discussion, highlighting current events, and writing. The         times through the Jacksonian era, with particular attention given to the
following questions will be addressed: Who has access to water resources?          Revolutionary period and the development of the Constitution. Principles of
Where does our water supply come from? How does conservation play a                California state and local government will also be presented.
role in the future of water resources?                                             ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103
Note: This course includes a field trip.                                           TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                     CAN CODE: HIS 111+112+113 = HIST SEQ B
1 Lec: W                         0610PM-0800PM                Room: HSST7          CAN SEQUENCE: HISTSEQB
     Field: Sat (3/14)           0900AM-0250PM                          TBA        1 M,W            1100AM-1250PM                                Room: B103
     Instructor: Barnes, S                                 1/07/09 - 3/25/09            Instructor: Adams, S                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                   noTe: This course will have an additional meeting on friday, 1/09,
                Green Marketing                                                    1100am - 1250Pm in room B103.

 What does it really mean? Find out in GSE 131G - Principles
 of Green Marketing. Students will learn the fundamentals                                          Online Classes Login problems/
 of marketing and how to effectively communicate through
 authentic marketing practices and mediums which improve
 the sustainability of marketing communications activities.
 See course listing above.
                                                                                                           Tech Support:
                                                                                                    onlineclasses@ltcc.edu or ext. 400



          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 49

HIS 112          HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 4.00 Units
This course covers the history of the United States during the 19th century             Hotel & Restaurant Management
with particular attention given to slavery, the Civil War, the rise of industrial
North America and American social history including manners, morals and             HRM 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                        1.00-6.00 Units
sex.                                                                                                EXPERIENCE
ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103 or equivalent.                                        For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                             73.
CAN CODE: HIS 111+112+113 = HIST SEQ B                                              TRANSFERS: CSU
CAN SEQUENCE: HISTSEQB                                                              REG: Walk-in registration only.
1 W              0600PM-0950PM                                    Room: B103        1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09
     Instructor: Adams, S                                    1/07/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                    HRM 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                        1.00-6.00 Units
HIS 131Q         SPECIAL TOPIC: THE AGE OF     3.00 Units                                           EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
                 PIRACY IN THE ATLANTIC, 1630-1830                                  For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
This course will examine the great age of piracy in the Atlantic world and          TRANSFERS: CSU
the Caribbean from 1650 when buccaneers first established themselves                REG: Walk-in registration only.
on the island of Hispaniola. The course will conclude with the United               1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
State’s suppression of piracy in the Atlantic world in the early 1800s. After
completing the course, students will be able to analyze the dynamics
of race, class, and gender in pirate society and distinguish the social,
economic, and political forces which drove European powers to exploit and
                                                                                                              Humanities
later destroy piracy.
ADVISORY: ENG101 or equivalent.                                                     HUM 102         THE MIDDLE AGES,          4.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                                    RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ERAS
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Thompson, B                    1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                    This course is an interdisciplinary survey of the relationships between
                                                                                    western literature, art, architecture, music, philosophy, history, and religion
                                                                                    from the eighth-century through the Renaissance and Baroque periods.
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                 Topics covered include medieval life and thought, the reign of Charlemagne,
to avoid being dropped.                                                             renaissance art and humanism, the Protestant and Catholic Reformations,
                                                                                    and the Baroque style throughout Western Europe.

                    Home Economics                                                  ADVISORY: ENG 101
                                                                                    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC


HEC 101C CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 3                                  2.00 Units
                                                                                    1
                                                                                                 ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                  Instructor: Hansen, K                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                    noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
This course continues to introduce intermediate students to the fundamentals
                                                                                    week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
of sewing: theory and concepts of clothing construction, using the sewing
                                                                                    to avoid being dropped.
machine for more complex applications, understanding advanced patterns,
making fitting adjustments, cutting, marking, construction methods and              2   T           0600PM-0950PM                                    Room: B103
techniques, tools and notions, and completion of a fitted garment. Classes              Instructor: Bullard, R  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
consist of lecture, demonstrations, and individualized instruction. Students
will construct a fitted item of clothing.                                           HUM 105         MYTHOLOGY                                       4.00 Units
ADVISORY: HEC 101 A and B or equivalent.                                            This course is an introduction to the basic Greco-Roman and Scandinavian-
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                      Teutonic mythological themes recurring in literature, music, and the arts.
1 M               0600PM-0915PM                              F-Wing Hallway         It includes the lives and loves of the gods and heroes, their origins,
      Instructor: Crosby, M                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09         development into myths, and their continuing influences.
                                                                                    ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103 or equivalent.
HEC 105          NUTRITION                                        4.00 Units        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
This course covers the fundamentals of nutrition. It will include the study
of nutrients and nutritional needs, and their roles in the creation and
enhancement of good health. Students will learn how to read labels,
                                                                                    1
                                                                                                 ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                  Instructor: File, J                        1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                    noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
combine food groups and select and prepare foods to maximize their                  week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
nutritional benefits. This course is cross-listed as PEH 101/HEC 105 on             to avoid being dropped.
page 64 of the schedule.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
CAN CODE: FCS 2
1 T              0610PM-1000PM
     Instructor: Dickson-Humphries, T
                                                            Room: HSPC5
                                                         1/06/09 - 3/24/09                       A Class in Piracy?
2    T,Th        1000AM-1150AM                                    Room: G2-B        This new Special Topic course will examine the great age
     Instructor: Denney, J                                   1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                    of piracy in the Atlantic world and the Caribbean from
                                                                                    1650 when buccaneers first established themselves on
                                                                                    the island of Hispaniola. The course will conclude with the
                                                                                    United State’s suppression of piracy in the Atlantic world in
                                                                                    the early 1800s. Check out HIS 131Q above on this page.


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                 LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 50

            International Education                                                                    Internship
        FOREIGN LANGUAGE INSTITUTE                                           WKX 102        GENERAL WORK            1.00-5.00 Units
The Foreign Language Institutes in Spain and Mexico provide instruction in                  EXPERIENCE - INTERNSHIP
a specific five-unit language course plus one of the conversation courses    A General Work Experience Internship is a 12-week placement that gives
below. Courses begin on any Monday throughout the quarter.                   students on-the-job experience in positions that may not be directly related
                                                                             to the student’s current educational goals and may be used to help students
LANGUAGE COURSES                                                             clarify career and academics options. Students must apply for internships
PREREQUISITE: SPA 102-prerequisite is SPA 101; SPA 103- prerequisite         (applications available at the LTCC Student Services office) and must have
is SPA 102; SPA 201-prerequisite is SPA 103; SPA 202-prerequisite is SPA     a good academic record. Internship opportunities are posted on the Job
201; SPA 203-prerequisite is SPA 202; SPA 210-prerequisite is SPA 203;       Board in the E Wing at LTCC. Application deadline for the Winter Quarter
SPA 211-prerequisite is SPA 210; SPA 212-prerequisite is SPA 203, 210 or     is Monday, January 5, 2009. This course may be repeated for a maximum
211; or equivalent.                                                          of 9 units.
REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                             INTERNSHIP STUDENTS MUST BE INTERVIEWED AND SELECTED
SPA 101- A1 ELEMENTARY SPANISH I                               5.00 Units    PRIOR TO ATTENDING THE MANDATORY ORIENTATION.
SPA 102- A2 ELEMENTARY SPANISH II                              5.00 Units    Choose one of the following orientation times:
SPA 103- A3 ELEMENTARY SPANISH III                             5.00 Units         Thurs., Dec. 4           Noon – 1:00pm         Student Services
SPA 201- A4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                               5.00 Units         Tues., Dec. 9            Noon – 1:00pm         Student Services
SPA 202- A5 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                               5.00 Units         Wed., Jan. 7             Noon – 1:00pm         Student Services
SPA 203- A6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                               5.00 Units         Tues., Jan. 13           Noon – 1:00pm         Student Services
SPA 210- A7 ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR &                         5.00 Units    noTe: if a student is unable to attend one of the above orientations
                COMPOSITION I                                                due to a schedule conflict, please contact Tracy owen Chapman at
SPA 211- A8 ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR &                         5.00 Units    ext. 294 or email owenchapman@ltcc.edu.
                COMPOSITION II
SPA 212- A9 INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH                            5.00 Units
                                                                             Occupational Work Experience - Internship:
                LITERATURE
                                                                             BSN 133-1      CAO 133-1          CIS 133-1   CNT 133-1        COM 133-1
MATERIALS FEE: $50.00
                                                                             COU 133-1      CRJ 133-1          CUL 133-1   ECE 133-1        EDU 133-1
All sections: TBA               Instructor: Staff      12/08/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                             EVS 133-1      FIR 133-1          FOR 133-1   HEA 133-1        HRM 133-1
                                                                             MOA 133-1      RES 133-1          THE 133-1   WLD 133 -1
SPA 101- U1     ELEMENTARY SPANISH I                           5.00 Units
SPA 102- U2     ELEMENTARY SPANISH II                          5.00 Units
                                                                             An Occupational Work Experience Internship is a 12-week placement that
SPA 103- U3     ELEMENTARY SPANISH III                         5.00 Units
                                                                             gives students on-the-job experience in positions directly related to their
SPA 201- U4     INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                           5.00 Units
                                                                             career goals. Students must apply for internships (applications available
SPA 202- U5     INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                           5.00 Units
                                                                             at the LTCC Student Services office), must have a good academic record,
SPA 203- U6     INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                           5.00 Units
                                                                             and must have completed some of the courses required in their major.
SPA 210- U7     ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR &                     5.00 Units
                                                                             Internship opportunities are posted on the Job Board in the E Wing at
                COMPOSITION I
                                                                             LTCC. Application deadline for Winter Quarter is Monday, January 5, 2009.
SPA 211- U8 ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR &                         5.00 Units
                                                                             This course may be repeated for a maximum of 24 units.
                COMPOSITION II
SPA 212- U9 INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH                            5.00 Units
                                                                             INTERNSHIP STUDENTS MUST BE INTERVIEWED AND SELECTED
                LITERATURE
                                                                             PRIOR TO ATTENDING THE MANDATORY ORIENTATION.
All sections: TBA          Instructor: Staff           12/08/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                             Choose one of the following orientation times:
                                                                                 Thurs., Dec. 4            Noon – 1:00pm    Student Services
CONVERSATION EXPANDED EXPERIENCE                                                 Tues., Dec. 9             Noon – 1:00pm    Student Services
ADVISORY: SPA 157B-advisory is SPA 101; SPA 157C-advisory is SPA                 Wed., Jan. 7              Noon – 1:00pm    Student Services
102; SPA 157D-advisory is SPA 103; SPA 157E-advisory is SPA 201;                 Tues., Jan. 13            Noon – 1:00pm    Student Services
SPA 157F-advisory is SPA 202; SPA 157G-advisory is SPA 203; SPA
157J-advisory is SPA 211.                                                    INTERNS PLANNING TO BE PLACED AT BARTON HOSPITAL MUST
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                              ALSO ATTEND THE HOSPITAL’S GENERAL ORIENTATION
SPA 157A-A1 LOW BEGINNING                                    1.00 Unit
SPA 157B-A2 BEGINNING 1.00 Unit                                              noTe: if a student is unable to attend one of the above orientations
SPA 157C-A3 HIGH BEGINNING                                   1.00 Unit       due to a schedule conflict, please contact Tracy owen Chapman at
SPA 157D-A4 LOW INTERMEDIATE                                 1.00 Unit       ext. 294 or email owenchapman@ltcc.edu.
SPA 157E-A5 INTERMEDIATE                                     1.00 Unit
SPA 157F-A6 HIGH INTERMEDIATE                                1.00 Unit       REG: Walk-in registration only.
SPA 157G-A7 LOW ADVANCED                                     1.00 Unit
SPA 157H-A8 ADVANCED 1.00 Unit
SPA 157J-A9 HIGH ADVANCED                                    1.00 Unit                                         Italian
All sections: TBA               Instructor: Staff   12/08/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                             ITA 151        CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN I                       3.00 Units
                                                                             This introductory course will assist students in acquiring beginning level
                                                                             conversational skills in Italian. Students will develop the ability to use
                                                                             everyday conversational Italian through the introduction of vocabulary,
                                                                             elementary grammatical structures, and idiomatic expressions.
                                                                             1 Th            0600PM-0850PM                                 Room: E103
                                                                                 Instructor: Corsodoro, A                             1/08/09 - 3/26/09


         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 51
                                                                                 MAT 152A         BASIC ALGEBRA (PART I)                      4.00 Units
                             Japanese                                            This course is designed as an introduction to algebra. Topics covered
                                                                                 include the four basic operations with positive and negative numbers and
JPN 152         CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE II 3.00 Units                            with polynomials, solving and graphing linear equations, an introduction to
This course is a continuation of JPN 151. Students will continue to develop      functions and sets, and properties of integral exponents.
communication skills as well as continue their understanding of Japanese         noTe: Sections 1 & 2 will be using electronic homework. Section
grammar. This course will further assist the students in reading, writing, and   3 the students may do electronic or paper homework. The quizzes
understanding the Japanese language as well as refining pronunciation            will be electronic. Section 4 the students may do electronic or paper
and communication skills. Japanese culture and history will also be              homework.
highlighted in this course.                                                      PREREQUISITE: MAT187B with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent or
ADVISORY: JPN 151 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.                   appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment process.
1 Th             0600PM-0850PM                                     Room: G5      1* T,Th          1100AM-1250PM                                 Room: D121
     Instructor: Green, N                                  1/08/09 - 3/26/09          Instructor: Richardson, S                            1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                 2     T,Th        0330PM-0520AM                              Room: E106
                         Mathematics                                                   Instructor: Richardson, S                         1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                 3     M,W         0130PM-0335PM                              Room: G4-B
MAT 103A COLLEGE ALGEBRA (PART I)                              4.00 Units              Instructor: Armbrust, B                           1/05/09 - 3/23/09
The course provides an in-depth coverage of functions: polynomial
and rational functions, their graphs and finding solutions, and zeros of         4    M,W         0600PM-0805PM                              Room: A211
polynomial functions. Special emphasis will be placed on applications                 Instructor: Brock, L                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09
problems and the use of calculators.                                             *noTe: Section 1 is a computer-mediated course. Students will be
PREREQUISITE: MAT 154A or MAT 154AA with a grade of “C” or better or             using a computer to assist with the learning process. familiarity with
equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment        the internet and with the use of web browsers is highly recommended.
process.                                                                         Students are expected to attend class two hours per week with the
COREQUISITE: MAT 153 or equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated            remaining two hours completed online. as with any 4-unit math
through the math assessment process. Prior completion of MAT 153 with a          class, students are expected to spend an additional 8 hours per week
grade of “C” or better also satisfies this corequisite.                          working on homework and other study. This section is ideal for
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                             students with complicated schedules and whose learning styles are
CAN SEQUENCE: MAT 103A+103B = MATH 10                                            addressed via this alternative method of instruction. all students are
                                                                                 required to attend first day orientation on Tuesday, 1/06, at 11:00 am.
1 M,W            0130PM-0335PM                                Room: E106
     Instructor: Richardson, S                           1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                 MAT 183        SUPPLEMENT FOR MAT152A                        1.00 Units
2   T,Th        0600PM-0750PM                                   Room: E106                      (BASIC ALGEBRA PART I)
    Instructor: Lincoln, C                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09     This course is taken in conjunction with any MAT 152A or MAT 152AA
                                                                                 section. The course allows for one additional hour each week of instruction
MAT 103B         COLLEGE ALGEBRA (PART II)                     4.00 Units        and is specifically designed for students who are nervous about and/or find
This course covers the properties of logarithms and exponentials,                math difficult to master.
conic sections, systems of equations and their solution with Gaussian            COREQUISITE: Students must take a section of MAT 152A OR MAT 152AA
Elimination, a brief introduction into linear programming, sequences, series,    concurrently.
permutations, and combinations.                                                  1 T,Th            0525PM-0555PM                               Room: E106
PREREQUISITE: MAT 153 and MAT 154A or MAT 154AA with a grade                          Instructor: Richardson, S                           1/20/09 - 3/24/09
of “C” or better or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math
assessment process.                                                              MAT 152AA BASIC ALGEBRA (PART I):                            5.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                                                                                           EXPANDED
CAN SEQUENCE: MAT 103A+103B = MATH 10
                                                                                 This course contains the same content as MAT 152A, but is designed
1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM                                   Room: E106      for students who need extra time to master the material. Topics covered
     Instructor: Armbrust, B                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09    include the four basic operations with positive and negative numbers and
2   M,W         0600PM-0805PM                                   Room: E106       with polynomials, solving and graphing linear equations, an introduction to
    Instructor: Lund, R                                    1/05/09 - 3/23/09     functions and sets, and properties of integral exponents.
                                                                                 NOTE: Section 1 student will do paper homework.
MAT 106         CALCULUS AND ANALYTICAL                        5.00 Units        PREREQUISITE: MAT 187B with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent, or
                                                                                 appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment process.
                GEOMETRY
This course is a continuation of MAT 105. Applications of the integral,          1 M,W,F 0925AM-1055AM                                          Room: A206
techniques of integration, exponential and logarithmic functions, hyperbolic          Instructor: Shen, H                                  1/05/09 - 3/25/09
functions, and inverse trigonometric functions will be studied.
Note: Physical Science and Engineering majors should be concurrently
enrolled in PHY 107 to avoid future scheduling conflicts.
                                                                                             Need help in Math?
PREREQUISITE: MAT 105 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
                                                                                     The Math Success Center (MSC) assists students
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (course limit)                                               learning mathematics or math related subjects. The
1 M,W,F 0925AM-1055AM                                           Room: A211           MSC creates an environment where all students can
     Instructor: Green, L                                 1/05/09 - 3/25/09          comfortably develop their mathematical skills, utilize
                                                                                     the assistance of peer tutors, access technology
                                                                                     and mathematical literature, and enjoy studying
                                                                                     mathematics with other enthusiastic students.
                                                                                            free math tutoring is available to any
                                                                                                       lTCC student.

          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 52


                                                    MAT 186
Math Course                                     DEVELOPMENTAL
                                                 SKILLS - MATH
Sequence
See a counselor to            MAT 187 A                            MAT 191AL
determine the math               BASIC                            EXPANDED VERSION
                            ARITHMETIC (Part I)                      OF MAT 187A
sequence that best
suits your academic
                                                    MAT 187 B
goals.                                             BASIC
                                              ARITHMETIC (Part II)


              MAT 152AA                                           MAT 152A      BASIC ALGEBRA (Part I)
      EXPANDED BASIC ALGEBRA (Part I)                              MAT 183   SUPPLEMENT TO BASIC
         OFFERED FALL & WINTER                                          ALGEBRA (Part I) (optional)



             MAT 152BB                                            MAT 152B     BASIC ALGEBRA (Part II)
     EXPANDED BASIC ALGEBRA (Part II)                              MAT 184   SUPPLEMENT TO BASIC
       OFFERED WINTER & SPRING                                          ALGEBRA (Part II) (optional)



             MAT 153                   MAT 154A            INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA        MAT 154AA
               GEOMETRY                        MAT 185 SUPPLEMENT TO                        EXPANDED
                                             INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA (OPTIONAL)          INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA




    MAT 103A                                        MAT 118             MAT 201            MAT 102
                                               CALCULUS FOR             ELEMENTARY          SURVEY OF
COLLEGE ALGEBRA (Part I)                                                                   MATHEMATICAL
 Note: MAT 153 may be taken                SOCIAL & LIFE SCIENCES        STATISTICS
                                                                                              IDEAS
        concurrently.
                                                                                             MAT 188
                                                                                           SUPPLEMENT TO
                                 MAT 103B                                                     SURVEY OF
                               COLLEGE ALGEBRA                                              MATHEMATICAL
                                        (Part II)                                           IDEAS (optional)

      MAT 104
     TRIGONOMETRY             Note: MAT 103B and MAT 104 may be
                              taken concurrently.


                                                     MAT 105 - 107         CALCULUS
                                                          AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY



                                MAT 202                 MAT 203            MAT 204
                                    VECTOR                  LINEAR         DIFFERENTIAL
                                   CALCULUS                ALGEBRA          EQUATIONS


 http://www.ltcc.edu/programs/math
             updated 7/08




  Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 53
MAT 152B         BASIC ALGEBRA (PART II)                      4.00 Units       MAT 153         EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY                              4.00 Units
This course is a continuation of MAT 152A. Topics covered will include         This is a formal course in geometry covering the basics of lines, planes,
factoring, solving equations with rational and radical expressions, systems    angles, triangles, congruence, the Pythagorean Theorem, similarity, and
of linear equations, and solving quadratic equations.                          special right angles.
noTe: Section 1 will be using electronic homework. Section 2 will be           COREQUISITE: MAT 152B or MAT 152BB or equivalent or appropriate skills
using electronic homework. Section 3 the students may do electronic            demonstrated through the math assessment process. Prior completion of
or paper homework. Quizzes will be electronic. Section 4 will do paper         MAT 152B or MAT 152BB with a grade of “C” or better also satisfies this
homework.                                                                      co-requisite.
PREREQUISITE: MAT 152A or MAT 152AA with a grade of “C” or better or           1 T,Th           0100PM-0250PM                               Room: E106
equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment           Instructor: Littell, C                           1/06/09 - 3/26/09
process.
1 M,W             0330PM-0535PM                                 Room: A211     MAT 154A         INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA                          4.00 Units
      Instructor: Littell, C                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09    This course is a continuation of MAT 152B or MAT 152BB and is an
2*    T,Th        1000AM-1150AM                               Room: D121       introduction to the definition of a function and its inverse, solving quadratic
      Instructor: Richardson, S                          1/06/09 - 3/24/09     equations and systems of equations, exponential and logarithmic functions,
                                                                               sequences and series, and conic sections.
3     T,Th        0100PM-0250PM                               Room: A211       PREREQUISITE: MAT 152B or MAT 152BB with a grade of “C” or better or
      Instructor: Armbrust, B                            1/06/09 - 3/26/09     equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment
4    M,W         0600PM-0805PM                              Room: A206         process.
     Instructor: Andolina, J                          1/05/09 - 3/23/09        1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM                                     Room: A211
*noTe: Section 2 is a computer-mediated course. Students will be                    Instructor: Morrow, A        1/06/09 - 3/24/09
using a computer to assist with the learning process. familiarity with
                                                                               2    M,W         0340PM-0545PM                                   Room: E106
the internet and with the use of web browsers is highly recommended.
                                                                                    Instructor: Palley, B   1/05/09 - 3/23/09
Students are expected to attend class two hours per week with the
remaining two hours completed online. as with any 4-unit math                  3*   T,Th        1030AM-1220PM                                   Room: D121
class, students are expected to spend an additional 8 hours per week                Instructor: Richardson, S 1/06/09 - 3/24/09
working on homework and other study. This section is ideal for
                                                                               4    M,W         1100AM-0105PM                                   Room: E106
students with complicated schedules and whose learning styles are
                                                                                    Instructor: Richardson, S 1/05/09 - 3/23/09
addressed via this alternative method of instruction. all students are
required to attend first day orientation on Tuesday, 1/06, at 10:00 am.        5    T,Th        0600PM-0750PM                             Room: E100
                                                                                    Instructor: Arce, D       1/06/09 - 3/24/09
MAT 184         SUPPLEMENT FOR MATH 152B                      1.00 Units       *noTe: Section 3 is a computer-mediated course. Students will be
                (BASIC ALGEBRA PART II)                                        using a computer to assist with the learning process. familiarity with
This course is taken in conjunction with any section of MAT 152B or            the internet and with the use of web browsers is highly recommended.
MAT 152BB. This course allows for one additional hour each week of             Students are expected to attend class two hours per week with the
instructional time and is specifically designed for students who are nervous   remaining two hours completed online. as with any 4-unit math
about math and/or find math difficult to master and for students who need      class, students are expected to spend an additional 8 hours per
additional instruction in study skills.                                        week working on homework and other study. This section is ideal for
COREQUISITE: Students must take concurrently with a section of MAT             students with complicated schedules and whose learning styles are
152B or MAT 152BB.                                                             addressed via this alternative method of instruction. all students are
                                                                               required to attend first day orientation on Tuesday, 1/06, at 10:30 am.
1 T,Th           0255PM-0330PM                                  Room: A211
     Instructor: Littell, C                                1/27/09 - 3/19/09
                                                                               MAT 185         SUPPLEMENT FOR MATH 154A                        1.00 Units
MAT 152BB BASIC ALGEBRA (PART II)                             5.00 Units                       (INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA)
                                                                               This course is taken in conjunction with any section of MAT 154A or
          EXPANDED                                                             MAT 154AA. This course allows for one additional hour each week of
This course contains the same content as MAT 152B, but is designed
                                                                               instructional time and is specifically designed for students who are nervous
for students who need extra time to master the material. This course is
                                                                               about math and/or find math difficult to master and for students who need
a continuation of MAT 152A or MAT 152AA. The topics covered include
                                                                               additional instruction in study skills.
factoring, operations, and equations with rational expressions, linear
                                                                               COREQUISITE: Students must take concurrently with a section of MAT
equations and inequalities with absolute values, solving systems of linear
                                                                               154A or MAT 154AA.
equations and inequalities, operations with exponents and radicals, solving
radical equations, and solving quadratic equations.                            1 T,Th           1155PM-1230PM                                  Room: A211
NOTE: Section 1 student will do paper homework.                                     Instructor: Morrow, A        1/27/09 - 3/19/09
PREREQUISITE: MAT 152AA or MAT 152A with a grade of “C” or better
or equivalent, or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math             MAT 187B BASIC ARITHMETIC (PART II)                             2.00 Units
assessment process.                                                            This course covers general areas of arithmetic which include decimals,
                                                                               percents, and an introduction to algebra.
1 M,W,F 1105AM-1235PM                                         Room: A206
                                                                               PREREQUISITE: MAT 187A or MAT 191AL with a grade of “C” or better or
     Instructor: Shen, H                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                               equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment
                                                                               process.
      Free math tutoring is available to                                       1 T,Th          0800AM-0950AM                                 Room: A206
            any LTCC student.                                                      Instructor: Shen, H                                  2/17/09 - 3/26/09
    The Math Success Center is located in room A201 in the                     2    M,W         0330PM-0535PM                                   Room: A206
    Tutoring & Learning Center (TLC) on the second floor                            Instructor: Andolina, J                                2/18/09 - 3/25/09
    of the main campus. For more information regarding                         3    T,Th        0100PM-0250PM                                   Room: A206
    the services provided, please call extension 740.                               Instructor: Carney, M                                  2/17/09 - 3/26/09


          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 54
MAT 191AL SPECIAL TOPIC:BASIC          2.50 Units                               MOA 239         INTERMEDIATE MEDICAL                           3.00 Units
          ARITHMETIC (PART I) EXTENDED                                                          TERMINOLOGY
This class covers the content of MAT 187A and includes an additional study      This course is a continuation of the study of the medical word building
skills/counseling component to assist students in being successful in this      system. The two languages of Greek and Latin are the major sources of
math class as well as future math classes.                                      medical terms and are explored in this course. Emphasis will be placed on
1 T,Th            0800AM-1020AM                             Room: A206          recognition of medical terms, spelling, and pronunciation. Students will be
      Instructor: Shen, H                              1/06/09 - 2/12/09        introduced to basic anatomy, physiology, and disease processes. Use of the
                                                                                medical dictionary will be continued.
2   M,W         0330PM-0555PM                                  Room: A206       PREREQUISITE: MOA 238 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
    Instructor: Andolina, J                               1/05/09 - 2/11/09     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
3   T,Th        0100PM-0320PM                                 Room: A206
    Instructor: Carney, M                                1/06/09 - 2/12/09
                                                                                1
                                                                                             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                              Instructor: Kozlowski, C                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
MAT 201         ELEMENTARY STATISTICS                         5.00 Units        week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
This course covers elements of probability, frequency distributions, graphs     to avoid being dropped.
and measures of central tendency, functions of random variables, probability
distributions, sampling, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, regression   MOA 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
analysis and analysis of variance.                                                              EXPERIENCE
PREREQUISITE: MAT 154A or MAT 154AA with a grade of “C” or better or            For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page
equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment       73.
process.                                                                        TRANSFERS: CSU
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                         REG: Walk-in registration only.
1 M,W,F 1245PM-0215PMRoom: A211                                                 1   TBA         Instructor: Owen Chapman, T                1/05/09 - 3/26/09
      Instructor: Green, L                                1/05/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                MOA 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
MAT 203         LINEAR ALGEBRA                                5.00 Units                        EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
This course covers linear equations, matrices, determinants, vector spaces,
                                                                                For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
inner product spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU
and their applications to engineering and business.
                                                                                REG: Walk-in registration only.
PREREQUISITE: MAT 107 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                         1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
1 M,W,F 1105AM-1235PM                                         Room: A211
     Instructor: Armbrust, B                            1/05/09 - 3/23/09                                       Music
MAT 550         CAHSEE MATH PREPARATION                        0.00 Units
This course is a preparation course for students studying for the mathematics   MUS 101         MUSIC LISTENING AND                            4.00 Units
portion of the California High School Exit Exam (CAHSEE). It is especially
                                                                                                APPRECIATION
geared towards students who have finished high school but have not yet
                                                                                This course gives a comprehensive overview of the elements and styles
passed the mathematics portion of the CAHSEE. The course includes test
                                                                                of music from 1600 to the present. Study will focus on guided listening
taking strategies, geometry and measurement, statistics, beginning algebra,
                                                                                to compositions by selected composers. Emphasis will be placed on the
mathematical reasoning, and number sense.
                                                                                understanding of various types of instrumental and vocal music including
REG: Please visit www.cahseesteps.net to register. Students may enroll at
                                                                                the symphony, concerto, sonata, vocal genres, classical twentieth-century
any time prior to starting the course regardless of the course dates.
                                                                                music, and jazz styles.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.cahseesteps.net
              Instructor: Green, L                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
note: maT 550 is a computer-mediated course. Students will be using
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM
                                                                                     Instructor: Mitchell, L
                                                                                                                                           Room: F120
                                                                                                                                      1/06/09 - 3/24/09
a computer to assist with the learning process. familiarity with the
internet and with the use of web browsers is highly recommended.
                                                                                MUS 103         SURVEY OF MUSIC II                             4.00 Units
Students may take the course fully online, or they may attend class
                                                                                This is a survey of classical music from the time of Mozart and Beethoven
one hour per week. This class is ideal for students with complicated
                                                                                through the twentieth century. It will emphasize listening to selections
schedules and whose learning styles are addressed via this alternative
                                                                                including symphonies, sonatas, concertos, and various types of vocal
method of instruction.
                                                                                music.
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
           Medical Office Assistant
MOA 236         BASIC PRINCIPLES OF                           4.00 Units
                                                                                1
                                                                                             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                              Instructor: Bondurant, K                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                MEDICAL CODING                                                  week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
This is an introductory course in the basic principles of coding diseases and   to avoid being dropped.
procedures, medical, surgical and diagnostic services, and National Level
II codes using the International Classification of Disease (ICD-9), Current     MUS 104B HISTORY OF ROCK MUSIC                                 4.00 Units
Procedural Terminology (CPT) and HCPCS volumes. This course presents            This course is a survey of Rock Music from its origins in the 1950s to the
essential knowledge for medical office insurance billing.                       middle 1990s. Topics will include genres and styles of rock music, rock
ADVISORY: MOA 238 or equivalent.                                                music’s influence on popular culture, as well as influential artists, writers,
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  and groups.
1 T              0610PM-1000PM                                 Room: HSPC1      TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
     Instructor: Enterline, N                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09   1 M,W           0130PM-0335PM                                 Room: F120
                                                                                    Instructor: Williams, M                             1/05/09 - 3/23/09

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 55
MUS 111         BASIC MUSIC THEORY I                            4.75 Units         MUS 127A BEGINNING JAZZ IMPROVISATION 1.00 Units
Students will learn basic skills of reading music, including music-writing,        This course is designed for the beginning level musician with an interest
scale and chord construction, and basic ear-training skills. This course           in jazz improvisation. Students will learn basic jazz melodic, rhythmic, and
is recommended for all students in performance, piano, recorder, voice,            harmonic constructions and their applications to improvisation.
drama, and guitar courses, as well as for prospective teachers.                    ADVISORY: MUS112 or MUS132 and have a basic understanding of
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                            general music theory. Students should be able to demonstrate facility with
                                                                                   F, Bb, and Eb major scales on their instrument.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Festinger, K                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                   1 Th             0700PM-0850PM                                  Room: F125
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                     Instructor: Mallarino, L                            1/08/09 - 3/26/09
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                   MUS 128B         INTERMEDIATE ELECTRIC BASS                    1.25 Units
MUS 112         BASIC MUSIC THEORY II                           4.75 Units         This course expands upon the basics of playing the electric bass, and
This course is a continuation of MUS 111. Students will study basic music          helps students achieve intermediate level competencies by improving
theory concepts and develop rhythmic and ear-training skills in major and          their rhythm, technique, speed, and musical expressiveness. Playing and
minor keys, in simple and compound time, and in recognition and sight-             creating bass lines for blues, rock, and jazz styles will be emphasized, along
singing of melodies and intervals. Emphasis is on music-reading and writing        with exercises for targeting skill improvement.
including minor scales, intervals, and chords. Recommended for all music           ADVISORY: MUS 128A or equivalent.
students concentrating in performance, piano, guitar, and voice classes.           TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
ADVISORY: MUS 111 or equivalent.                                                   1 Th             0700PM-0850PM                                    Room: F120
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                 Instructor: Rodriguez, A                                1/08/09 - 3/26/09
1 T,Th           0100PM-0350PM                                Room: F125
     Instructor: Williams, M                            1/06/09 - 3/26/09          MUS 130C ADVANCED DRUMSET                                      1.00 Units
                                                                                   This course is designed for students of advanced level drumset playing.
MUS 124         INTERMEDIATE VOICE                              2.00 Units         Students will learn more advanced rudimental stick control exercises, more
The course focuses on intermediate level class instruction in the fundamentals     advanced hand-foot coordination exercises, and further applications into
of classical singing technique, including posture, breathing, principles of tone   the following styles: Afro-Cuban, Rhythm and Blues, Rock and Roll, Swing,
production, and correct diction. More intensive performance experience is          and Shuffle.
provided. Musical theatre and popular styles techniques will be introduced         ADVISORY: MUS 130B or equivalent.
as well. Recommended for all music and drama students.                             TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
ADVISORY: MUS 123                                                                  1 W              0800PM-0950PM                               Room: F120
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                 Instructor: Hellberg, E                            1/07/09 - 3/25/09
1 M,W             1100AM-0105PM                                   Room: F120
      Instructor: Williams, M                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09      MUS 131BJ SPECIAL TOPIC: THE BEATLES                           4.00 Units
                                                                                   This is an in-depth examination of the lives, music, careers, social and
MUS 125A BEGINNING VOICE: BROADWAY                              2.00 Units         musical influences of George Harrison, John Lennon, Paul McCartney and
         AND POPULAR MUSIC                                                         Ringo Starr as The Beatles. The course will begin with information from 1957
This course focuses on beginning level class instruction in Broadway               through the present day. This course will include study of music structure,
and Pop singing styles, including correct breathing technique, mouth and           lyrics, instrumentation and recording techniques of selected compositions.
larynx position, vowel modulation, vocal placement, and tone production.           TRANSFERS: CSU
Class periods will be divided between preparing and rehearsing solo
pieces, duets and trios, and large ensemble numbers. Elementary staging
or choreography may be introduced. The course culminates with a public
                                                                                   1
                                                                                                ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                 Instructor: Bondurant, K                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                   noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
performance by the students in the Duke Theatre.                                   week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
ADVISORY: MUS 123                                                                  to avoid being dropped.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 T,Th           0400PM-0550PM                              Room: F125             MUS 132BB SPECIAL TOPIC:                                       1.00 Units
     Instructor: Williams, M                           1/06/09 - 3/24/09                     INTERMEDIATE JAZZ PIANO
                                                                                   This intermediate-level course will emphasize learning the harmonic,
MUS 126B WEST AFRICAN DRUMMING                                  1.00 Units         melodic, and rhythmic vocabulary of the established jazz styles. The course
         RHYTHMS II                                                                will focus on the modern interpretation of jazz chords and teach students
This course will explore West African rhythms. Emphasis will be placed on          how to become their own independent musician using their own individual
ensemble playing, soloing, as well as detailed study of djun djun and bell         style of incorporating jazz music. Previous knowledge of piano skills and
parts. Exercises in hand placement techniques will assist in execution of          basic music theory skills will assist students in understanding course
different tones and textures on the djembe. Further development of reading         material.
music notation in combination with oral translation of these rhythms will help     ADVISORY: MUS127A and MUS127B
facilitate development of rhythms ranging from 3 to 6 part form.                   TRANSFERS: CSU
ADVISORY: MUS 181 or equivalent.                                                   1 T               0700PM-0850PM                               Room: F125
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                  Instructor: Mallarino, L                          1/06/09 - 3/24/09
1 W               0600PM-0750PM                                 Room: F120
      Instructor: Staff                                    1/07/09 - 3/25/09




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 56
MUS 133A BEGINNING KEYBOARD SKILLS I 2.75 Units                                   MUS 209         LIVE OPERETTA                                  1.00 Units
Students will learn the fundamentals of reading music and beginning               This course will prepare students for attending a specific operetta. Lectures
chord theory as it applies to piano, organ, or synthesizer. Keyboard skills       and discussions that include the plot, live performance, videos/DVDs, and
will include playing chord patterns, intervals, and developing basic hand         recordings, prepare students for understanding a live performance of The
technique. No previous musical experience is required.                            Circus Princess by emmerich Kálmán at the Pioneer Theatre in Reno. An
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                           operetta is a musical drama with spoken dialog.
1 W               0600PM-0950PM                               Room: F125          OPTIONAL FEE: Tickets will be provided for students who pay the optional
      Instructor: Parker, S                             1/07/09 - 3/25/09         ticket fee. To pay this fee, you must also enroll in MUS FEE-1.
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
MUS 133B BEGINNING KEYBOARD SKILLS II 2.75 Units                                  1 F (2/20)         0530PM-0920PM                                Room: F120
Students will continue to learn the fundamentals of reading music and chord            Sun (2/22) 1200PM-0550PM                                Pioneer Center
theory as it applies to piano, organ, or synthesizer. Keyboard skills will             F (2/27)      0530PM-0720PM                                Room: F120
include playing pieces in a wide variety of styles that emphasize chording,            Instructor: Mitchell, L                              2/20/09 - 2/27/09
sight-reading, and improving two-hand coordination.
ADVISORY: MUS 133A or equivalent.                                                 MUS FEE-1 OPTIONAL TICKET FEE                                           $30
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                               Corequisite: MUS 209
1 M,W            1100AM-0105PM                                 Room: F125
     Instructor: Helwing, A                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09       MUS 247         MUSIC ENSEMBLE WORKSHOP                        1.00 Units
                                                                                  Students will be given the opportunity to play in one or more groups, such
                                                                                  as duets, trios, or quartets. The course will explore popular music, rock, funk
MUS 135         BEGINNING GUITAR                                2.00 Units
                                                                                  and/or hip/hop styles. It is geared toward students at the beginning level. A
This course is an introduction to the study of folk, pop, and classical guitar.
                                                                                  final concert may be given. Bring a CD, lyrics, and a chord chart for a song
The skills of reading chord charts and reading melody lines on the guitar
                                                                                  of your choice, 4 minutes in length or less, to the first class.
will be introduced.
                                                                                  ADVISORY: Ability to play an instrument and read music.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 T               0100PM-0350PM                                 Room: F120
                                                                                  1 M               0400PM-0550PM                                   Room: F120
      Instructor: Smart, J                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                        Instructor: Hellberg, E                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                  noTe: This course will meet for a final performance on Tuesday,
MUS 136         INTERMEDIATE GUITAR                             2.00 Units        march 24, 0700 – 0850 Pm in room f120.
In this course, students will study popular and classical techniques and
styles to prepare them for more extensive performance in both solo and
                                                                                  MUS 248         ROCK MUSIC ENSEMBLE                            2.00 Units
ensemble settings. Basic music theory concepts will be expanded to include
                                                                                  This course will give students the opportunity to play in one or more small
additional major and minor and jazz and blues chords and scales.
                                                                                  groups. The course will explore popular music, rock, funk, and/or hip hop
ADVISORY: MUS 135 or equivalent.
                                                                                  styles. Guitarists, bassists, keyboard players, drummers, and vocalists are
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                  encouraged to participate. The class is geared towards intermediate-level
1 T              0400PM-0650PM                               Room: F120           musicians. Bring a CD, lyrics, and a chord chart for a song of your choice, 4
     Instructor: Smart, J                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09         minutes or less in length, to the first class.
                                                                                  ADVISORY: Ability to play an instrument and read music at the beginning
MUS 137         ADVANCED GUITAR                                 2.00 Units        level.
This course will be an in-depth study of popular and classic guitar styles with   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
an emphasis on performance in both solo and ensemble settings. Students           1 M              0600PM-1010PM                                  Room: F120
will also work to improve their fretboard knowledge and musical theory as it           Instructor: Hellberg, E     1/05/09 - 3/23/09
pertains to chords and scales in guitar music.                                    noTe: This course will meet for a final performance on Tuesday,
ADVISORY: MUS 136 or equivalent.                                                  march 24, 6:00 – 10:10 Pm in room f120.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 Th              0400PM-0650PM                                 Room: F120        MUS 131BQ SPECIAL TOPIC: ENSEMBLE LAB 0.25 Units
      Instructor: Smart, J                                1/08/09 - 3/26/09       This course is an optional lab component for MUS 247 or MUS 248 above.
                                                                                  It will enhance student performance in those classes by providing more
MUS 141B COLLEGE CHORUS                                         1.75 Units        rehearsal time with the instructor and other students. The course will begin
This course provides an opportunity for students to develop vocal skills          in the third week of classes and will explore popular music, rock, funk, and/
within a choral group. Instruction will emphasize correct vocal production,       or hip hop styles.
singing technique, and principles of choral diction. Music will be rehearsed      TRANSFERS: CSU
and incorporated into a public concert entitled ‘How the West was Sung’           1 M              0300PM-0350PM                             F-Wing Hallway
next quarter.”                                                                         Instructor: Hellberg, E    1/05/09 - 3/16/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 T              0700PM-0950PM                                  Room: F120
     Instructor: Mitchell, L                             1/06/09 - 3/24/09                     Need Rehearsal Time?
                                                                                   Are you taking the Music Ensemble Workshop or the
MUS 181         BEGINNING HAND DRUMMING                         1.00 Units
                AND PERCUSSION                                                     Rock Music Ensemble class? Sign up for MUS 131BQ,
This course is designed for beginning drummers wanting to learn to play            Ensemble Lab, if you need more rehearsal time with
the djembe drum and explore West African rhythms. Beginning exercises              the instructor and other students. This course begins
in hand placement techniques will be introduced in order to facilitate proper      in the third week of classes and is designed to coincide
tones on the djembe. A few djembes will be provided but students are
encouraged to bring their own.
                                                                                   with MUS 247 or MUS 248 above. Students will explore
1 W              0400PM-0550PM                                Room: F120
                                                                                   popular music, rock, funk, and/or hip hop styles.
     Instructor: Mori, D                                1/07/09 - 3/25/09


          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 57

                          Philosophy                                             FITNESS EDUCATION CENTER
PHI 101         INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 4.00 Units
                                                                                 COURSES FOR OLDER ADULTS
This course will provide students with a basic understanding of the major
figures and problems in philosophy. The course will introduce Plato’s                          IMPORTANT POLICY
Republic, Descartes’ Meditations, and Hume’s Enquires. The course                Students must choose the section that corresponds with the
will also present important philosophical concepts, such as the basic            amount of time they intend to participate. Please note the maximum
philosophical ideas of existence, creation of self, use of government, the       hours of participation for each class. Once a student reaches the
nature of reality, life and death, and human nature.                             maximum, their access to the Fitness Education Center will end.
ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.                                                 • Classes allow access to all equipment in the FEC.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          • Students who do not attend the FEC within the first two weeks
CAN CODE: PHIL 2                                                                    may be dropped.
1 T,Th           0600PM-0750PM                                 Room: G4B         • Students must submit a medical release to the PED office before
     Instructor: McCombs, A                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09          working out and within 7 days of registering or they may be
                                                                                    dropped from the course.
PHI 205         CONTEMPORARY MORAL ISSUES 4.00 Units                             • Students must attend a MANDATORY one-hour orientation during
This course is an examination of various moral theories and their application       the first week. There will be no workouts during orientations.
to current social issues. Topics will include racial and sex discrimination,
                                                                                 Open Lab Hours:      Mon.- Fri.                    1:30 - 2:30 PM
abortion, pollution, population control, sexual morality, genetic engineering,
animal rights, and freedom in society.                                               12-WEEK SESSION PHYSICAL FITNESS
ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.                                                     CONDITIONING FOR OLDER ADULTS
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          The older adult will perform exercises designed to promote strength,
CAN CODE: PHIL 4                                                                 endurance, flexibility and ease of daily function.
                                                                                 PRQ: Medical Release
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Hume, B                        1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                                                                                 The orientation for PED 145A, PED 145B, PED 145C, PED 145D, and
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor              PED 145E will be held at the following times:
to avoid being dropped.                                                          Every Hour On The Hour:
                                                                                     Monday, 1/5                                6:00 AM - 8:00 PM
2   Th          0610PM-1000PM                     Room: HSPC5                        Tuesday, 1/6- Friday 1/9                  8:00 AM & 6:00 PM
    Instructor: Smith, C                       1/08/09 - 3/26/09                 PED 145A         2 hours per week/24 hour maximum .75 unit
noTe: This class will meet in room a203 (lTCC main Campus) on                    1    TBA - Open Lab                                   Room: FEC
Thursday, 1/29 from 0600-0950Pm.                                                      Instructor: STAFF                           1/05/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                 PED 145B         3 hours per week/36 hour maximum 1.00 unit
PHI 210         EXISTENTIALISM                                 4.00 Units        1    TBA - Open Lab                                   Room: FEC
This course is an introduction to existential themes in philosophy and                Instructor: STAFF                           1/05/09 - 3/25/09
literature with an emphasis on the epistemological, metaphysical, ethical,
                                                                                 PED 145C         4 hours per week/48 hour maximum1.25 units
social, and aesthetic problems of the twentieth century. Explore the writings
                                                                                 1    TBA - Open Lab                                   Room: FEC
of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, and Camus. Examine the existentialist
                                                                                      Instructor: STAFF                           1/05/09 - 3/25/09
themes of individuality, existence, absurdity, and authenticity in life,
literature, and popular culture.                                                 PED 145D         5 hours per week/60 hour maximum1.75 units
ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.                                                 1    TBA - Open Lab                                   Room: FEC
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                               Instructor: STAFF                           1/05/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                 PED 145E         6 hours per week/72 hour maximum2.00 Units
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Hansen, K                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 1    TBA - Open Lab
                                                                                      Instructor: STAFF
                                                                                                                                       Room: FEC
                                                                                                                                  1/05/09 - 3/25/09
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                                     SECOND SESSION -- 6-WEEK: PHYSICAL FITNESS
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                     CONDITIONING FOR OLDER ADULTS
                                                                                 The older adult will perform exercises designed to promote strength,

                      Live Operetta!                                             endurance, flexibility and ease of daily function.
                                                                                 PRQ: Medical Release
Join us for our trip to the Pioneer Theater in Reno to enjoy the                 TRN: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
operetta, The Circus Princess by Hungarian composer                              The orientation for PED 145SA, PED 145SB, and PED 145SC will be
Emmerich Kálmán. This delightful confection is filled                            held at the following time:
with Viennese Waltzes and beautiful melodies. It tells                                 Tuesday, 2/17                          8:00 AM & 6:00 PM
the story of a mysterious Mister X whose daredevil                               PED 145SA 2 hours per week/12 hour maximum .25 Units
circus act captivates the Princess Fedora Palinska. He                           1  TBA - Open Lab                           Room: FEC
                                                                                    Instructor: Staff                   2/17/09 - 3/25/09
is hired by her rejected suitor to teach her a lesson.
                                                                                 PED 145SB 3 hours per week/18 hour maximum .50 Units
Instead, the couple fall in love and he turns out to be
                                                                                 1  TBA - Open Lab                           Room: FEC
a Baron in disguise (it is operetta after all). It is a good                        Instructor: Staff                   2/17/09 - 3/25/09
time for all and something you won't want to miss.                               PED 145SC 5 hours per week/30 hour max.      .75 Units
Nevada Opera's production promises to be colorful                                1  TBA - Open Lab                           Room: FEC
and fun for all. Sign up for MUS 209.                                               Instructor: Staff                   2/17/09 - 3/25/09



         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 58

  FITNESS EDUCATION CENTER COURSES
       IMPORTANT POLICY!                                                     12-WEEK SESSION
Students must choose the section that corresponds with          PHYSICAL FITNESS CONDITIONING
the amount of time they intend to participate. Please note   Students will participate in a strength, endurance, and flexibility training
the maximum hours of participation for each class. Once a    program.
                                                             TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
student reaches the maximum, their access to the Fitness
Education Center will end.                                   PED 146A        2 hours per week/24 hour maximum           .75 unit
• Classes allow students access to all exercise equipment    1     TBA - Open Lab                         Room: FEC
   in the center.                                                  Instructor: STAFF                      1/05/09 - 3/25/09
• Students who do not attend the FEC within the first two
                                                             PED 146B        3 hours per week/36 hour maximum          1.00 unit
   weeks may be dropped.                                     1     TBA - Open Lab                         Room: FEC
• Students must attend a one-hour orientation during the           Instructor: STAFF                      1/05/09 - 3/25/09
   first week. Orientation is Mandatory. There will be no
   workouts during orientations.                             PED 146C        4 hours per week/48 hour maximum        1.25 units
                                                             1     TBA - Open Lab                         Room: FEC
                                                                   Instructor: STAFF                      1/05/09 - 3/25/09
           MANDATORY ORIENTATION
Orientations - Beginning on the hour:                        PED 146D        5 hours per week/60 hour maximum        1.75 units
    Monday, 1/5                  6:00 AM – 8:00 PM           1     TBA - Open Lab                         Room: FEC
                                                                   Instructor: STAFF                      1/05/09 - 3/25/09
Additional Orientations:                                     PED 146E        6 hours per week/72 hour maximum        2.00 units
   Tuesday, 1/6 - Friday, 1/9   8:00 AM & 6:00 PM            1     TBA - Open Lab                         Room: FEC
noTe: There will be no workouts during orientations.               Instructor: STAFF                      1/05/09 - 3/25/09


                OPEN LAB HOURS                                    SECOND SESSION: 6-WEEKS
Monday - Friday                     6:00 AM – 1:30 PM           PHYSICAL FITNESS CONDITIONING
                                                             Students will participate in a strength, endurance, and flexibility training
                                    2:30 PM – 9:30 PM
                                                             program.
Saturday                            8:00 AM – 4:00 PM        NOTE: These courses only meet during the second six-weeks of the quarter.
                                                             TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                                                             Orientations for PED 146SA, PED 146SB and PED 146SC will be held at
                                                             the following times: Tuesday, February 17, 8:00 AM and 6:00 PM
   remember ~ if you do not attend                           PED 146SA          2 hours per week/12 hour maximum               .25 unit
                                                             1        TBA - Open Lab                          Room: FEC
    the feC in the first two weeks,                                   Instructor: STAFF                       2/17/09 - 3/25/09
         you may be dropped.                                 PED 146SB       3 hours per week/18 hour maximum           .50 unit
                                                             1     TBA - Open Lab                        Room: FEC
        Attention New Students!                                    Instructor: STAFF                     2/17/09 - 3/25/09

 Apply now at www.ltcc.edu. Early application is             PED 146SC       5 hours per week/30 hour maximum           .75 unit
 strongly recommended to ensure your application             1     TBA - Open Lab                        Room: FEC
                                                                   Instructor: STAFF                     2/17/09 - 3/25/09
 is processed before registration begins.


 ATTENTION PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDENTS! You must register before you will be allowed to participate
          in any Physical Education course. Please register before you come to the first class.


                       COMMUNITY EDUCATION COURSES
Have you completed the Fitness Education Center courses? Have you completed the maximum repeatability for
swim classes? As an effort to provide students the opportunity to continue with life-long fitness, we have a “fee for
access” Community Education program. This program is designed to meet students’ needs once repeatability has
been reached in the designated courses. See page 73 for courses. Walk-in registration only.



      Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 59

    ATTENTION PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDENTS! You must register before you will be allowed to participate
             in any Physical Education course. Please register before you come to the first class.

                                                           Credit/No Credit Grading Option
     Students may now choose the credit/no credit grading option for some courses via WebReg at the time of registration. This
     option should not be chosen if there is any possibility that the course of units may be needed to meet degree, certificate or
      transfer requirements. Students are strongly advised to meet with a counselor before taking courses for credit/no credit.

                                                                                    PEF 102A        AEROBIC DANCE: LOW-IMPACT                       2.00 Units
         Physical Education - Fitness                                               This course is designed for students who desire to improve their
                                                                                    cardiovascular fitness, flexibility, coordination, and muscular strength
                              AEROBICS                                              through participation in low-impact aerobic activity. The course is appropriate
                                                                                    for persons who have injuries or conditions which limit or prevent high
                                                                                    impact activity.
PEF 101A         BODY BLAST                                       1.00 Units
                                                                                    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
This course is designed for all fitness levels and focuses on toning and
strengthening the muscles while improving endurance and cardiovascular              1 M,W,F 0700AM-0825AM                                            Dance Studio
fitness. Students use light weights, bands and steps to boost metabolism                 Instructor: Thennes, A                                 1/05/09 - 3/25/09
and improve fat-burning ability.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                PEF 102D        WORLD RHYTHMS                                   1.75 Units
1 T,Th           0800AM-0850AM                              Dance Studio            This course is designed for students seeking a cardiovascular workout to
     Instructor: Alvarez, R                             1/06/09 - 3/26/09           increase endurance while studying the cultural diversity of world rhythms.
                                                                                    Students will learn rhythm steps and techniques derived from traditional
                                                                                    world beat movements found in cultural and ethnic music and dance.
PEF 101B         CARDIOVASCULAR BODY                              1.75 Units
                                                                                    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                 SCULPTING
This course is designed for students of all fitness levels who desire an            1 T,Th           1000AM-1115AM                               Dance Studio
aggressive workout combining aerobic conditioning and specific weight                    Instructor: Thennes, A                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09
resistance training. The course will target the development and toning
of the major muscle groups, while building cardiovascular endurance.                PEF 131K        SPECIAL TOPIC: BOOT CAMP                        1.00 Units
Students will improve their cardiovascular fitness, flexibility, coordination,      This course is an intensive, results-oriented conditioning program that
muscle strength as well as shape their bodies through the use of weights            combines high-powered cardiovascular moves, interval training, weight
and participation in aerobic activity. Included in the course will be nutritional   training and weight work with sports and military drills. Each session trains
and other health related concepts.                                                  the entire body, head to toe, and helps the student develop functional
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                conditioning in an outdoor environment.
                                                                                    TRANSFERS: CSU
1 M,W            0430PM-0550PM                                       Room: G3
     Instructor: Daniels, M                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09       1 T,Th            0630AM-0720AM                                Dance Studio
                                                                                          Instructor: Alvarez, R                               1/06/09 - 3/26/09
PEF 101C         WOMEN ON WEIGHTS (WOW)                           1.00 Units
This course is a group personal training approach to working out with a                      Major snowstorm!
variety of resistance equipment. Students will learn to compliment their
aerobic workouts by applying resistance, nutritional practices, flexibility,               Are classes cancelled?
and postural training while boosting their metabolism.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                 In severe weather conditions, our main college phone
1 M              0100PM-0250PM                                 Room: G3                   line, 541-4660, will have updated messages
     Instructor: Ring, R                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09               regarding possible school closure, late start, class
noTe: additional classes held friday 1/9 & 1/16 from 0100Pm -
0250Pm in room G3.
                                                                                          cancellations, or other pertinent information.
                                                                                       You can also check the web site, www.ltcc.edu, to
2     T,Th        0530PM-0620PM                                  Dance Studio
      Instructor: Mazzoni, D                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                                    get updated information.

PEF 101G         STRENGTH TRAINING WITH
                 THERABALLS AND EXERTUBES
                                                                  1.00 Units
                                                                                               Where can students
This course is designed to increase strength, flexibility, and coordination
utilizing theraballs, exertubes, and other resistance equipment. Emphasis                       eat on campus?
will be on core abdominal strength.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                   The Kokanee Cafe is just a short walk down the
1 T,Th            0900AM-0950AM                                  Room: G3                 hallway on your way to the Student Center!
      Instructor: Arens, C                                1/06/09 - 3/26/09           Offering salads and sandwiches, soups, pizza slices
2     T,Th        0430PM-0520PM                                  Dance Studio                and wraps, with special features daily!
      Instructor: Mazzoni, D                                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09                         Open for lunch on
                                                                                           Monday - Thursday, 11:30 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.
                                                                                                        Need Coffee?
                                                                                        The Coffee Cart has drinks, food, and snacks
                                                                                      Monday - Thursday 7:45-11:30 a.m. & 2:00-6:30 p.m.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 60
    ATTENTION PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDENTS! You must register before you will be allowed to participate
             in any Physical Education course. Please register before you come to the first class.

     ALPINE SKIING AND SNOWBOARDING                                                                        BADMINTON
                                                                                PEF 118A        BADMINTON: BEGINNING                          1.75 Units
                                                                                This course covers the basic skills of badminton. Instruction on rules,
                imPorTanT noTiCe:                                               equipment, grip, positioning, and shotmaking will be included. Serves,
    Unfortunately, we are unable to offer our                                   clears, drives, smashes, and drop shots will be introduced and practiced.
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
    alpine Skiing and Snowboarding classes
                                                                                1 T,Th           0430PM-0545PM                                 Room: Gym
    this winter quarter. lTCC will make every                                        Instructor: Clark, J                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09
    effort to reinstate this program next year.
                                                                                PEF 118B        BADMINTON: INTERMEDIATE                       1.75 Units
    Please check next year's Winter Schedule                                    This course reviews the basic skills of badminton for singles and doubles
    for available courses.                                                      play. Advanced game strategy, tactics, and techniques will be introduced.
                                                                                ADVISORY: PEF 118A or equivalent.
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
    for other winter classes in Backcountry                                     1 T,Th           0430PM-0545PM                                Room: Gym
    Skiing & Snowboarding, Cross Country                                             Instructor: Clark, J                               1/06/09 - 3/24/09

    Skiing, Telemark Skiing, and Snowshoeing,                                                             BASKETBALL
    please see the Wilderness education section                                 PEF 130B        BASKETBALL: INTERMEDIATE                      1.75 Units
                                                                                This course covers intermediate techniques and skills of basketball.
    on pages 70-72.                                                             Students will also have the opportunity to compete according to skill level
                                                                                on both an individual and team basis.
                            AQUATICS                                            ADVISORY: PEF 130A or equivalent.
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
PEF 113A        MULTILEVEL SWIMMING FOR                        2.00 Units       1 T,Th          0600PM-0715PM                                Room: Gym
                                                                                    Instructor: Morris/Bugarske                        1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                FITNESS
This course is designed for swimmers of all levels who want to gain or
improve their skills and fitness through participation in a regular aquatic
                                                                                                             BOWLING
program.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                            PEF 112A        BEGINNING BOWLING                             0.75 Units
FACILITY USE FEE: $40                                                           This course is designed to provide the student with all the fundamentals
                                                                                and information required for participation in bowling at the beginning level.
1 M,W,F 1005AM-1125AM                                    Recreation Center      Instruction will include scoring, handicapping, selection of equipment,
    Instructor: Erickson, J                               1/05/09 - 3/25/09     approaches, and strategy.
noTe: Class will be held in the Cedar room at the recreation Center             TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
on friday, 1/16 - no pool access.                                               FACILITY USE FEE: $45
                                                                                1 F              1000AM-1210PM                                   Tahoe Bowl
PEF 113B        MASTERS SWIMMING                                .75 Units
                                                                                     Instructor: Spina, M                                  1/09/09 - 3/20/09
This course is for experienced swimmers. Students need to perform
the breaststroke, back crawl, butterfly, and front crawl. An assessment
of swimming ability to ensure minimum skills for participation will be
conducted at the first pool session.
ADVISORY: PEF 113A or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
FACILITY USE FEE: $40
1 T,Th          0630AM-0745AM                          Recreation Center
    Instructor: Gleckman, J                            1/06/09 - 3/26/09

PEF 113D        ADVANCED SWIMMING                              2.50 Units
This course is for experienced swimmers who want to improve their
technique, strength, and endurance. Students should be able to perform
the breaststroke, back crawl, butterfly, and front crawl. Class sessions will
typically consist of instructor-directed swimming workouts that include all
four strokes. An assessment of swimming ability to ensure minimum skills
for participation will be conducted at the first pool session.
ADVISORY: PEF 113A, PEF 113B, PEF 113C or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
FACILITY USE FEE:$40
1     M,W,F 0630AM-0755AM                                 Recreation Center
      Instructor: Erickson, J                             1/05/09 - 3/25/09




         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 61
 ATTENTION PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDENTS! You must register before you will be allowed to participate
          in any Physical Education course. Please register before you come to the first class.
PEF 112B        INTERMEDIATE BOWLING                            0.75 Units        PEF 137D        ICE HOCKEY: INTERMEDIATE                        1.00 Units
This course is designed to review the fundamentals of bowling and to              This course reviews the basic fundamental skills of ice hockey before
introduce more advanced skills and lane strategy. Instruction includes:           proceeding with more advanced play and tactics to enhance the students’
analysis of faults, advanced drills, individual videotaping and more              skills and abilities. This would include: skating with speed and control, stick
advanced techniques for the hook.                                                 and puck control, goalkeeping skills, offensive and defensive techniques,
ADVISORY: PEF 112A or equivalent.                                                 and positioning. Students must provide their own helmet, hockey stick,
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                              and skates. in the city league. Note: This class runs concurrently with PEF
FACILITY USE FEE: $45                                                             137C. Ice Skating skill and ability is strongly advised.
1 F              1000AM-1210PM                              Tahoe Bowl            additional note: Students who register for this class will be eligible
     Instructor: Spina, M                             1/09/09 - 3/20/09           to participate on the college ice hockey team that competes in the
                                                                                  city league.
                    CIRCUIT TRAINING                                              ADVISORY: PEF 137C or equivalent.
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
PEF 104F        CIRCUIT TRAINING                                1.00 Units        FACILITIES USE FEE: $50
This course provides an instructor led, structured physical conditioning          1 M,W              0805AM-0910AM                                    Ice Arena
program specifically designed for cardiovascular and strength training.                 Instructor: Huard, P                                  1/05/09 - 3/23/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
1 T,Th          1200PM-1250PM                                 Room: Gym                                     ICE SKATING
    Instructor: Morris, W                               1/06/09 - 3/26/09         PEF 137A        ICE SKATING: BEGINNING                          0.50 Units
                                                                                  Designed for beginning students, this course will teach the fundamentals of
                          FELDENKRAIS                                             skating. Students will learn a brief history of skating and essential skating
                                                                                  techniques. Students will learn the basic skills through skating drills,
PEF 142A        AWARENESS THROUGH          1.50 Units                             movements and exercises. Students must provide their own skates or they
                MOVEMENT: THE FELDENKRAIS METHOD                                  may rent skates at the ice rink.
This course provides the skills necessary to improve coordination, balance,       TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
agility and range of motion through lessons in movement. Emphasis is              FACILITIES USE FEE: $25
on developing efficient movement through awareness of the interaction             1 F              0730PM-0840PM                                     Ice Arena
between the muscular-skeletal and nervous systems. The universal                       Instructor: Staff                                     1/09/09 - 3/23/09
application of this method serves to refine sensory-motor skills required in
the performing arts, athletics and in daily activities.                                          INDOOR GROUP CYCLING
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
1 W               0100PM-0250PM                                   Room: G3        PEF 100B        WEIGHT TRAINING AND      1.00 Units
      Instructor: Gallanty, J                            1/07/09 - 3/25/09                        CARDIOVASCULAR ENDURANCE
                                                                                  This course is designed to improve students’ strength, endurance, and
                           ICE HOCKEY                                             flexibility as well as cardiovascular fitness. Students will use various
                                                                                  resistance equipment to improve their physical strength and learn how
PEF 131M        SPECIAL TOPIC: ICE HOCKEY:                            1 Unit      muscle strength and endurance relates to cycling. Students will determine
                COMPETITIVE TEAM                                                  their own range of motion based upon anatomical, biomechanical,
This course prepares students for competition in organized hockey games           physiological, and neurological limitations. Students will learn correct form
to be played at the City's Ice Arena.                                             and techniques while resistance training for optimal results. Hypertrophic
noTe: This class runs concurrently with Pef 137C and Pef 137d.                    factors from resistance training as they relate to cycling will be discussed.
Students are advised to contact the ice arena directly at 542-6262                The student can expect overall muscle and aerobic conditioning.
for league fees and schedule information. also see instructor about               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
league play.                                                                      1 T,Th            1200PM-1250PM                                    Room: G3
ADVISORY: PEF 137C or PEF 137D or equivalent.                                           Instructor: Denney, J                                1/06/09 - 3/26/09
TRANSFERS: CSU
FACILITY USE FEE: $50                                                             2   T,Th        0500PM-0550PM                                     Room: G3
                                                                                      Instructor: Ring, R                                    1/06/09 - 3/24/09
1 M,W            0805AM - 0910AM                                Ice Arena
     Instructor: Huard, P                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                  PEF 100D        INDOOR CYCLING                                  0.75 Units
PEF 137C        ICE HOCKEY: BEGINNING                           1.00 Units        This class is designed to improve students’ fitness and endurance by
Designed for beginning hockey students, this course will teach the                participating in a regular indoor cycling/spinning activity. Students will
fundamentals of the game. Instruction in these fundamental skills will            utilize the latest in indoor cycling equipment and be precision fit to their
be provided through skating, puck control, and shooting drills. Additional        bike for comfort and injury prevention. This program will closely follow the
instruction includes information on history, rules, tactics, and the importance   patterns of outdoor cycling including hill climbing, interval training, and
of good sportsmanship. Students must provide their own helmet, hockey             speed work. Participants will improve their muscle endurance, strength,
stick, and skates. Note: This course runs concurrently to PEF 137D. Ice           and cardiovascular fitness.
Skating skill and ability is strongly advised.                                    TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
additional note: Students who register for this class will be eligible            1 F               0630AM-0720AM                                  Room: G3
to participate on the college ice hockey team that competes in the                      Instructor: DeLoia, G                              1/09/09 - 3/27/09
city league.
ADVISORY: PEF 137A or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
FACILITY USE FEE: $50
1 M,W            0805AM-0910AM                                        Ice Arena
     Instructor: Huard, P                                     1/05/09 - 3/23/09

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 62

    ATTENTION PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDENTS! You must register before you will be allowed to participate
             in any Physical Education course. Please register before you come to the first class.
PEF 100E       PRECISION HEART-RATE                           1.00 Units       PEF 104D        HARD ‘CORE’ KICKBOXING                         1.75 Units
               TRAINING                                                        This course is designed to improve students’ cardiovascular fitness as well
This course will teach students how to incorporate aerobic training,           as focusing on improving core muscle strength. The first part of the course
threshold training, and anaerobic interval training safely during a cycling    will consist of a fast paced cardio kickboxing workout using heavy bags.
workout. Students will use a heart-rate monitor to safely monitor their        The second part of the class will focus on strengthening the torso, abs,
own heart-rate and improve their cardiovascular performance. Students          gluteus and quadriceps for overall core stability and strength. Gloves and
will learn the five heart-rate zones and apply different heart-rate formulas   wraps are required.
to calculate their ideal cycling workouts. Students are required to have a     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
heart-rate monitor. Cycling shoes are optional.                                1 M,W,F 1200PM-1250PM                                            Room: G3
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                 Instructor: Muskopf, S                             1/05/09 - 3/25/09
1 M,W             0800AM-0850AM                                   Room: G3     noTe: additional classes will be held Saturday, 1/10 & 1/17 from
      Instructor: Mazzoni, D                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09    1200Pm - 1250Pm in room G3.
noTe: additional classes for section 1 will be held Saturday, 1/10 &
1/17, 0800am - 0850am in roon G3.                                                                             SOCCER
2   M,W         0600PM-0650PM                              Room: G3
    Instructor: Daniels, M                          1/05/09 - 3/23/09          PEF 135E        INDOOR SOCCER: COMPETITIVE 1.00 Units
noTe: additional classes for section 2 will be held Saturday, 1/10 &           This course is designed for experienced soccer players to enhance
1/17 from 1100am - 1150am in room G3.                                          their skills and abilities in advanced soccer techniques and indoor game
3 T,Th          0630AM-0720AM                              Room: G3            strategies. Analysis and application of triangulation, player supporting runs,
    Instructor: Dickson-Humphries,T                 1/06/09 - 3/24/09          individual and team defensive strategies, and offensive movement will be
                                                                               covered.
PEF 100G       CARDIOFITNESS, FLEXIBILITY 1.75 Units                           ADVISORY: Completion of one soccer course or equivalent.
                                                                               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
               AND STRESS REDUCTION TECHNIQUES
This course is for students who want an intense cardiofitness workout,         1 M              0600PM-0810PM                                    Room: Gym
utilizing indoor bicycles in combination with flexibility training and              Instructor: Spina, M                                   1/05/09 - 3/23/09
visualization techniques. Students will balance their heart-healthy workout    2   W           0600PM-0750PM                                    Room: Gym
with injury-preventing stretching, breathing, and visualization techniques.        Instructor: DeLeon, C                                  1/07/09 - 3/25/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
1 M,W             0630AM-0750AM
      Instructor: Daniels, M
                                                                   Room: G3
                                                           1/05/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                              STRETCH & RELAXATION
2     T,Th        0600PM-0715PM                                 Room: G3       PEF 143B        STRETCHING AND RELAXATION                      1.75 Units
      Instructor: Ring, R                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09                     TECHNIQUES
                                                                               This course is designed for students who want to learn about, practice, and
                          KICKBOXING                                           improve their flexibility and stress management skills by participating in
                                                                               guided stretching and relaxation programs.
PEF 104A       BOX AEROBICS                                   1.75 Units       TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
This course combines age-old training strategies used by professional          1 M,W            0300PM-0420PM                              Dance Studio
boxers with the more modern concept of interval training. By incorporating          Instructor: Morris, W                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09
moves such as punches, jabs, shuffles and jumping rope, students will get
an all encompassing workout combining high level aerobic performance           PEF 143C        BREATH AND MEDITATION                          1.25 Units
with strength training intervals.                                              This course introduces students to breath and meditation which will include
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                           yoga breathing techniques and yoga postures. Instruction will cover
1 M,W            0900AM-1020AM                                  Room: G3       exploring students’ breathing patterns and how to deepen their breath, thus
     Instructor: Arens, C                               1/05/09 - 3/25/09      helping to calm the body, mind, and emotions which prepares students for
                                                                               meditation practice.
PEF 104C       POWERKICKBOXING                                1.00 Units       ADVISORY: Yoga experience is helpful but not required
This course combines the punches of boxing and the kicks of martial arts       TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
with the use of heavy bags to tone and strengthen muscles. Students learn      1 F              0430PM-0620PM                                  Room: G3
various combinations used by kickboxers. Emphasis is on correct technique           Instructor: Sullwold, S                            1/09/09 - 3/27/09
and physical fitness. Gloves and handwraps are required.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                                    TABLE TENNIS
1 T,Th           0800AM-0850AM                                 Room: G3
     Instructor: Arens, C                              1/06/09 - 3/26/09       PEF 119A        TABLE TENNIS: BEGINNING                        1.75 Units
                                                                               This course covers the basic skills of table tennis. Instruction on rules,
2     T,Th        0400PM-0450PM                                 Room: G3       equipment, grip, positioning, and shotmaking will be included.
      Instructor: Karaca, C                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                                                                               1 M,W           0430PM-0550PM                                  Room: Gym
                                                                                   Instructor: Morris, W                                1/05/09 - 3/23/09
     Looking for a class in Pilates?
 Pilates classes are listed under the Dance section
 of the schedule. Please see page 39.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 63

    ATTENTION PHYSICAL EDUCATION STUDENTS! You must register before you will be allowed to participate
             in any Physical Education course. Please register before you come to the first class.

                                                        Credit/No Credit Grading Option
      Students may now choose the credit/no credit grading option for some courses via WebReg at the time of registration. This
      option should not be chosen if there is any possibility that the course of units may be needed to meet degree, certificate or
       transfer requirements. Students are strongly advised to meet with a counselor before taking courses for credit/no credit.

PEF 119B        TABLE TENNIS: INTERMEDIATE                    1.75 Units        PEF 136C        VOLLEYBALL: COMPETITIVE                        1.00 Units
This course reviews the basic skills of table tennis for singles and doubles    This course is designed for experienced volleyball players to enhance their
play. Intermediate game strategy, tactics, and techniques will be covered.      skills and abilities in advanced volleyball techniques and game strategies.
ADVISORY: PEF 119A or equivalent.                                               Analysis and application of team positioning, passing and setting, offensive
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                            and defensive sets will be covered.
1 M,W            0430PM-0550PM                                   Room: Gym      note: This class will provide more of an instructional component of
     Instructor: Morris, W                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09    skill and strategy development.
                                                                                ADVISORY: Completion of one volleyball course or equivalent.
                       T’AI CHI CHUAN                                           TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                                                                                1 T               0730PM-0920PM                                 Room: Gym
PEF 131H        SPECIAL TOPIC: BEGINNING                      1.25 Units              Instructor: Yandell, B                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                CHI KUNG
Chi Kung (Qigong) is a training system practiced since ancient times in                                          YOGA
China for increasing ones’ strength, flexibility, and a calmness of mind. It
has been scientifically documented for its effectiveness both in healing and    PEF 140A        BEGINNING YOGA                                 1.25 Units
preventing disease. Techniques taught will include healing postures, gentle     This course introduces the student to the science and practice of Hatha
repetitive movement, self-massage, breathing practices, and meditation. No      Yoga. Emphasis will be on posture training and exercises designed to
special equipment is required, and it is suitable for every age and physical    achieve strength, flexibility, and proper body alignment. Additional topics
condition.                                                                      to be covered include meditation, breathing and relaxation techniques for
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  reduction of stress and tension. Special focus will be placed on methods to
                                                                                incorporate these tools into all areas of daily life.
1 M,W           1200PM-1250PM                                 Dance Studio      TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
    Instructor: Cross, M                                  1/05/09 - 3/25/09
noTe: additional classes will be held friday 1/9 & 1/16 from                    1 T,Th           0100PM-0250PM                                   Room: G3
1200Pm - 1250Pm in the dance Studio.                                                 Instructor: Cross, A                                 1/06/09 - 2/12/09
                                                                                2 M,W            1030AM-1145AM                                   Room: G3
PEF 141A        BEGINNING T’AI CHI CHUAN                      1.25 Units             Instructor: Haubrich, L                              1/05/09 - 3/04/09
This course is an introduction to the study and practice of the “Yang Style”
form of T’ai Chi Ch’uan. Discussion will include history and philosophical      PEF 140B        INTERMEDIATE YOGA                              1.25 Units
principles. Practice will involve Chi Kung exercises and the first three        The student will have the opportunity to further their knowledge and learn
sections of the Yang long form.                                                 the techniques of Hatha Yoga. Additional postures and exercises designed
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                            to achieve strength, flexibility, and proper body alignment will be presented
1 T,Th           0100PM-0250PM                                Dance Studio      as well as advanced meditation, breathing, and relaxation techniques for
     Instructor: Nanamura, S                             1/06/09 - 2/12/09      reduction of stress and tension. Special focus will be placed on methods to
                                                                                incorporate these tools into all areas of daily life.
                                                                                ADVISORY: PEF 140A or equivalent.
PEF 141B        INTERMEDIATE T’AI CHI CHUAN 1.25 Units
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
This course is a continued study and practice of the Yang style form of T’ai
Chi Ch’uan. It will include Chi Kung and the first two sections of the long     1 T,Th           0100PM-0250PM                                     Room: G3
form.                                                                                Instructor: Cross, A                                 2/17/09 - 3/26/09
ADVISORY: PEF 141A or equivalent.                                               2 M,W            0300PM-0415PM                                     Room: G3
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                                 Instructor: Sullwold, S                              1/05/09 - 3/04/09
1 T,Th           0100PM-0250PM                               Dance Studio       3 F              0900AM-1050AM                                     Room: G3
     Instructor: Nanamura, S                            2/17/09 - 3/26/09            Instructor: Sullwold, S                              1/09/09 - 3/27/09

                          VOLLEYBALL                                                                        WELLNESS
PEF 131L        SPECIAL TOPIC: TEAM SPORTS                    0.25 Units        PEF 550         FITNESS FOR LIFE                               0.00 Units
                VOLLEYBALL                                                                      (ADULT WELLNESS)
League competition in co-ed volleyball provides students with the opportunity   This course provides an instructor-led, structured, physical conditioning
to compete on either 6-person or 4-person teams.                                program specifically designed for the older adult. Emphasis is on flexibility,
Note: Students may register individually and will be placed on a team or        range of motion movement exercises, upper and lower body strengthening,
students may register as part of an established team.                           and cardiovascular wellness. Individualized instructional programming is
NOTE: This is a six week class.                                                 utilized.
ADVISORY: PEF 136A or equivalent.                                               note: This class takes place inside the Gymnasium and meets 3 times
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  per week.
1 Th             0730PM-0920PM                                  Room: Gym       ADVISORY: If certain medical conditions exist, a physician’s note may be
     Instructor: Yandell, B                              1/08/09 - 2/12/09      required.
                                                                                REG: Walk-in registration only.
2    Th          0730PM-0920PM                                 Room: Gym
                                                                                1 M,W,F 0900AM-1025AM                                          Room: Gym
     Instructor: Yandell, B                              2/19/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                      Instructor: Wright, J                             1/05/09 - 3/25/09

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 64

        Physical Education - Health                                                                    Physical Science
PEH 100         PERSONAL HEALTH                                 4.00 Units        PHS 131H        SPECIAL TOPIC: OCEANOGRAPHY 4.00 Units
                AND WELLNESS                                                      This course is an introduction to the marine environment. Students will
This course will introduce students to the scope of current personal health       explore the physical and biological characteristics of the world ocean. Areas
issues and practices. Emphasis will be placed on a personal health analysis       of emphasis will include ocean basin geology, waves and tides, ocean
and proactive behavior to improve and enhance one’s lifestyle practices and       circulation, coastal features and processes, marine ecology, ocean flora and
experiences. Students will explore the interdependence dynamics of current        fauna, and human/environmental pressures.
health issues and practices that utilize the balance of mind, body, and spirit.   TRANSFERS: CSU
Various aspects of wellness will be discussed including stress management,        1 M,W            0600PM-0810PM                                   Room: G2-B
weight control, nutrition, fitness, healthy relationships, human sexuality,            Instructor: Valentine, S/ Kloss, S                    1/05/09 - 3/23/09
positive lifestyle habits, and strategies to avoid disease.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
1 T,Th            0400PM-0550PM                                  Room: A208                                     Physics
     Instructor: Dickson-Humphries,T                        1/06/09 - 3/24/09

PEH 101         NUTRITION                                       4.00 Units        PHY 105         GENERAL PHYSICS                               5.00 Units
This course covers the fundamentals of nutrition. It will include the study       This sequence satisfies the lower division physics requirement for a major
of nutrients and nutritional needs, and their roles in the creation and           in pre-medicine or the biological sciences. Topics to be covered include
enhancement of good health. Students will learn how to read labels,               kinetic theory, thermodynamics, and wave phenomena such as vibrations,
combine food groups and select and prepare foods to maximize their                sound and light.
nutritional benefits. This course is cross-listed as HEC 105 on page 49 of        PREREQUISITE: PHY 104 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
the schedule.                                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (course limit)
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                              CAN SEQUENCE: PHY 104+105+106 = PHYS SEQ A
CAN CODE: FCS 2                                                                   1 Lec: T,Th 1000AM-1150AM                                     Room: D108
1 T              0610PM-1000PM                              Room: HSPC5                Lab: F      1230PM-0320PM                                Room: D103
     Instructor: Dickson-Humphries, T                    1/06/09 - 3/24/09             Instructor: Cox, C                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09

2   T,Th        1000AM-1150AM                                   Room: G2-B        PHY 107         GENERAL PHYSICS (CALCULUS) - 5.00 Units
    Instructor: Denney, J                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                                  MECHANICS
                                                                                  This course satisfies the lower-division physics requirement for a major in
PEH 104         HUMAN SEXUALITY                                 4.00 Units        physics, physical science, chemistry, geology, or engineering. It focuses
This course is an examination of the physical, social, and psychological          upon mechanics with the use of calculus. Topics include: Linear motion,
aspects of human sexuality. Topics covered will include: evolution of present     Newton’s laws, Energy and Momentum, Conservation laws, Rotational
attitudes, the 60’s “sexual revolution”, sexually transmitted diseases, and       motion.
the future of male and female relationships. This course is cross-listed as       PREREQUISITE: MAT 105 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent or
PSY 106 on page 66 of the schedule.                                               appropriate skills demonstrated through the math assessment process.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                              COREQUISITE: MAT 106 or equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated
1 M,W             0400PM-0550PM                                 Room: B103        through the math assessment process. Prior completion of MAT 106 with a
      Instructor: Ring, R                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09       grade of “C” also satisfies this corequisite.
noTe: additional classes will be held friday, 1/9 & friday 1/16 from              TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (course limit)
4:00 pm - 5:50 pm in room B103.                                                   CAN SEQUENCE: PHYS 8, PHYS SEQ B & C
                                                                                  1 T,Th           0330PM-0520PM                                Room: D108
        Physical Education - Theory                                                    Th          1230PM-0320PM
                                                                                       Instructor: Cox, C
                                                                                                                                                Room: D103
                                                                                                                                           1/06/09 - 3/24/09

PET 101         EXERCISE PROGRAM DESIGN                         2.00 Units        PHY 208         GENERAL PHYSICS (CALCULUS) - 5.00 Units
In this course, the science of exercise program design will be introduced.                        MODERN
Physiological adaptations to endurance, resistance, and flexibility training      This course satisfies the lower-division physics requirement for a major
will be discussed while exercise prescription and teaching cues for fitness       in physics, physical science, chemistry, geology, or engineering. Topics
instruction will be introduced.                                                   include: relativity, quantum physics, atomic, nuclear, and particle physics.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                               PREREQUISITE: PHY 207 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or better. MAT
                                                                                  107 or equivalent or appropriate skills demonstrated through the math
1 W               0600PM-0750PM                              Room: G4-B
                                                                                  assessment process
      Instructor: Morris, W                             1/07/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (course limit)
PET 103         FITNESS ASSESSMENT                              2.00 Units        1 M,W             0900AM-1050AM                                 Room: D108
This course is designed for the fitness specialist or enthusiast who is                F            0800AM-1115AM                                 Room: D103
interested in basic fitness tests to evaluate muscle strength and endurance,           Instructor: Cox, C                                   1/05/09 - 3/25/09
flexibility, cardiovascular endurance, and body composition. Testing
standards, protocols, and principles for designing exercise programs will
be included.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                     Take a class in Oceanography!
1 W              0400PM-0550PM                                  Room: G4-B        Explore the physical and biological characteristics
     Instructor: Beckham, R                                1/07/09 - 3/25/09      of the world Ocean. See PHS 131H above.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 65

                     Political Science                                                                      Psychology
POL 101         UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT                       4.00 Units        PSY 101         GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY                              4.00 Units
This course is a study of the formation and development of the United            This course is an introduction to the theories and methodological approaches
States national government, the Constitution, and the national government’s      in psychology. The subject matter will include such topics as the physiological
organization, function, and powers. Emphasis is given to California state        bases of behavior, learning, memory, sensation, perception, cognition,
and local government as examples of Federalism.                                  social behavior, personality, motivation, emotion, human development, and
ADVISORY: ENG 101 and ENG 103.                                                   abnormal behavior.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
CAN CODE: GOVT 2                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 M,W            0130PM-0320PM                                 Room: B103        CAN CODE: PSY 2
     Instructor: Adams, S                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09      1 M,W            1100AM-0105PM                                   Room: G2-B
noTe: an additional class will be held on friday 1/9 from 0130Pm -                    Instructor: Tomolillo, C                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09
0320 Pm in room B103.
                                                                                 2   T           0610PM-1000PM                                 Room: HSST3
2    Th          0600PM-0950PM                                 Room: B103            Instructor: STAFF                                      1/06/09 - 3/24/09
     Instructor: Adams, S                                 1/08/09 - 3/26/09

POL 122         CALIFORNIA STATE CAPITOL -                     1.50 Units
                                                                                 3
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Lin, E                         1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                SACRAMENTO                                                       week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
This course is a survey of the California legislature, executive, and judicial   to avoid being dropped.
process with special emphasis given to current California state and
local issues. The course consists of several lectures and a field trip to
                                                                                 PSY 102         CHILD AND ADOLESCENT                            4.00 Units
Sacramento where students will meet their representatives in the Senate
and assembly, take a tour of the governor’s office, and attend sessions of
                                                                                                 DEVELOPMENT
                                                                                 This course is an introduction to the theoretical concepts and methodological
the legislature.
                                                                                 approaches in child and adolescent development. Developmental processes
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                 through maturation and learning will be examined. Different theoretical
1 Orient:F (3/6)               0600PM-0950PM                    Room: B103       perspectives (biological, cognitive, social, behavioral, emotional, and
     Field:M (3/9)             0700AM-0450PM                                     evolutionary) will be explored and relevant research discussed. This course
     Lec: F (3/13)             0600PM-0950PM                    Room: B103       is cross-listed with ECE 102 on page 40 of the schedule.
     Instructor: Adams, S                                 3/06/09 - 3/13/09      ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                           Portuguese                                            1 T,Th           1000AM-1150AM
                                                                                      Instructor: Tomolillo, C
                                                                                                                                                  Room: E100
                                                                                                                                             1/06/09 - 3/24/09

POR 191B SPECIAL TOPIC:            3.00 Units
         CONVERSATIONAL PORTUGUESE, PART II
This course is a continuation of POR 191A. It is designed to assist students
                                                                                 2
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Guiney-Olsen,K                 1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
in continuing to acquire practical conversational skills in Portuguese.          week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
Students will continue to develop the ability to understand and speak            to avoid being dropped.
everyday conversational Portuguese through the introduction of vocabulary,
elementary grammatical structures, and idiomatic expressions. The basics         PSY 103         ADULT DEVELOPMENT                               4.00 Units
of reading and writing will be continued. Students will also acquire an          This course completes the psychology series on human development which
appreciation for cultures of Portuguese-speaking countries.                      started with Child and Adolescent Development. The course covers the
ADVISORY: POR 191A with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.                  developmental sequence from young adulthood to late adulthood. These
1 T              0600PM-0850PM                                   Room: G5        stages of adult development will be studied from physical, social, emotional,
     Instructor: Newbold, E                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09       and cognitive perspectives. The course will also include issues of death and
                                                                                 bereavement.
                                                                                 ADVISORY: ENG 101 and PSY 101 or equivalent.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC

        Where can students                                                       1
                                                                                              ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                               Instructor: Guiney-Olsen,K                 1/05/09 - 3/26/09
         eat on campus?                                                          noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                 week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
     The Kokanee Cafe is just a short walk down the                              to avoid being dropped.
        hallway on your way to the Student Center!
                                                                                 PSY 104         SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY                               4.00 Units
    Offering salads and sandwiches, soups, pizza slices                          This course is an introduction to the theories and methodological approaches
           and wraps, with special features daily!                               in social psychology. The course will examine how people think about,
    Hours: Monday - Thursday, 11:30 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.,                            influence, and interact with others. The topics covered in class will include

                  Need coffee?
                                                                                 person perception, attitude formation and change, interpersonal attraction,
                                                                                 persuasion and influence, prejudice and stereotyping, aggression, and
      The Coffee Cart has drinks, food, and snacks                               prosocial behavior.
                                                                                 ADVISORY: ENG 101 and PSY 101 or equivalent.
    Monday - Thursday 7:45-11:30 a.m. & 2:00-6:30 p.m.
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 1 T,Th           0100PM-0250PM                                  Room: A250
                                                                                      Instructor: Tomolillo, C                             1/06/09 - 3/26/09

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                     LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 66

PSY 106         HUMAN SEXUALITY                                 4.00 Units        RES 154         REAL ESTATE FINANCE                            4.00 Units
This course is an examination of the physical, social, and psychological          This course examines real estate financing and interactions with lending
aspects of human sexuality. Topics covered will include: evolution of present     institutions. Topics include the money market, interest rates, and the various
attitudes, the 60’s “sexual revolution”, sexually transmitted diseases, and       loan programs, including conventional and government backed loans.
the future of male and female relationships. This course is cross-listed as       Emphasis will be on the loan process from application, approval, funding
PEH 104/PSY 106 on page 64 of the schedule.                                       and the close of escrow. This course will address the loan process from
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                           the perspective of both the lender and the borrower. Successful course
1 M,W             0400PM-0550PM                                 Room: B103        completion applies toward the California Department of Real
      Instructor: Ring, R                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09        Estate’s educational requirements for the broker’s examination.
noTe: additional classes will be held on friday, 1/09 & 1/16 from                 ADVISORY: RES 151 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
0400Pm - 0550Pm in room B103.

PSY 107         PERSONALITY AND THE                             4.00 Units
                                                                                  1
                                                                                               ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                Instructor: Ratkovich, J                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                  noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                PSYCHOLOGY OF THE SELF                                            week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
This course is an introduction to personality and the understanding of            to avoid being dropped.
the self. The course will cover such topics as theories of personality,
knowledge structures of the self, self-presentation, self-esteem, “I” vs. “me”,   RES 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                        1.00-6.00 Units
depression, and well-being. The self will be examined from psychoanalytic,                        EXPERIENCE
social, and cognitive perspectives.                                               For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page 73.
ADVISORY: PSY 101 and ENG 101                                                     TRANSFERS: CSU
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                           REG: Walk-in registration only.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Kleyman, K                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                  1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T

                                                                                  RES 133 1 OCCUPATIONAL WORK
                                                                                                                                         1/05/09 - 3/26/09

                                                                                                                                           1.00-6.00 Units
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                         EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP
to avoid being dropped.                                                           For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
                                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU
PSY 113         PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN                             4.00 Units        REG: Walk-in registration only.
                RELATIONS                                                         1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
This course is designed to introduce students to theoretical perspectives
and conceptual issues pertaining to interpersonal relationships. The course
will include such topics as relationship processes, relationship goals,
friendships, interpersonal attraction, love, social power, jealousy, and
                                                                                                             Recreation
conflict.
ADVISORY: PSY 101 and ENG 101 or equivalent.                                      REC 191D        SPECIAL TOPIC: BEGINNER                        2.25 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR                                                                               SNOWSPORTS INSTRUCTION
                                                                                  This course is designed to prepare students for a Level 1 certification under
1 W              0610PM-1000PM                               Room: HSST3
                                                                                  both the Professional Ski Instructors of America (PSIA) and the America
     Instructor: St.James, G                              1/07/09 - 3/25/09
                                                                                  Association of Snowboard Instruction (AASI) and is considered the first
                                                                                  stage of professional development as a ski/snowboard instructor. This
PSY 202         ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY                             4.00 Units        course will prepare students to teach all aspects of beginning skiing and/
This course is an introduction to the scientific study of mental illness and      or snowboarding.
mental disorder. The course will cover such topics as diagnosis, causes,          ADVISORY: Students must be competent and comfortable on blue terrain.
treatments, biological and cultural influences, and social consequences of
various mental illnesses.                                                         1 Lec: Th (1/8,1/29, 2/12) 0100PM-0350PM                           Room: G6
ADVISORY: PSY 101 and ENG 101 or equivalent.                                           Field:Th (all other dates) 0100PM-0350PM               Sierra at Tahoe
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                Instructor: Mitchell, K                             1/08/09 - 3/26/09

1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Tomolillo, C                   1/05/09 - 3/26/09              Interested in becoming a
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                   Ski or Snowboard Instructor?
to avoid being dropped.                                                                                    Sign up for
                                                                                        Beginner Snowsports Instruction - REC 191D
                           Real Estate                                                             taught at Sierra-at-Tahoe.
                                                                                      This course will prepare students to teach all aspects
RES 151         CALIFORNIA REAL ESTATE                          4.00 Units
                                                                                             of beginning skiing and snowboarding!
                PRINCIPLES
This is a fundamental real estate course covering the basic laws and
principles of California real estate. The course provides the understanding,
                                                                                          Save this date for Spring!
background, and terminology necessary for advanced study in specialized                                     Sign up for
courses. Enrollment in this course is required by the California Department                Whitewater Guide School - WLD 131AU
of Real Estate prior to taking the real estate salesperson’s examination.
                                                                                      Don't miss this opportunity to learn and adventure on
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Heggen, S                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                          some Sierra Whitewater over Spring Break!
                                                                                      This Spring class will start March 24 and end April 4.
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                               Registration begins March 17.
to avoid being dropped.

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 67

                             Religion                                                                  Sign Language
REL 103         WORLD RELIGIONS                               4.00 Units        SNL 101         SIGN LANGUAGE: AMERICAN     5.00 Units
This course is an intensive analysis of religions as cultural systems.
Meet Buddha, Moses, the Great Goddess, Muhammad, and Christ.
                                                                                                SIGN LANGUAGE - ELEMENTARY I
                                                                                This course provides a basic foundation for acquiring a visual gestural
Observe rituals, prayers, and meditation practices. Experience the art
                                                                                language, fingerspelling, American Sign Language (ASL) vocabulary, and
and architecture of temples, mosques, and shrines. Learn the basics of
                                                                                grammatical structure. Beginning communication skills are taught with
sacred scripture. Tell the story of nirvana, eternity and Heaven. Compare
                                                                                an emphasis on comprehension. Basic cultural aspects of Deafness and
and contrast the major ethical traditions and see their role in economic and
                                                                                historical and linguistic elements of sign language will be introduced. This
political movements.
                                                                                course is taught primarily in American Sign Language.
ADVISORY: English 101 or equivalent.
                                                                                TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                1 M,W            0330PM-0555PM                                  Room: L107
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Provost, J                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                     Instructor: Johnston, K                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09


week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                                SNL 106         FINGERSPELLING I                                1.50 Units
                                                                                This course introduces students to the American Manual Alphabet
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                (Fingerspelling) and provides introductory knowledge, techniques, and
2   M,W         1100AM-0105PM                                  Room: A251       skills development in understanding and using fingerspelling. It focuses on
                Instructor: Teats,D                       1/05/09 - 3/23/09     providing hands-on experiences in class to improve student’s basic skills.
                                                                                This course is strongly recommended for those interested in the field of
REL 105         EASTERN RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS 4.00 Units                         interpreting educational or other professional fields which work with Deaf
This course is an exploration of the religious and philosophical traditions     people.
of India, China and Japan Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Sikhism, Taoism,         ADVISORY: SNL 101 or equivalent.
Confucianism and Shinto.                                                        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.                                                1 W               0130PM-0320PM                                Room: L107
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                               Instructor: Johnston, K                            1/28/09 - 3/25/09
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Provost, J                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first                                           Sociology
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                SOC 101         INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY                       4.00 Units
                                                                                This course is an introduction to the basic principles of sociological inquiry.
REL 131L        SPECIAL TOPIC: THE PRINCIPAL 2.00 Units
                                                                                It includes analysis of social structures and social behavior, including
                TEACHINGS OF BUDDHISM                                           socialization, social institutions, race, class, gender, deviance and social
This course will examine Level 1 of The Steps to Buddhahood called,             change. As well, students will be exposed to the basic theoretical and
“The Three Principal Paths.” The three paths are, Renunciation, the wish        methodological approaches of the discipline.
to achieve enlightenment for every living being, and having a correct           ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
World view. These are examined through the perceptions of causality and         TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
emptiness, which in turn leads to the goal of every major religion - ultimate   CAN CODE: SOC 2
happiness.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  1 Th             0610PM-1000PM                                Room: HSPC1
                                                                                     Instructor: Staff                                     1/08/09 - 3/26/09
1 Th            1000AM-1150AM                                   Room: A213      noTe: This class will meet in room a255 (lTCC main Campus) on
    Instructor: Nanamura, S 1/08/09 - 3/26/09                                   Thursday, 1/29 from 0600-0950Pm.

REL 131N        SPECIAL TOPIC: THE TEACHINGS 2.00 Units
                OF BUDDHISM: IMPORTANCE OF
                MEDITATION
                                                                                2
                                                                                             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                              Instructor: Annaloro, N                    1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
This course focuses upon the key principles of Buddhism that relate to the      week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
practice of effective meditation. Through the effective Buddhist meditation     to avoid being dropped.
methods, students will learn how meditation interacts with Buddhist
religion. This type of meditation is based upon The Stages of Meditation        SOC 102         MARRIAGE, FAMILIES, AND                         4.00 Units
(Bhavana Krama) by Master Kamalashila (750 A.D.), and presentations by                          INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS
Je Tsongkapa and Pabonka Rinpoche. Topics include; a description of all         This course is a study of the family as a social unit and institution, with
the different types of meditation, conditions of the environment conducive      emphasis on the various forms and functions of the family, as well as the
to meditation, the parts of a meditation practice, the preliminaries to         family as a social problem. Cross-cultural families and non-traditional family
undertake prior to meditation, the eight-point meditation posture, the best     forms, such as the gay and lesbian family and single-parent form, will be
objects to focus the mind upon during meditation, the five problems which       compared with more traditional forms like the nuclear family. Additional
occur within meditation, the eight corrections to these problems, the nine      emphasis will be placed on patterns of dating and the variety of intimate
resulting meditative states which lead to the attainment of deep meditative     relationships in society.
concentration, or quietude.                                                     ADVISORY: ENG 101 or equivalent.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                  TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR,UC
1 T               1000AM-1150AM                                Room: A213
      Instructor: Nanamura, S                             1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                                1
                                                                                             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                              Instructor: Rozga, R                       1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
                                                                                to avoid being dropped.
        Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                  LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 68
                                                                               SPA 152         CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH II                      3.00 Units
                             Spanish                                           Following SPA 151, this course will assist students in continuing to acquire
                                                                               conversational skills in Spanish. Students will continue to develop the ability
                                                                               to speak everyday conversational Spanish through additional vocabulary,
SPA 101        ELEMENTARY SPANISH I                          5.00 Units        grammar, and idiomatic expressions.
This beginning course is an introduction to the speaking, reading, writing,    ADVISORY: SPA 151 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
and understanding of elementary Spanish. Elementary grammatical                1 T              0600PM-0850PM                                  Room: A251
structures as used in the context of oral communication will be introduced          Instructor: Wackenhut, S                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09
and studied, which will aid the student in developing effective, competent,
and grammatically correct communication skills. This course contains a         SPA 202         INTERMEDIATE SPANISH                           5.00 Units
cultural component that will allow the student to develop an appreciation of   This is a continuation of SPA 201, and further introduces more complex
the culture of Spanish-speaking countries.                                     grammatical structures and vocabulary, which aids in the development
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        of intermediate communication skills in speaking, listening, reading, and
CAN SEQUENCE: SPA 101+102+103 = SPAN SEQ A                                     writing. An appreciation and understanding of Spanish-speaking cultures
                                                                               continues through the introduction and study of Spanish literature.
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Barclay, N                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                               PREREQUISITE: SPA 201 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
                                                                               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor            CAN SEQUENCE: SPA 201+202+203 = SPAN SEQ B
to avoid being dropped.                                                        1 T,Th            0330PM-0555PM                                Room: A251
                                                                                     Instructor: Pierce, S                             1/06/09 - 3/24/09
2   M,W         1100AM-0125PM                                 Room: L107
    Instructor: Barclay, N                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                               SPA 210         ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR 5.00 Units
SPA 102        ELEMENTARY SPANISH II                         5.00 Units                        AND COMPOSITION I
This course, a continuation of SPA 101, is designed to continue building       This advanced level course emphasizes the proper use of Spanish grammar.
elementary grammatical structures that focus on the speaking, reading,         Students will improve their ability to write clear paragraphs and compositions.
writing, and understanding of elementary Spanish. Students will continue to    Focus is on the use of Spanish verb tenses. Oral communication is at the
build their communication skills through the introduction of new vocabulary    intermediate to advanced levels. An appreciation of Spanish-speaking
and more complex grammatical structures, including the present and past        cultures is presented by means of readings, presentations, literature, and
tenses. Students will continue to develop an appreciation of the culture of    composition themes. The course is conducted primarily in Spanish.
Spanish-speaking countries.                                                    PREREQUISITE: SPA 203 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.
PREREQUISITE: SPA 101 with a grade of “C” or better or equivalent.             TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        1 T,Th           0100PM-0325PM                                    Room: L107
CAN SEQUENCE: SPA 101+102+103 = SPAN SEQ A                                          Instructor: Barclay, N                                  1/06/09 - 3/26/09
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Barclay, N                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                                                               Speech
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
to avoid being dropped.                                                        SPE 101         PUBLIC SPEAKING                                4.00 Units
                                                                               This course offers instruction and practice in public speaking by listening to
2   T,Th        1030AM-1255PM                                 Room: A251       and evaluating speeches. The course includes: preparation and presentation
    Instructor: Pierce, S                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09     of speeches for various occasions, with emphasis placed on developing,
3   M,W         0330PM-0555PM                                 Room: A251       organizing and stating ideas.
    Instructor: Alper, M                                 1/05/09 - 3/23/09     ADVISORY: ENG152
                                                                               TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
4   T,Th        0600PM-0825PM                                 Room: A206       CAN CODE: SPCH 4
    Instructor: Goldberg, K                              1/06/09 - 3/24/09
                                                                               1 T,Th           0400PM-0550PM                                 Room: A211
                                                                                    Instructor: Lynn, M                                  1/06/09 - 3/26/09
SPA 110        HISPANIC CIVILIZATION AND                     4.00 Units
               CULTURE                                                         2   T           0610PM-1000PM                                 Room: HSPC3
This course is an interdisciplinary study of Latin America focusing on the         Instructor: McKinnon, T                                1/06/09 - 3/24/09
history, culture, and civilizations of Spanish-speaking countries. Students
will study pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish conquest, independence,    SPE 102         INTERCULTURAL                                  4.00 Units
and revolution in order to build a foundation to understand modern-day Latin                   COMMUNICATIONS
American society.                                                              This course will give students an understanding of the dynamics of
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                        intercultural communications including American culture, subcultures, and
                                                                               contrasting cultures. Emphasis will be placed on self-awareness, personal
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: Hardin, P                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
                                                                               world view, ethnic groups, cognitive differences, verbal and non-verbal
                                                                               differences, culture stress, and intercultural skills.
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor            ADVISORY: ENG152
to avoid being dropped.                                                        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC

SPA 151        CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH I                      3.00 Units
This introductory course will assist students in acquiring beginning level
                                                                               1
                                                                                            ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                             Instructor: Simons, P                      1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                               noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
conversational skills in Spanish. Students will develop the ability to use     week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
everyday conversational Spanish through the introduction of vocabulary,        to avoid being dropped.
elementary grammatical structures, and idiomatic expressions.
1 W             0600PM-0850PM                                Room: A251
    Instructor: Newbold, E                              1/07/09 - 3/25/09

        Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 69

SPE 104         SPEECH COMMUNICATION                             4.00 Units         THE 114         INTRODUCTION TO                                 4.00 Units
This course is an introduction to speech communication, including learning to                       SCREENWRITING
listen effectively, non-verbal communication, interpersonal communication,          This screenplay writing workshop explores the fundamentals of writing
small group discussion and speaking to an audience. Emphasis will be                for film and television, and develops writing skill and style in the areas of
placed on building self-confidence and developing the student’s ability to          dialogue, description, character, and story structure.
communicate with others.                                                            TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
ADVISORY: ENG152
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 Th              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: D108
                                                                                    1
                                                                                                 ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
                                                                                                  Instructor: O’Neill, E                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                    noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first
      Instructor: McKinnon, T                            1/08/09 - 3/26/09          week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor
2    T,Th        0100PM-0250PM                                   Room: E100         to avoid being dropped.
     Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                    PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
                                                                                    This course emphasizes rehearsal techniques for public performance. The
                          Theatre Arts                                              focus of this course is on acting, scene design, lighting, sound, costuming,
                                                                                    and production. Students will enroll in 1-4 units depending on the size
                                                                                    of the role or assignment. This course culminates in the production and
THE 101         INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE                          4.00 Units         performance of a play. “Everyone needs to laugh, especially in the middle of
This course is an introduction to theatre as both an art form and social            a cold winter. To meet the recommended quota of laughs-per-day prescribed
forum. The course will develop interest and understanding in theatre arts           by the Department of Public Health, Lake Tahoe Community College is
including the general nature of theatrical presentations, elements of dramatic      pleased to announce its winter play Short-attention-Span Comedy”.
structure, and distinctive and collaborative contributions of the actor,            note:auditions and interviews are required before registration.
director, designers, technicians, and audience in theatrical presentations.         AUDITIONS: January 6th at 700PM in the Duke Theatre.
Fundamental acting concepts and skills will be introduced.                          PERFORMANCES: March 12-14, 19-21 at 800PM; March 22 at 200PM.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                             PREREQUISITE: Audition/interview
CAN CODE: DRAM 18                                                                   TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
1 T,Th           0400PM-0550PM                                    Room: F111        REG: Walk-in registration only.
     Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/24/09       THE 128A        PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES                           1.00 Units
                                                                                    1   36 hours TBA                                                 Room: F111
THE 108         IMPROVISATIONAL THEATRE                          4.00 Units             Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
Through participation in theatre games, students will learn to improvise
a story, character, and setting. Through pantomime as well as vocal                 THE 128B        PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES                           2.00 Units
techniques, students will create original works of Improvisational Theatre.         1   48 hours TBA                                                 Room: F111
This course is recommended for actors of all levels as well as anyone                   Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
interested in the creative process.                                                 THE 128C         PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES                          3.00 Units
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                             1   84 hours TBA                                                 Room: F111
1 M,W            0330PM-0535PM                                Room: F111                Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
     Instructor: Bullis, E                              1/05/09 - 3/23/09
                                                                                    THE 128D         PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES                          4.00 Units
THE 111A        A STUDY OF FILM: AMERICAN                         1.00 Units        1   120 hours TBA                                                Room: F111
                                                                                        Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
                FILM: BASEBALL ON FILM
This course will explore how baseball has been used by film makers to
represent the American experience from 1942's Pride of the Yankees to               ADVANCED PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
the more current perspectives of films like Bull Durham and The Natural.            See course information above under Production Techniques.
Special attention will be given to how film's representation of baseball            note:auditions and interviews are required before registration.
has shifted through the decades in parallel with the shift in how we view           AUDITIONS: January 6th at 700PM in the Duke Theatre.
ourselves and our country.                                                          PERFORMANCES: March 12-14, 19-21 at 800PM; March 22 at 200PM.
                                                                                    PREREQUISITE: Audition/interview
1 M              0600PM-0950PM                                Room: F111            TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
     Instructor: Munger, K                             1/05/09 - 2/23/09            REG: Walk-in registration only.

THE 112A        HISTORY OF FILM: BEGINNINGS 4.00 Units                              THE 228A        ADVANCED PRODUCTION                             1.00 Units
                TO 1945                                                                             TECHNIQUES
This course is an historical survey of the technical and artistic development       1   36 hours TBA                                                 Room: F111
of the film industry from 1865 to 1945. Emphasis will be placed on analyzing            Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
the film industry and looking at film as a reflection of world, social, economic,   THE 228B        ADVANCED PRODUCTION                             2.00 Units
and political developments. Students will discuss and analyze each film                             TECHNIQUES
viewed.                                                                             1   48 hours TBA                                                 Room: F111
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                                 Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
                                                                                    THE 228C        ADVANCED PRODUCTION                             3.00 Units
1
             ONLINE - To begin, go to http://www.ltcc.edu/online
              Instructor: O’Neill, E                     1/05/09 - 3/26/09
noTe: Students taking online courses must log in during the first                   1   84 hours TBA
                                                                                                    TECHNIQUES
                                                                                                                                                     Room: F111
week of the course or make special arrangements with the instructor                     Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09
to avoid being dropped.
                                                                                    THE 228D        ADVANCED PRODUCTION                             4.00 Units
                                                                                                    TECHNIQUES
                                                                                    1   120 hours TBA                                                Room: F111
                                                                                        Instructor: Bullis, E                                  1/06/09 - 3/22/09


          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 70
THE 208         ADVANCED IMPROVISATION                         2.00 Units        WLD 128R AVALANCHE AVOIDANCE AND                                  0.50 Units
Through participation in structured improvisation formats, students will                  RESCUE
improve techniques to improvise a story, character and setting, focusing on      This course is designed for the winter backcountry traveler who wishes
improvisational performance. This course is recommended for actors with          to learn or review the basics of avalanche danger evaluation and practice
some experience in both acting and improvisation.                                the basics of avalanche rescue techniques. Topics include: avalanche
ADVISORY: THE 108 or equivalent.                                                 types and characteristics, decision making framework, search and rescue,
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC                                                          transceiver practice, and backcountry travel techniques.
1 M,W           0330PM-0535PM                                 Room: F111         TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
    Instructor: Bullis, E                               1/05/09 - 3/23/09        1 Sat            0800AM-0450PM                                Room: G2-B
                                                                                      Instructor: Beck, D                                 1/10/09 - 1/10/09
THE 132         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units
                EXPERIENCE                                                       WLD 131AY SPECIAL TOPIC: AIARE                                    2.50 Units
For more information, please see the Work Experience section on page                       LEVEL 2 AVALANCHE
73.                                                                              This course provides a Level 2 Avalanche Certificate through the American
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                   Institute for Avalanche Research and Education (AIARE). The Level 2
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                  course is a program that provides backcountry leaders the opportunity to
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T          1/05/09 - 3/26/09            advance their knowledge and decision making skills. This course also builds
                                                                                 from the introductory avalanche hazard management model introduced in
THE 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                       1.00-6.00 Units          the Level 1 course and adds to it the evaluation of factors critical to stability
                EXPERIENCE-INTERNSHIP                                            evaluation. Students must have the ability to travel in avalanche terrain.
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.              noTe: This course takes place both in the field and the classroom.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                   PREREQUISITE: (1.) Current AIARE Level 1 avalanche certification or
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                  equivalent. (2.) Students will be required to present copies of their Level 1
                                                                                 certification at the first class session. Any student without proof of a Level 1
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                 certification will be dropped from the class.
                                                                                 ADVISORY: (1.) Students should be competent backcountry skiers/
               Wilderness Education                                              snowboarders, i.e., have the ability to travel in the winter backcountry
                                                                                 environment using the appropriate gear. (2.) Students should provide their
                                                                                 own shovel, transceiver, probe, and snow-study kit
                             AVALANCHE                                           MATERIALS FEE: $22
                                                                                 TRANSFERS: CSU
WLD 128B AIARE LEVEL 1 AVALANCHE                               1.50 Units        1 Th,F,Sat,Sun                     0800AM-0550PM                  Room: G4-B
This course provides a Level 1 Avalanche Certificate through the American
                                                                                       Instructor: Reichel, D                                 1/15/09 - 1/18/09
Institute for Avalanche Research and Education (AIARE). Through both
classroom and field instruction, students will be provided with lessons          2    Th,F,Sat,Sun                0800AM-0550PM                    Room: G4-B
and exercises that are practically oriented, useful, and applicable in the            Instructor: Feist, T                                    1/15/09 - 1/18/09
basic understanding of avalanches. The course describes a framework for
                                                                                 3    M,T,Th                      0800AM-0550PM                    Room: G6-B
decision making and risk management in avalanche terrain. It focuses on
                                                                                      W                           0800AM-0550PM               Room: Creekside
identifying the right questions rather than on providing “answers.” NOTE:
                                                                                      Instructor: Feist, T                                    2/23/09 - 2/26/09
The materials fee provides students with a certificate and a student manual.
This course takes place both in the field and the classroom.                     4    M,T,Th                      0800AM-0550PM                    Room: G4-B
MATERIALS FEE: $22                                                                    W                           0800AM-0550PM               Room: Creekside
ADVISORY: Students should be competent backcountry skiers/                            Instructor: Reichel, D                                  2/23/09 - 2/26/09
snowboarders, i.e., have the ability to travel in the winter environment using
the appropriate gear.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
                                                                                                             BACKCOUNTRY
1 F,Sat,Sun (1/16-1/18)         0800AM-0350PM                     Room: G2-B     WLD 125A BACKCOUNTRY SKIING                                       1.25 Units
      Instructor: Hackett, B                                 1/16/09 - 1/18/09   This course is designed for the experienced telemark or alpine skier to learn
                                                                                 how to enter into the winter backcountry environment safely. Topics include:
2   F,Sat,Sun (1/16-1/18)     0800AM-0350PM                    Room: G2-B        avalanche recognition and avoidance, route finding, proper equipment
    Instructor: McPartland, R                             1/16/09 - 1/18/09      selection and use, prevention of cold weather injuries and emergencies,
3   F,Sat,Sun (2/20-2/22)       0800AM-0350PM                  Room: G2-B        emergency shelters, avalanche tranceiver practice, and winter Leave-No-
    Instructor: Hackett, B                                2/20/09 - 2/22/09      Trace (LNT) principles. Note: Students must supply all equipment needed
                                                                                 for daylong backcountry trips. This course will meet for one evening session
4   F,Sat,Sun (2/20-2/22)     0800AM-0350PM                    Room: G2-B        prior to the first outing.
    Instructor: McPartland, R                             2/20/09 - 2/22/09      ADVISORY: WLD 128R, or WLD 128B, or equivalent.
5   F,Sat,Sun (3/13-3/15)       0800AM-0350PM                  Room: G2-B        noTe: Students should be prepared for strenuous exercise climbing
    Instructor: Hackett, B                                3/13/09 - 3/15/09      the mountain and should be well versed with ungroomed snow for
                                                                                 the descent.
6   F,Sat,Sun (3/13-3/15)     0800AM-0350PM                    Room: G2-B        TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
    Instructor: McPartland, R                             3/13/09 - 3/15/09
                                                                                 1 Orient: Th (2/26)             0610PM-0700PM                 Room: HSST3
7   T,W,Th ((2/03, 2/05)      0800AM-0350PM            Heavenly Mtn.Resort            Field: M (3/02, 3/09, 3/16, 3/23) 0800AM-0250PM
    Instructor: McPartland, R                            2/03/09 - 2/05/09            Instructor: Clarke, G                                 2/26/09 - 3/23/09


             Interested in becoming a Ski or Snowboard Instructor?
                    Sign up for Beginner Snowsports Instruction - REC 191D taught at Sierra-at-Tahoe.
                 This course will prepare students to teach all aspects of beginning skiing and snowboarding!

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                      LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 71
WLD 126A BACKCOUNTRY SNOWBOARDING 1.25 Units                                       WLD 131AZ SPECIAL TOPIC: NORDIC SKATE                           1.00 Units
This course is designed for the experienced snowboarder who would like to                    SKIING: BEGINNING
learn how to enter into the backcountry environment safely. Topics include:        This course is designed for the beginner Nordic skate skier. This course
avalanche recognition and avoidance, route selection, proper equipment             will teach students the fundamental skills for skate skiing. Students will
selection and use, snowshoes vs. splitboards, prevention of cold weather           learn basic skating and poling techniques, hill climbing and descending
injuries and emergencies, emergency shelters, avalanche tranceiver                 techniques, and ski base preparation and waxing techniques.
practice, and winter Leave-No-Trace (LNT) principles.                              noTe: This course will be taught at Spooner lake Cross Country
Note: Students must supply all equipment needed for a day long backcountry         Center. facility use fee includes ski pass and equipment rental for six
trip. The class will meet for one evening session prior to the first outing.       class sessions.Class will noT meet friday 2/13 due to the holiday.
ADVISORY: WLD 128R, WLD 128B, or equivalent. Students must be able                 instead it will meet on Thursday 2/12.
to consistently link controlled turns on a variety of terrain.                     FACILITY USE FEE: $60
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                               ADVISORY: WLD 122A or equivalent. Prior cross country or alpine skiing
1 Orient: W (2/25)                0700PM-0950PM                   Room: D103       experience is advised.
      Field: F (2/27, 3/06, 3/13) 0900AM-0350PM                                    TRANSFERS: CSU
      Instructor: Reichel, D                                 2/25/09 - 3/13/09     1 Orient: W (1/07)                0600PM-0650PM              Room: D103
                                                                                         Field: F (1/09, 1/16, 1/23, 1/30, 2/06) 0900AM-1150AM
WLD 126C MULTI-DAY SKI/SNOWBOARD                                2.75 Units               Field: Th (2/12)            0900AM-1150AM
         TOURING                                                                         Instructor: Mazzoni, D                            1/07/09 - 2/12/09
This course is for the snowboarder or skier who wants to learn how to access
remote peaks in the wilderness. Students will plan and execute a multi-day         WLD 131BA SPECIAL TOPIC: NORDIC SKATE                           1.00 Units
tour in a backcountry environment. Topics include: itinerary, food packing,                  SKIING: INTERMEDIATE
gear choices, snow camping, Leave-No-Trace (LNT) practices, snowpack               This course is designed for the intermediate Nordic skate skier. This
analysis and terrain choice, rescue scenarios, evacuation techniques, group        course will review the basic fundamentals of skate skiing, i.e. skating and
dynamics, and peak skiing/snowboarding.                                            poling techniques, hill climbing and descending techniques, and ski base
OPTIONAL FEE: Food will be provided during the trip for those students             preparation and waxing techniques. In addition, this course will focus on
who pay an optional $25 fee. To pay this fee, you must register fro WLD            climbing and descending techniques and the appropriate poling techniques
FEE-1.                                                                             for both.
ADVISORY: WLD 128B, WLD 125A, WLD 126A or equivalent. Previous                     noTe: This course will be taught at Spooner lake Cross Country
backcountry skiing/snowboarding experience is highly recommended.                  Center. noTe: facility use fee includes ski pass and equipment rental
Students must be able to carry a 40lb pack and link controlled turns on a          for six class sessions.
variety of terrain.                                                                FACILITY USE FEE: $60
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                               ADVISORY: WLD122A, WLD122C or equivalent. Prior Nordic skate skiing
1 Orient: T (1/20, 1/27)        0600PM-0750PM              Creekside Room          experience is advised.
     Field: Th,F, Sat,Sun (1/29-2/01) 0800AM-0650PM                                TRANSFERS: CSU
     Instructor: Reichel, D                               1/20/09 - 2/01/09        1 Orient: W (2/18)               0600PM-0650PM                Room: D103
                                                                                        Field: F (2/20, 2/27, 3/06, 3/13, 3/20, 3/27) 0900AM-1150AM
WLD FEE-1 OPTIONAL FOOD FEE                                               $25           Instructor: Mazzoni, D                             2/18/09 - 3/27/09
Corequisite: WLD 126C
                                                                                                                 FIRST AID
               CROSS COUNTRY SKIING
                                                                                   WLD 106A WILDERNESS MEDICAL ASSOC. 4.00 Units
WLD 122A CROSS COUNTRY SKIING                                   1.25 Units                  (WMA) WILDERNESS FIRST RESPONDER
This course provides the student with the fundamental and intermediate             This course provides a Wilderness First Responder (WFR) certification
skills necessary for enjoying and participating in cross country skiing.           through Wilderness Medical Associates (WMA) for those students who meet
Students will spend the majority of the class cross country skiing in the field.   all course criteria. WMA is the definitive medical training certifying body for
Topics include: equipment selection and use, technique, safety concerns,           all outdoor leaders and enthusiasts. In this course, students will learn to
local areas, and winter Leave-No-Trace (LNT) principles.                           handle medical emergencies when help is miles away and dialing 911 is
Note: Students are required to provide their own equipment. This class will        not an option. Through classroom lectures, field instruction, and role playing
meet for one evening session prior to the first outing.                            scenarios, students will learn to be prepared for emergency situations
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                               that involve prolonged patient care, severe environments, and improvised
1 Orient: Th (1/08)               0610PM-0725PM               Room: HSST3          equipment. A CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation) certification is also
       Field: Sun (1/11, 1/18, 1/25, 2/1, 2/8) 0930AM-0155PM                       included with this course. Note: The materials fee includes a book of lecture
      Instructor: Coker, J                                1/08/09 - 2/08/09        handouts, a workbook, SOAP (Subjective, Objective, Assessment, Plan)
                                                                                   notes, The Outward Bound Wilderness First Aid Handbook, The Wilderness
2    Orient: Th (2/19)          0610PM-0725PM             Room: HSST3
                                                                                   Medical Associates Field Guide, and a certification card from WMA (upon
     Field: Sun (2/22, 3/1, 3/08, 3/15, 3/22) 0930PM-0155PM
                                                                                   successful completion of the course).
     Instructor: Coker, J                              2/19/09 - 3/22/09
                                                                                   MATERIALS FEE: $425
                                                                                   TRANSFERS: CSU
        Save this date for Spring!                                                 1 Sat/Sun (3/21,22)               0745AM-0550PM                   Room: G2B
                                                                                        M,Tu,W,Th (3/23,24,25,26) 0745AM-0550PM                  Al Tahoe Elem.
                          Sign up for                                                   F (3/27)                     0745AM-0550PM                   Room: G2B
         Whitewater Guide School - WLD 131AU                                            Instructor: Sablosky, B                               3/21/09 - 3/27/09
    Don't miss this opportunity to learn and adventure on                          2  Sat/Sun (3/21,22)           0745AM-0550PM              Room: G2B
        some Sierra Whitewater over Spring Break!                                     M,Tu,W,Th (3/23,24,25,26) 0745AM-0550PM            Al Tahoe Elem.
    This Spring class will start March 24 and end April 4.                            F (3/27)                    0745AM-0550PM              Room: G2B
                                                                                      Instructor: Bitner, J                           3/21/09 - 3/27/09
                Registration begins March 17.                                      noTe: Section 2 will only be opened once section 1 is full.


          Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                    LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 72

                       ROCK CLIMBING                                                                           SURVIVAL
WLD 118A ROCK CLIMBING: BEGINNING                              1.00 Units        WLD 127A WINTER SURVIVAL                                        2.25 Units
This course is designed for those students interested in learning an in-depth    Students will learn aspects of traveling in the winter environment.
introduction to rock climbing. Students will spend the majority of the class     Topics covered will include equipment selection and use, snow and
climbing in the field. Topics include: rope systems, safety gear, knots,         avalanche avoidance and survival, shelter construction, safety and weather
belaying techniques, call signals, climbing techniques, footwork, balance,       considerations, route finding, Leave-No-Trace (LNT) ethics, and search and
flexibility, and rappelling.                                                     rescue techniques. This course teaches self-reliance and environmental
noTe: Climbing will be at Cosumnes river Gorge.                                  awareness.
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)                                             noTe: Students will be expected to participate in an overnight field
1 Lec: W(3/04)                   0600PM-0950PM                  Room: D103       trip expedition to a backcountry ski hut (meiss Hut). This field trip
      Field: F, Sat (3/06, 3/07) 0900AM-0350PM                                   will require that the students have access to and use appropriate
      Instructor: Bitner, J                                3/04/09 - 3/07/09     equipment (i.e. cross-country skis or snowshoes, proper sleeping
                                                                                 bag, etc.)
WLD 118B ROCK CLIMBING: INTERMEDIATE 1.00 Units                                  TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR
This course is designed for those students interested in learning an in-depth    1 Lec: W         0610PM-1000PM                              Room: HSPC5
introduction to rock climbing. Students will spend the majority of the class          Field: Sat-Sun (2/07-2/08) 0900AM-0350PM
climbing in the field. Topics include: rope systems, safety gear, knots,              Instructor: Beck, D                                 1/07/09 - 2/11/09
belaying techniques, call signals, climbing techniques, footwork, balance,
                                                                                 2  Lec: W      0610PM-1000PM                           Room: HSPC5
flexibility, and rappelling.
                                                                                    Field: Sat-Sun (TBA)     0900AM-0350PM
noTe: Climbing will be at Cosumnes river Gorge.
                                                                                    Instructor: Beck, D                             1/07/09 - 2/11/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
                                                                                 noTe: Section 2 will only be opened once section 1 is full.
1 Lec: W (3/11)                  0600PM-0950PM                  Room: D103
      Field: F, Sat (3/13, 3/14) 0900AM-0350PM
      Instructor: Bitner, J                                3/11/09 - 3/14/09                           TELEMARK SKIING
                        SNOWSHOEING                                              WLD 124A TELEMARK SKIING                                         1.00 Units
                                                                                 This course will utilize a local ski resort to teach telemark skiing techniques.
WLD 121         SNOWSHOEING: BEGINNING                         1.25 Units        This course can accommodate a wide range of skiing abilities and will
This course is designed for those students interested in improving both          cover everything from the basic wedge turn to more advanced telemark
their winter hiking fitness and their technical skills related to snowshoeing.   techniques. Students will need to provide their own equipment.
Students will spend the majority of the class snowshoeing in the field at        NOTE: This class will meet for one evening session prior to the first outing.
various locations in Tahoe. Topics include: proper equipment, technique,         Orientation is mandatory to ensure place in course.
snowshoeing areas, safety measures, and winter Leave-No-Trace (LNT)              FACILITY USE FEE: $40
principles. Note: Students are required to provide their own equipment. This     TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
class will meet for one evening session prior to the first outing.
                                                                                 1 Orient: T (1/06)                0600PM-0750PM               Creekside Room
noTe: Possible snowshoe destinations around the Tahoe basin
                                                                                      Field: F (1/09, 1/16, 1/23, 1/30) 0845AM-0125PM
include Castle, Becker, maggie’s, and round lake.
                                                                                      Instructor: Ames, L                                     1/06/09 - 1/30/09
TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC (unit limit)
1 Orient: Th (1/08)             0610PM-0700PM                   Room: HSPC7      2   Orient: T (1/06)            0600PM-0750PM        Creekside Room
     Field: Sat (1/10, 1/24. 1/31, 2/07) 0930AM-0420PM TBA                           Field: F (1/09, 1/16, 1/23, 1/30) 0845AM-0125PM
     Instructor: Clark, M                                    1/08/09 - 2/07/09       Instructor: Alexander, B                        1/06/09 - 1/30/09
                                                                                 3   Orient: T (1/06)            0600PM-0750PM        Creekside Room
WLD 131BC SPECIAL TOPIC: SNOWSHOEING: 1.00 Units                                     Field: F (1/09, 1/16, 1/23, 1/30) 0845AM-0125PM
          INTERMEDIATE                                                               Instructor: Butler, S                           1/06/09 - 1/30/09
This course is designed for those students who already possess basic
                                                                                 4   Orient: T (1/06)            0600PM-0750PM        Creekside Room
skills related to snowshoeing and wish to advance those skills. Intermediate
                                                                                     Field: F (1/09, 1/16, 1/23, 1/30) 0845AM-0125PM
snowshoeing techniques will be introduced on varying terrain and snow
                                                                                     Instructor: Moses, D                            1/06/09 - 1/30/09
conditions. Topics include basic equipment, route finding, winter Leave-
No-trace principles, and fitness required for full day outings in the Tahoe
Basin.
                                                                                 WLD 124B TELEMARK SKIING: ADVANCED                              1.25 Units
                                                                                 This course is designed for the advanced telemark skier. Advanced skiing
noTe: Students are required to provide their own equipment. This
                                                                                 techniques will be introduced in order to ski a variety of terrain and snow
class will meet for one evening session prior to the first outing.
                                                                                 conditions. Students must be able to consistently link controlled turns on
Possible snowshoe destinations around the Tahoe basin include
                                                                                 intermediate to advanced terrain. This course will utilize a local ski resort.
Crater lake and Scotts lake.
                                                                                 Students are required to supply their own equipment.
ADVISORY: WLD 121 or equivalent. Students should possess the
                                                                                 NOTE: Students will meet in front of the ticket offices at Sierra Ski resort.
appropriate physical fitness to spend the day snowshoeing.
                                                                                 NOTE: There will be no class on Monday 2/16. Class will meet on Tuesday
TRANSFERS: CSU
                                                                                 2/17 instead.
1 Orient: Th (2/19)             0610PM-0700PM               Room: HSPC7          FACILITY USE FEE: $40
      Field: Sat (2/21, 3/7)    0800AM-0450PM                                    ADVISORY: WLD 124A or equivalent.
      Instructor: Clark, M                               2/19/09 - 3/07/09       TRANSFERS: CSU, UNR, UC
                                                                                 1 Field: M (2/02, 2/09, 2/23) 0845AM-0235PM                  Sierra At Tahoe
         Is your Wilderness class full?                                               Field: T (2/17)           0845AM-0235PM                 Sierra At Tahoe
                  Are you unable to register?                                         Instructor: Clarke, G                                 2/02/09 - 2/23/09
      Please contact Rosie Hackett, 530-541-4660, ext. 463                       2   Field: M (2/02, 2/09, 2/23) 0845AM-0235PM                 Sierra At Tahoe
                  or email: hackett@ltcc.edu.                                        Field: T (2/17)            0845AM-0235PM                  Sierra At Tahoe
                                                                                     Instructor: Jaskar, W                                   2/02/09 - 2/23/09

         Register online at www.ltcc.edu by January 5! Enroll early for the best course selection!
                                                   LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 73
WLD 133         OCCUPATIONAL WORK                      1.00-6.00 Units
                EXPERIENCE- INTERNSHIP                                                        Community Education
For more information, please see the Internship section on page 50.
TRANSFERS: CSU                                                                             FITNESS EDUCATION CENTER
REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                CE PEDAA COMMUNITY EDUCATION:       0.00 Units
1 TBA          Instructor: Owen Chapman, T               1/05/09 - 3/26/09
                                                                                         PHYSICAL CONDITIONING PROGRAM
                                                                                Please see the description on page 58.
                   Work Experience                                              Fee: $85 (12-week); $42.50 (6-week)
                                                                                REG: Walk-in registration only.
Students may earn credit for their paid or volunteer work by enrolling in one   1 TBA - Open Lab (12-week session)                               Room: FEC
of several sections of Work Experience. The instructor will determine the           Instructor: STAFF                                       1/05/09 - 3/25/09
appropriate section for each student at the Orientation session.                2 TBA - Open Lab (6-week session)                                Room: FEC
                                                                                    Instructor: STAFF                                       2/17/09 - 3/25/09
                Units Received for Hours Worked
    Paid                     Volunteer                     Units                CE PEDAC COMMUNITY EDUCATION:                                   0.00 Units
    5 hrs/wk                 4 hrs/wk                          1                         MASTERS SWIMMING
    10 hrs/wk                8 hrs/wk                          2                Please see description on page 60.
    14 hrs/wk                10 hrs/wk                         3                Fee: $105. REG: Walk-in registration only.
    18 hrs/wk                13 hrs/wk                         4
                                                                                1 T,Th          0630AM-0745AM                             Recreation Center
    20 hrs/wk                17 hrs/wk                         5
                                                                                    Instructor: Gleckman, J                                1/06/09 - 3/26/09
    25 hrs/wk                20 hrs/wk                         6
                                                                                CE PEDAF COMMUNITY EDUCATION:        0.00 Units
WKX 101 GENERAL WORK EXPERIENCE 1.00-5.00 Units                                          MULTILEVEL SWIMMING FOR FITNESS
This course is for students who are employed in jobs not related to their       Please see description on page 60.
educational goals. The program encourages participants to identify new          Fee: $105. REG: Walk-in registration only.
and challenging objectives on the job and improves relationships at work,       1 M,W,F         1005AM-1125AM                      Recreation Center
increases visibility, and creates better work habits. Up to 5 work experience       Instructor: Erickson, J                         1/05/09 - 3/25/09
credits may be earned per quarter, and the course may be repeated for a         noTe: *Class will be held in the Cedar room at the recreation Center
maximum of 9 total credits.                                                     on friday, 1/16 - no pool access.
INTERNSHIP STUDENTS MUST BE INTERVIEWED AND SELECTED                            CE PEDAG COMMUNITY EDUCATION:                                   0.00 Units
PRIOR TO ATTENDING THE MANDATORY ORIENTATION.
Choose one of the following orientation times:
                                                                                         SWIMMING: ADVANCED
                                                                                Please see description on page 60.
    Thurs., Dec. 4            Noon – 1:00pm          Student Services
                                                                                Fee: $105. REG: Walk-in registration only.
    Tues., Dec. 9             Noon – 1:00pm          Student Services
    Wed., Jan. 7              Noon – 1:00pm          Student Services           1 M,W,F         0630AM-0755AM                             Recreation Center
    Tues., Jan. 13            Noon – 1:00pm          Student Services               Instructor: Erickson, J                                1/05/09 - 3/25/09
noTe: if a student is unable to attend one of the above orientations                           FOSTER & KINSHIP CARE
due to a schedule conflict, please contact Tracy owen Chapman at ext.
294 or email owenchapman@ltcc.edu.                                              CE ECE          FOSTER & KINSHIP CARE                           0.00 Units
                                                                                                EDUCATION IN SPANISH
2. Occupational Work Experience:                                                Las clases serán impartidas en Español para padres y tutores que cuidan
BSN 132-1 CAO 132-1 CIS 132-1 CNT 132-1 COM 132-1                               a niños de familiares/amigos. Las sesiones consistirán de lecturas,
COU 132-1 CRJ 132-1 CUL 132-1 ECE 132-1 EDU 132-1                               segmentos de videos, y procesos en dinámica de grupos. El currículo se
EVS 132-1 FIR 132-1 FOR 132-1 HEA 132-1 HRM 132-1                               enfocara en 1) recursos comunitarios, 2) etapas y procesos del desarrollo,
MOA 132-1 RES 132-1 THE 132-1                                                   3) desarrollo de una relación entre padres y hijos, 4) toma de decisiones y
Occupational Work Experience is for students who are employed in                consecuencias, 5) el poder de motivar, y 6) disciplina positiva. Un certificado
jobs related to their educational or occupational goals. This program           de “Padres Activos de Hoy” será entregado a los estudiantes al completar
extends knowledge gained in the classroom to the work place, helps              todas las clases. REG: Todos son bienvenidos.
students identify new and challenging objectives at work, and encourages        01 T, W          0400PM-0650PM                      Family Resource Center
professional growth and advancement. Up to 6 work experience credits per             Instructor: Rangel                                    1/06/09 – 3/28/09
quarter may be earned, and the course may be repeated for a maximum of
24 total credits.                                                               CE ECE          FOSTER & KINSHIP CARE                           0.00 Units
INTERNSHIP STUDENTS MUST BE INTERVIEWED AND SELECTED                                            EDUCATION IN ENGLISH
PRIOR TO ATTENDING THE MANDATORY ORIENTATION.                                   This class is geared toward educating and empowering English-speaking
Choose one of the following orientation times:                                  foster parents, kinship care providers, and non-relative caregivers. Sessions
     Thurs., Dec. 4             Noon – 1:00pm           Student Services        will consist of lectures, video segments, and dynamic group discussion.
     Tues., Dec. 9              Noon – 1:00pm           Student Services        Curriculum will focus on 1) positive discipline and self esteem, 2) assessing
     Wed., Jan. 7               Noon – 1:00pm           Student Services        community resources available to foster and kinship care providers, 3) age-
     Tues., Jan. 13             Noon – 1:00pm           Student Services        appropriate child development, 4) parenting skills, 5) permanency planning,
noTe: if a student is unable to attend one of the above orientations            reunification and emancipation, 6) working with the system in El Dorado
due to a schedule conflict, please contact Tracy owen Chapman at ext.           County, and 7) health issues in foster care. Participants will be rewarded
294 or email owenchapman@ltcc.edu.                                              3 hours of pre-service or in-service hours and a certificate of completion
REG: Walk-in registration only.                                                 for each class. Classes are independently offered and will cover different
                                                                                topics. Students need not attend all for certificate of completion.
                                                                                NOTE: This class will meet on Mondays only. Community welcome.
                                                                                REG: Walk-in registration only.
                                                                                02 M (1/26, 2/23, 3/23)         0530PM-0820PM           Al Tahoe Boys & Girls
                                                                                                                                          Club Meeting Room
                                                                                     Instructor: McKnight/Flentroy                          1/06/09 – 3/28/09
                                                             LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 74

        Final Exam Schedule                                                                                Legal Information
 If your Regular Class Meeting is...              Your FINAL EXAM will be on...                Fees Subject to Change
                                                                                                    All fees are subject to change without notice pending Board or
 MWF or MW 6:30, 7:00 am
 W 6:30, 7:00, 8:00 am                                Wed., March 25, 7:00-8:50 am             State legislative action. Students are responsible for any additional fees
 M or MW or MWF or MTuWTh 7:30, 8:00, 8:05 am                                                  mandated by the State Legislature.
 MW 8:30, 8:45 am
 M 8:30, 9:00 am                                      Mon., March 23, 8:00-9:50 am             Failure to Pay a Financial Obligation
 MW, W,or MWF 9:00,9:25,9:30,10:00,10:10,10:30am                                                     Grades, transcripts, diplomas and registration privileges, or any
 WF 8:30, 9:00 am                                                                              combination thereof, shall be withheld from any student who has been
 MTuWTh 9:00 am
                                                                                               provided with written notice that he/she has failed to pay a proper
 W 8:30                                               Wed., March 25, 10:00-11:50 am
 M or MW or MWF 11:00, 11:05, 11:30 am                Mon., March 23, 10:00-11:50 am           financial obligation due the LTCC District. Items withheld shall be
 MW, W or MWF 12:00, 12:10, 12:30, 1:00, 1:15 pm                                               released when the student meets financial obligations (Education Code
 W 11:00 am                                                                                    section 72237).
 W or WF 1:00 pm
 MWF 12:40, 12:45 pm                                                                           Definition of Nevada Resident
 MTuWTh 12:30 pm                                      Wed., March 25, 12:00-1:50 pm                 Nevada Residents, for enrollment fee purposes, refers to students
 M, MTWThF or MF 12:00 or 1:00 pm                     Mon., March 23, 12:00-1:50 pm
                                                                                               who have lived in Nevada for one year and one day prior to the first day
 M or MW 1:30, 2:00, 2:30, 3:00 pm
 MWF 2:30 pm                                                                                   of the quarter, or who have lived in Nevada for less than one year directly
 MTu or MTh 3:00 pm                                                                            from California where they lived for at least one year. Limitations apply.
 MTWTh 2:00 pm
 MF 3:00 pm                                           Mon., March 23, 2:00-3:50 pm             Open Enrollment
 W, WF, 1:30, 2:00, 2:30, 3:00, 3:30, 4:00 pm         Wed., March 25, 2:00-3:50 pm                   It is the policy of the Lake Tahoe Community College District that,
 M 3:30, 3:45, 4:00, 4:30, 5:00 pm                                                             unless specifically exempted by statute, every course, course section or
 MW 3:10, 3:30, 3:40, 3:45, 4:00, 4:30, 5:00 pm
                                                                                               class, the enrollment of which is to be reported for state aid, whenever
 MWF 4:30 pm
 MTuWTh 4:00 pm                                       Mon., March 23, 4:00-5:50 pm             offered and maintained by the District, shall be fully open to enrollment
 MW 5:15, 5:30, 6:30 pm                                                                        and participation by any person who has been admitted to the College,
 MTuW, MWF, MTh, MF 6:00, 6:10 pm                                                              and who meets such prerequisites as may be established pursuant to
 M, MTu or MW, 5:30, 6:00, 6:10, 6:30, 7:00 pm                                                 regulations contained in Article 2.5 (commencing with Section 55200)
 MTuWTh 5:30 pm
                                                                                               of Subchapter 1 of Chapter 1 of Division 6 of Title 5.
 M or MW 7:15 pm                                      Mon., March 23, 6:00-7:50 pm
 W 5:00 pm                                            Wed., March 25, 4:00-5:50 pm
                                                                                               Schedule Accuracy
 W 5:10, 5:15, 6:00, 6:10, 6:30 pm
 WF 6:00                                                                                             This schedule lists the classes that the college plans to offer this
 W, WTh, 7:00, 7:10 pm                                Wed., March 25, 6:00-7:50 pm             quarter and describes enrollment and registration guidelines. All courses
 MTuW 7:30 pm                                                                                  and special events are subject to funding, scheduling and instructor
 M 8:00 pm                                                                                     availability, and are subject to change at any time.
 MW 7:30, 8:00, 8:30 pm                               Mon., March 23, 8:00-9:50 pm
 W 8:00 pm                                            Wed., March 25, 8:00-9:50 pm             Non-Discrimination Statement and Grievance Procedures
 TuTh 6:30, 7:00, 8:00,8:30,9:00,9:30 am
                                                                                                    Lake Tahoe Community College complies with Section 504 of
 TuThF 9:00 am                                        Thurs., March 26, 8:00-9:50 am
 Tu 6:00, 7:00, 8:00, 9:00 am                                                                  the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and does not discriminate on the basis
 TuF 9:00 am                                          Tues., March 24, 7:00-8:50 am            of physical or mental disability. Please refer to the 2008-2009 Lake
 Tu 10:00, 10:30, 11:00 am                            Tues., March 24,                         Tahoe Community College catalog for specific information concerning
 TuTh 10:00, 10:30, 11:00 am                             11:00am-12:50pm                       grievance procedures and due process. Aggrieved parties should contact
 Tu 11:30 am
                                                                                               the following offices or persons for information concerning compliant
 Th 10:00, 10:30, 11:00 am                            Thurs., March 26,
 TuTh 11:30,12:00 noon                                   11:00am-12:50pm                       procedures:
 Tu 1:00, 2:00, 2:50, 3:00 pm                         Tues., March 24, 1:00-2:50 pm                 Student Services, Room A100 or
 TuTh 1:00, 1:30, 2:00, 2:15, 2:30 pm                                                               Dr. Lori Gaskin, Vice-President -
 Th 1:00 pm                                           Thurs., March 26, 1:00-2:50 pm                    Academic Affairs & Student Services
 Tu 3:30, 4:00 pm
                                                                                                    Lake Tahoe Community College
 TuTh 3:00, 3:30, 4:00, 4:30 pm                       Tues., March 24, 4:00-5:50 pm
 Th 3:00, 3:30, 4:00 pm                                                                             One College Drive
 TuTh 4:45 pm                                         Thurs., March 26, 4:00-5:50 pm                South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150-4524 (530) 541-4660
 Tu 5:00, 5:30, 6:00, 6:10, 6:30, 7:00 pm
 TuTh 5:00, 5:10, 5:30, 6:00, 6:10, 6:30 pm                                                                 REPORTED CRIMINAL OFFENSES
 TuF 6:00 pm                                          Tues., March 24, 6:00-7:50 pm
 TuTh 7:00, 7:30, 7:45 pm                                                                        Offense                           2005           2006       2007
 Th 5:00, 5:30, 6:00, 6:10, 6:30, 7:00 pm             Thurs., March 26, 6:00-7:50 pm
 TuTh 8:00 pm                                                                                    Murder                            0              0             0
 Tu 7:30 pm                                           Tues., March 24, 8:00-9:50 pm              Rape                              0              0             0
 Th 7:30 pm                                           Thurs., March 26, 8:00-9:50 pm             Robbery                           1              0             0
NOTES: Friday only classes final exam: Friday, March 20.                                         Aggravated Assault                0              0             0
Schedule is for full quarter-length classes. Short term classes have their final on the last     Aggravated Battery                0              0             0
day of class. All exams will be conducted in the regularly scheduled classrooms at the           Burglary                          1              1             0
hours listed above. All students are expected to take their final exams at the scheduled         Burglary - Vehicle                0              0             0
times. Should a student have three or more examinations scheduled in one day, he or she          Vandalism                         0              0             0
may be given the opportunity to make up one exam with prior approval from the instructor.
The following time blocks are open for exam conflicts: Tuesday, March 24 from 9:00-10:50
                                                                                                 Hit and Run                       1              0             0
am and 1:00-2:50 pm.                                                                             Grand Theft                       1              0             0
                                              LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 75


                                      ACADEMIC POLICIES
SATISFYING REQUIREMENTS                                                  Grounds for appeal:
                                                                         •	 The	 student	 has	 the	 knowledge	 or	 ability	 to	 succeed	 in	 the	
     Each student must assume complete responsibility for
                                                                            course or program despite not meeting the prerequisite or
compliance with the instructions and regulations set forth in this
                                                                            corequisite.
schedule for selecting the courses which will permit achievement
                                                                         •	 The	 student	 possesses	 the	 skills/knowledge	 necessary	 to	
of individual educational objectives, and for satisfying prerequisites
                                                                            protect the health or safety of him/herself and others despite
for any course which they plan to take.
                                                                            not meeting the stated health and safety prerequisite.
     The College likewise assumes no responsibility for
                                                                         •	 The	 prerequisite	 or	 corequisite	 course	 is	 either	 unlawfully	
misinterpretation by students of policies and procedures as
                                                                            discriminatory or is being applied in an unlawfully
presented in this schedule. Counselors and faculty are available
                                                                            discriminatory manner.
and willing to assist students in planning their programs and in
                                                                         •	 The	 student	 will	 be	 subject	 to	 undue	 delay	 in	 attaining	 the	
understanding the catalog.
                                                                            goal of his or her educational plan because the prerequisite or
     Any questions or doubt concerning schedule material should
                                                                            corequisite has not been made reasonably available.
be referred to the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs
                                                                         •	 The	 prerequisite	 or	 corequisite	 has	 not	 been	 established	
and Student Services.
                                                                            in accordance with the District’s process for establishing
                                                                            prerequisites or corequisites.
PREREQUISITES AND COREQUISITES                                           •	 The	prerequisite	or	corequisite	is	in	violation	of	Title	5.
AND ADVISORIES
                                                                         Prerequisite Appeal Procedure. A student may appeal a
     Some courses and educational programs have prerequisites,
                                                                         prerequisite or corequisite by filing a Prerequisite or Corequisite
corequisites, or advisories considered necessary and appropriate
                                                                         Appeal Petition. This form can be obtained from the Office of
to ensure that students are adequately prepared to succeed in the
                                                                         Student Services.
course or educational program.
     What is a Prerequisite? A prerequisite is a condition
                                                                         1. The complete appeal petition must be filed with Student
of enrollment that a student is required to meet in order to
                                                                            Services prior to registration.
demonstrate current readiness in a course or educational program.
                                                                         2. The appeal petition will be processed within 5 working days
Students are required to show proof of meeting the prerequisite in
                                                                            of its receipt, and the student notified accordingly.
order to register for the course. Prerequisites completed at LTCC
                                                                         3. If the appeal is upheld, the student will remain in the course.
with a “C” or better will be automatically approved when students
                                                                         4. In the event the petition is denied the student will be dis-
register for the course. Students who completed a prerequisite
                                                                            enrolled; however, the student may appeal the decision in
course at another college will need to provide proof to a LTCC
                                                                            writing directly to the Division Dean or Vice-President for
counselor before they will be able to register.
                                                                            Academic Affairs and Student Services.
     What is a Corequisite? A corequisite is a condition of
                                                                         5. Student will be notified of the appeal decision within 5
enrollment consisting of a course that students are required to
                                                                            working days.
complete simultaneously (or prior to) in order to enroll in another
course. Students must register for the stated corequisite in order
to register for the course.
     What is an Advisory on Recommended Preparation?
An advisory on recommended preparation is a condition of
                                                                            LTCC adds more Transfer
enrollment which students are advised, but not required, to
meet before, or in conjunction with, enrollment in a course or
                                                                             Admission Guarantees
educational program.                                                          With LTCC Transfer Admission Guarantees
     Are there other limitations on enrollment? Yes. Enrollment           (TAG's), students know at least a year before they
in certain courses or educational programs of study may require            transfer exactly which courses they need to take
try-outs, auditions, or may be limited by health and safety                and the grades they must earn to guarantee their
considerations, and space limitations or legal requirements                           admission to a UC or CSU.
imposed by statutes, regulations or contracts. All such limitations
are in conformity with the provisions of Title 5, Section 58106,            LTCC has guarantees with eight universities in
California Community College Board of Governors.                            California - UC Davis, UC San Diego, UC Santa
     What if I don’t have the necessary prerequisites or                  Barbara, UC Santa Cruz, UC Merced, UC Riverside,
corequisites?                                                                         and Sonoma State University.
Students will not be permitted to enroll in a class for which they
cannot demonstrate they have met the prerequisite, or are enrolled        for additional information on Transfer admission
in the corequisite. If it is determined after a course begins that a         Guarantees and general transfer questions,
student has not met the prerequisite, he/she will be dropped from           please see a counselor in Student Services.
the course.
                                               LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 76

      Información para Estudiantes de Habla Hispana
                                                                            STUDENT SERVICES Y ADMISSIONS AND
  Lake Tahoe Community College cuenta con un                                RECORDS (Servicios al Estudiante y Registros)
  extenso programa que asiste a los estudiantes en el                      Las oficinas de Students Services (A-100) y Admissions and Records
  aprendizaje del Inglés. Si tiene dudas o preguntas                       (A-102) cuentan con personal altamente capacitado en el área de atención
                                                                           al cliente; además, estas oficinas cuenta con personal bilingüe cuya meta es
  sobre los diferentes programas que se ofrecen en el                      ofrecer un servicio de calidad a todos los estudiantes o personas interesadas
  Colegio y no habla bien el Inglés, llame a la línea                      en tomar clases aquí en el Lake Tahoe Community College. Dentro de los
  directa para hispanos 541-4660 ext. 319.                                 servicios que estas oficinas ofrecen están:
                                                                           • Asesoramiento Académico: el estudiante indeciso puede consultar con
                                                                           un consejero acerca de las carreras que le puedan interesar. Junto con el
                                                                           consejero, el estudiante analiza diferentes opciones y desarrolla un plan
    CLASES GRATUITAS DE INGLES COMO                                        basado en la carrera que el estudiante desee cursar.
                                                                           • Transfers: Transfers es para aquellos estudiantes que tienen como
            SEGUNDA LENGUA:                                                meta irse a una universidad al término de sus estudios aquí en el Lake
Las clases de Inglés sin crédito están diseñadas para aquellos             Tahoe Community College. Junto con un consejero el estudiante analiza
estudiantes que desean mejorar el inglés en su vida cotidiana y en         diferentes opciones y escoge la que mas le convenga.
el trabajo. El programa de inglés como segunda lengua consta de            • Ayuda Financiera: esta es una opción abierta a todos aquellos
                                                                           estudiantes que califiquen para ayuda financiera. El tener ayuda financiera
cinco niveles; estos niveles se describen a continuacion:
                                                                           puede ayudarte con dinero para comprar libros de texto o para pagar por
  ESL 551         ESL 552      ESL 553        ESL 554       ESL 556        tus clases.
Principiantes   Principiantes Intermedio     Intermedio    Avanzado*       • Consejeria: esta área es particularmente importante. El estudiante recibe
                 Avanzados      Básico        Avanzado                     asesoramiento de parte de un consejero en cuanto a que clases tomar o
                                                                           que dirección seguir. El consejero y el estudiante desarrollan un plan de
                                                                           estudios que le servirá al estudiante para así saber que clases debe tomar.
La inscripción se puede hacer en el mismo lugar que se ofrecen las         • Registro y acceso a información: a través de la oficina de Admissions
clases. El periodo de inscripción se cierra dos semanas despues del        and Records el estudiante puede acceder a sus notas (records) ya sea a por
comienzo de clases.                                                        medio de la oficina o directamente por la Internet. En ambos casos esta
Lake Tahoe Community College cuenta con un programa de                     oficina cuenta con personal bilingüe para ayudarlo.
carreras cortas tales como asistente dental, enfermería, computación,      • Cancelar Clases: muchas veces y por diversas razones uno debe cancelar
farmacologia, y muchos mas. El estudiante interesado puede obtener         sus clases aun cuando ya hayan comenzado. La oficina de Admissions and
un certificado en alguna carrera corta, o bien, puede transferirse a una   Records se encarga de ayudar al estudiante en este proceso.
universidad mas grande después de haber completado la educación            Si deseas mayor información comunícate al teléfono 541-4660 extensión
general aquí en el colegio de Lake Tahoe.                                  231 para Student Services, y extensión 211 para Admissions and
                                                                           Records.
El programa de inglés como segunda lengua también ofrece clases de         _______________________________________________________________
preparación para el examen de ciudadania; estas clases están diseñadas        Declaración Contra Discriminación y Maneras
para aquellos estudiantes que han aplicado para la ciudadania de los
Estados Unidos y van a presentar el examen pronto. También pueden                        de Registrar Una Queja
ser tomadas por aquellos estudiantes que solo desean ampliar su            Lake Tahoe Community College obedece a la Sección 504 del
conocimiento acerca de la historia y cultura de los Estados Unidos.        Acta de Rehabilitación de 1973 y no discrimina contra personas
* ESL 556 se ofrece solo una vez al año, durante el invierno.              con limitaciones físicas o mentales. Personas interesadas deben de
                                                                           recurrir al Catálogo 2008-2009 de Lake Tahoe Community College
                                                                           para información específica correspondiente a maneras de quejas y
            GED: CLASE PREPARATORIA
                                                                           procesos. Personas afectadas tienen el derecho de pedir información
Lake Tahoe Community College esta ofreciendo una clase preparatoria
                                                                           correspondiente a formas de registrar una queja con las siguentes
para que el estudiante presente el GED o examen de equivalencia
                                                                           personas u oficinas:
de la High School. Esta clasé se da en español y en inglés. Para mas
                                                                              Dr. Lori Gaskin, Vice Presidente - ext. 214
información comuiquese con Arturo Rangel, extension 319.
                                                                              La Oficina de Servicios para el Estudiante A100 - ext. 231
                                                                              LTCC, One College Drive, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
                   CÓMO INSCRIBIRSE                                        Si necesita información sobre...      Por Favor llame a...
•	 Todos	los	estudiantes	deberán	llenar	una	forma	de	inscripción.	Los	        Inglés como segunda lengua           Arturo Rangel, ext. 319
   alumnos de nuevo ingreso deberán contestar todas las preguntas             Ayuda Financiera                     América Rámirez, ext. 236
   necesarias en las formas de inscripción.                                   Consejería                           Erika Mendoza, ext. 231
                                                                              Admisiones y Registros               Georgillis Ortega, ext. 211
                                                                                                                   Reyna Reger, ext. 211
                                                                           La linea general del Lake Tahoe Community College es
                                                                           (530) 541-4660.
                                                             LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 77

                                                                 Map of Al Tahoe
                                      Al Tahoe Elementary School is located at 1100 Lyons Ave., South Lake Tahoe.




                                                                                                                                                                   For childcare
                                                                                                                                                                   information,
                                                                                                                                                                    please call
                                                                                                                                                                  541-4660 x319




                                                                                      Hwy. 50


                           WINTER OFF-CAMPUS LOCATIONS
Al Tahoe Boys and Girls Club Meeting Room .......................................................................................................................100 Lyons Ave, SLT
Al Tahoe Elementary ...........................................................................................................................................................1100 Lyons Ave, SLT
Barton University ...................................................................................................................................................... 1113 Emerald Bay Rd, SLT
CDC - LTCC Child Development Center ..........................................................................................................................LTCC Main Campus
Choices for Children (CFC) ......................................................................................................................................................1029 Takela, SLT
Family Resource Center, Bijou Community School ........................................................................................................ 3501 Spruce Drive, SLT
Heavenly Ski Resort California Lodge ............................................................................................................................. 3860 Saddle Road, SLT
Ice Arena - South Lake Tahoe Recreation Center ...................................................................................................... 1180 Rufus Allen Blvd, SLT
Meiss Hut, Sierra Ski Touring.........................................................................................................................815 Fred's Place, Gardnerville, NV
Recreation Center - South Lake Tahoe Recreation Center ........................................................................................ 1180 Rufus Allen Blvd, SLT
Senior Center ...........................................................................................................................................................3050 Lake Tahoe Blvd., SLT
Sierra-at-Tahoe Ski Resort .......................................................................................................................1111 Sierra-at-Tahoe Rd., Twin Bridges
South Tahoe High School..........................................................................................................................................1735 Lake Tahoe Blvd, SLT
Spooner Lake Cross Country Center ...............................................Hwy 28 near Hwy 50 at Spooner Lake in the Lake Tahoe Nevada State Park
Tahoe Bowl .....................................................................................................................................................................1030 Fremont Ave, SLT
                         LTCC Winter 2009 Schedule - Page 78

       Map of South Tahoe High School
STHS is located off of Hwy. 50 (Lake Tahoe Boulevard) just east of the "Y" at 1735 Lake Tahoe Blvd

								
To top